Document:

<PAGE>

                                                                   EXHIBIT 10.18

*** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT HAS BEEN REQUESTED FOR THE PORTIONS OF THIS EXHIBIT
    WHICH ARE MARKED BY BRACKETS ("[***]") OR OTHERWISE INDICATED. ***

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 1 OF 29

              NETWORKS PRODUCTS PURCHASE AGREEMENT NO. ITC 2000NPPA
                                     BETWEEN
                              NORTEL NETWORKS INC.
                                       AND
                            INTERSTATE FIBERNET, INC.
                               AND ITS SUBSIDIARY
                      ITC/\DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

This Networks Products Purchase Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA ("Agreement") made by
and between Nortel Networks Inc., ("Nortel Networks") a Delaware corporation,
having offices at 5405 Windward Parkway, Alpharetta, Georgia 30004 and
Interstate FiberNet, Inc., ("IFN") a Delaware corporation, having its principal
offices and place of business at 1791 O.G. Skinner Dr., West Point, Georgia
31833, and IFN's subsidiary ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc., (ITC/\DeltaCom),
(each of IFN and ITC/\DeltaCom are considered a "Buyer") and shall be effective
on November 8, 2000 ("Effective Date").

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks (formerly known as Northern Telecom, Inc.) and Buyer
are parties to that certain Network Products Purchase Agreement dated December
24, 1997, as modified by that certain Amendment No. 1 dated March 10, 1999, and
Amendment No. 2 dated October 7, 1999, and the Product Attachments thereto (as
such Product Attachments may have been amended) (collectively, "Agreement No.
ITC9701N"); and

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks and Buyer desire to replace and supersede Agreement No.
ITC9701N, its respective Product Attachments and Amendments in their entirety,
except, the Cornerstone Product Attachment, which shall be amended and
incorporated into this Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA upon the execution of an
Amendment between Nortel Networks and Knology Holding Inc.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises made herein and other
good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby
acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       SCOPE

         1.1      Certain capitalized terms used in this Agreement shall be
                  defined as set forth in EXHIBIT A. A Product Attachment may
                  have defined terms for capitalized terms used therein, which
                  separately govern that specific Product Attachment.

         1.2      The terms and conditions of this Agreement shall apply to the
                  purchase by Buyer and the sale by Nortel Networks of
                  Merchandise, Equipment and Services and the licensing of
                  Software furnished in connection with such Equipment, as
                  applicable. The terms and conditions contained in a particular

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 2 OF 29

                  Product Attachment attached herein as EXHIBIT I through
                  EXHIBIT N shall modify and/or supplement the other terms and
                  conditions of this Agreement only with respect to the Product
                  Line and Services described in that Product Attachment. All
                  Product Attachments shall be incorporated into and made a part
                  of this Agreement.

         1.3      All Products and Services obtained by Buyer pursuant to this
                  Agreement shall be obtained by Buyer solely for use by Buyer
                  in its internal business to provide services available through
                  its networks and not as stock in trade or inventory, which is
                  intended for resale by Buyer to any third party as new and
                  unused material. A Reseller Agreement shall be executed should
                  Buyer and Nortel Networks mutually agree Buyer would resell
                  Nortel Networks' Equipment, Merchandise and/or Software.

         1.3.1    Except as set forth in EXHIBIT E-1, or any other provision
                  which by their nature were intended for Buyer only, IFN's
                  Affiliates shall be entitled to purchase Products and Services
                  on the same terms and conditions (excluding any purchase
                  commitments) as Buyer may purchase Products under this
                  Agreement, subject to Nortel Networks' determination of the
                  credit worthiness for such IFN Affiliate. The IFN Affiliate
                  credit determination shall be made solely using Nortel
                  Networks' usual and customary criteria and the IFN Affiliate
                  must sign an acknowledgment in substantially the form attached
                  as EXHIBIT E-1. Such IFN Affiliate purchases shall not count
                  toward Buyer's fulfillment of the Commitment Amount, however,
                  IFN Affiliate purchases will contribute towards achieving the
                  next level of Volume Discount offered in the commitment level
                  matrix as provided in EXHIBIT G-1.

         1.3.2    An IFN Affiliate and Nortel Networks may separately agree that
                  such IFN Affiliate will purchase a minimum amount of Products.
                  If one or more IFN Affiliates do agree to such purchase
                  commitments, then all such purchase commitments shall,
                  together with the Commitment Amount, be used to establish the
                  pricing and Volume Discounts available to Buyer and the IFN
                  Affiliates. For example and illustration purposes only, if IFN
                  agrees to purchase $250,000,000, and an IFN Affiliate agrees
                  to purchase at least $50,000,000, then together with the total
                  commitment is $300,000,000, and Buyer and the IFN Affiliates
                  shall be entitled to pricing and Volume Discounts at the
                  $300,000,000 level.

         1.3.3    Buyer shall have no obligation or liability: (a) to Nortel
                  Networks if any IFN Affiliate (i) fails to achieve purchase
                  commitment agreed to by such IFN Affiliate, (ii) fails to pay
                  Nortel Networks any sum due with respect to such IFN Affiliate
                  Product purchases, or (iii) otherwise breaches the terms and
                  conditions of this Agreement or any other terms and conditions

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 3 OF 29

                  agreed between Nortel Networks and such IFN Affiliate; or (b)
                  to any IFN Affiliate if Nortel Networks breaches any terms and
                  conditions of this Agreement (including, without limitation,
                  the failure or refusal to sell Products to such IFN Affiliate)
                  or any other terms and conditions agreed between Nortel
                  Networks and such IFN Affiliate. Nortel Networks shall have
                  the right to terminate such IFN Affiliate due to breach of the
                  terms and conditions of this Agreement or any other terms and
                  conditions agreed between Nortel Networks and such IFN
                  Affiliate.

         1.4      All Products shall be installed in the United States.

         1.5      Buyer shall order and/or license, as applicable, Products or
                  Services for delivery during the Commitment Period, with a
                  minimum total dollar purchase price of two hundred fifty
                  million dollars ($250,000,000.00) ("Commitment Amount").

         1.5.1    In consideration of Buyer's Commitment Amount, Nortel Networks
                  shall provide Buyer and the IFN Affiliates with a Volume
                  Discount, as set forth in EXHIBIT G-1. Such Volume Discount
                  will initially be based on the Buyer's Commitment Amount. The
                  Volume Discount will increase as total purchases of Products
                  and Services by Buyer and IFN Affiliates reach the next higher
                  commitment discount level as identified in EXHIBIT G-1. The
                  parties shall review Buyer's and the IFN Affiliates' purchases
                  no later than ten (10) Business Days following the end of each
                  calendar quarter for purposes of determining the Volume
                  Discount to which Buyer and the IFN Affiliates are entitled.
                  Buyer's purchases during the Interim Period shall count for
                  purposes of the Volume Discount. IFN Affiliate purchases
                  during the Interim Period shall count for purposes of the
                  Volume Discount only if the IFN Affiliate makes a firm
                  purchase commitment.

         1.5.2    If during the Commitment Period, Buyer is unable to satisfy
                  the Commitment Amount set forth herein, Nortel Networks shall
                  invoice Buyer, at the end of the Commitment Period, an amount
                  equal to three percent (3%) of the difference between the
                  actual amount of Products and/or Services purchased and the
                  Commitment Amount ("Invoice Value"). Buyer's purchase of
                  Products and Services during the Interim Period shall count
                  toward Buyer's satisfaction of the Commitment Amount. The
                  Invoice Value shall be the sole and exclusive remedy available
                  to Nortel Networks for the failure of Buyer to purchase the
                  Commitment Amount.

         1.5.3    In the event that Buyer places an Order and the Order becomes
                  a Rejected Order, if and when the total of such Rejected
                  Orders exceed five (5%) percent of the Commitment Amount, then
                  the amount of such Rejected

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 4 OF 29

                  Order shall be credit to Buyer's satisfaction of the
                  Commitment Amount and shall be credited to Buyer for purposes
                  of the Volume Discounts.

         1.6      In consideration of Buyer's agreement to purchase the
                  Commitment Amount, Nortel Networks grants to Buyer retroactive
                  Product Credits for Products purchased during the Interim
                  Period. The Product Credits shall be applicable toward the
                  future purchase of any Equipment, Software or Merchandise
                  listed in the corresponding Product Attachment Schedule A. the
                  total Product Credits shall set forth in EXHIBIT A-1, which
                  shall be agreed by the parties (as evidenced by the parties'
                  signatures) and attached hereto within ten (10) days after the
                  execution of this Agreement.

         1.6.1    For each Order a maximum of [***] percent ([***]%) of the
                  Product price of such Merchandise, Equipment or Software may
                  be purchased with Product Credits. Product Credits may be used
                  only for purchases of Equipment, Software and Merchandise from
                  the same Product Line for which such Product Credits were
                  issued. However, Product Credits may not be used on Schedule
                  E, PAYG or Schedule G, Network Overbuild Project, of EXHIBIT
                  M, Optical Product Attachment.

         1.6.2    When Buyer uses Product Credits towards the purchase of
         optical amplifiers, Buyer shall be entitled to receive Matching Credits
         to be applied to that purchase. For each optical amplifier Order, a
         maximum of [***] percent ([***]%) of the purchase price of such
         Product may be purchased with Product Credits. Matching Credits shall
         not count towards the [***] percent ([***]%) maximum Product
         Credits. The combined total Product Credit and Matching Credits will
         not exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of the Product purchase price.

         1.7      From time to time Nortel Networks may offer new or additional
                  Products to Buyer. Should Buyer wish to purchase such
                  Products, and then subject to agreement by the parties as to
                  any applicable additional terms to be set forth in a new
                  Product Attachment or Schedule within an existing Product
                  Attachment, this Agreement shall be amended to include such
                  Product Attachment or Schedule and thereafter such Product may
                  be purchased hereunder.

         1.8      IFN may use IFN Affiliate Bartering as follows:

         1.8.1    On a case-by-case basis, Buyer may notify Nortel Networks, in
                  writing, of Buyer's desire to transfer the License for
                  specific Software as listed on the Optical Products Schedule A
                  to any of the IFN Affiliates ("Affiliate Bartering"). The
                  associated Equipment must have been paid for by Buyer prior to
                  transfer. Nortel Networks shall not unreasonably withhold
                  consent

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 5 OF 29

                  for such transfer, provided such IFN Affiliate had agreed, in
                  writing, to be bound by the terms and conditions of EXHIBIT B
                  (the "Software License").

         1.8.1    In the event that IFN transfers any used Equipment to an IFN
                  Affiliate, then any existing warranties for such Equipment
                  shall expire upon such transfer of ownership of such Equipment
                  and no warranties are offered on the Software.

2.       TERM

         2.1      This Agreement shall be in effect for the Commitment Period.
                  This Agreement and/or Product Attachment or any part thereof
                  may be earlier terminated in accordance with the express
                  provisions of this Agreement concerning termination or by
                  written agreement of the parties.

         2.2      The termination of this Agreement or any part thereof shall
                  not affect the obligations of either party thereunder which
                  have not been fully performed with respect to any accepted
                  Order, unless such Order is expressly terminated in accordance
                  with this Agreement or by written agreement of the parties.

3.       ORDERING

         3.1      All purchases pursuant to this Agreement shall be made by
                  means of written Orders issued from time to time by Buyer and
                  Nortel Networks shall acknowledge in writing (by facsimile or
                  e-mail to the Authorized Representatives for the relevant
                  Product Line) receipt of Orders within forty-eight (48)
                  Business Hours. Nortel Networks shall accept Orders in writing
                  no later than fifteen (15) Business Days after the Order is
                  received. Nortel Networks shall not unreasonably refuse to
                  accept any Order. An accepted Order shall then constitute a
                  contract for sale of Products and/or Services between Buyer
                  and Nortel Networks or a Nortel Networks Affiliate. All Orders
                  shall reference this Agreement and the applicable Product
                  Attachment and shall be governed solely by the terms and
                  conditions set forth herein and by the terms and conditions of
                  the applicable Product Attachments.

         3.2      All Orders issued by an IFN Affiliate shall reference the
                  Agreement and the applicable Product Attachment and shall
                  state that the purchaser is an IFN Affiliate. Notwithstanding
                  the foregoing, Nortel Networks reserves the right to reject an
                  Order from an IFN Affiliate based on Nortel Networks'
                  determination of credit worthiness and other reasonable
                  criteria and shall promptly notify such IFN Affiliate at time
                  the Order is rejected. If the IFN Affiliate Order is a
                  Rejected Order then the amount of such

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 6 OF 29

                  Order, shall be deemed a Rejected Order and the amount of such
                  Order shall be credited to Buyer for purposes of determining
                  Volume Discounts, if such IFN Affiliated has made a firm
                  purchase commitment.

         3.3      Each Order shall specify the types and quantities of Products
                  and/or Services to be furnished by Nortel Networks pursuant to
                  the Order, the applicable prices, charges and/or fees with
                  respect to such Products and/or Services, Buyer's facility to
                  which the Products are to be delivered or installed, the
                  delivery and/or completion dates or schedule requested. Nortel
                  Networks shall be entitled to reject any Order if missing any
                  information specified herein.

         3.4      Any change to the original Order initiated by Buyer after
                  Nortel Networks' acceptance of the Order and any resulting
                  adjustments to prices, schedules and/or other requirements of
                  the Order shall be negotiated, mutually agreed upon in writing
                  and subsequently detailed in a written change to the Order
                  ("Change Order"), referencing the original Order and executed
                  by Buyer's Authorized Representatives (as provided in EXHIBIT
                  F) and Nortel Networks. In the event that the Change Order
                  requires work in addition to that already performed (including
                  changes to prior work), the adjustment of the Order price
                  shall include reasonable charges incurred by Nortel Networks
                  for such additional work. No such changes shall be performed
                  until a Change Order has been executed by Nortel Networks and
                  Buyer as described above.

         3.5      Nortel Networks shall immediately notify Buyer in writing if
                  Nortel Networks will be unable to meet the delivery date for
                  Products specified in an accepted Order ("Delayed Products"),
                  and unless such delay is excused under the provisions of
                  Section 16 of the Agreement (Force Majeure), at Buyer's
                  option, (a) Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with product
                  discounts equal to [***] percent ([***]%) of the purchase
                  price of the Delayed Products for each week that delivery is
                  delayed beyond the date specified in an accepted Order,
                  provided that, in no event shall the aggregate, cumulative
                  discount for any Product exceed [***] percent ([***]%) of the
                  purchase price of the Delayed Product ("Delayed Product
                  Discounts"), or (b) Buyer may cancel the Order for the Delayed
                  Product and deem such cancelled Order to be a Rejected Order.
                  Delayed Product Discounts may be applied only towards the
                  purchase of the Delayed Products. The foregoing shall be
                  Buyer's sole remedy and Nortel Networks' sole obligation for
                  Nortel Networks failure or inability to timely deliver such
                  Products.

         3.6      Buyer may by written notice to Nortel Networks cancel without
                  charge any Order for Products and/or Services prior to the
                  delivery date of the

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 7 OF 29

                  applicable Products set forth in such Order or the agreed date
                  for the commencement by Nortel Networks of the applicable
                  Services ("Service Commencement Date"), except that if Buyer
                  cancels such Order within six (6) weeks or less of the
                  delivery date or Service Commencement Date, a cancellation fee
                  of fifteen percent (15%) of the aggregate price of all
                  Products and/or Services included in such canceled Order shall
                  be payable by Buyer. Nortel Networks may invoice such amount
                  upon receipt of Buyer's notice of cancellation of the Order.

         3.7      Additional terms related to Switching Products are listed in
                  EXHIBIT N, Section 6, Switching Product Attachment.

4.       FORECAST

                  By the tenth (10th) calendar day of December and July of each
                  year, Buyer's Authorized Representative as provided in EXHIBIT
                  F agrees to submit to Nortel Networks' local sales
                  representative a non-binding, good faith forecast of Buyers
                  projected purchase quantities of each Product during the next
                  twelve (12) months. Buyer shall provide its initial forecast
                  upon execution of the Agreement, which shall be attached
                  hereto as EXHIBIT G.

5.       PRICES

         5.1      The prices, charges, and fees applicable to Orders shall be
                  set forth in the appropriate Product Attachments, EXHIBITS I
                  through EXHIBIT N, and Volume Discounts shall be in accordance
                  with EXHIBIT G-1 of the Agreement. EXHIBIT G-1 should be
                  referenced to determine the appropriate Volume Discount from
                  the price on price lists that are not identified as net prices
                  ("List Prices"). The prices for Products on price lists which
                  have already been discounted are identified on such price
                  lists as the ("Net Price") and are not entitled to additional
                  Volume Discounts listed in EXHIBIT G-1. Prices for Switching
                  Systems Products as listed in EXHIBIT N include the price of
                  freight and insurance. All other Equipment and Merchandise
                  prices do not include freight and insurance charges. Buyer
                  shall pay transportation charges not to exceed one and one
                  half percent (1.5%) of the invoice amount for the Products
                  (exclusive of taxes, insurance and other charges). Shipment of
                  Software is not subject to freight charges.

         5.2      For Orders issued by all IFN Affiliates, until the total of
                  all prices, charges and fees for Products and related Services
                  furnished to such IFN Affiliate have been paid to Nortel
                  Networks, the IFN Affiliate shall cooperate with Nortel
                  Networks in perfecting Nortel Networks' purchase money
                  security

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 8 OF 29

                  interest in such Products and the IFN Affiliate shall promptly
                  execute all documents and take all actions required by Nortel
                  Networks in connection therewith. Except as otherwise set
                  forth herein, neither Buyer nor any IFN Affiliate shall sell,
                  lease or otherwise transfer such Products or any portion
                  thereof or allow any liens or encumbrances to attach to such
                  Products or any portion thereof prior to payment in full to
                  Nortel Networks of the total of all such prices, charges, and
                  fees.

         5.3      Nortel Networks and Buyer shall conduct an annual review of
                  pricing and Nortel Networks may decrease, at Nortel Networks'
                  sole discretion, the price of the Products, upon written
                  notice to Buyer. Such notice shall specify the effective date
                  of the price reduction and shall apply to Orders received by
                  Nortel Networks on or after the effective date of the price
                  reduction.

         5.4      The prices for engineering, installation and/or system line-up
                  and testing ("SLAT") Services performed by Nortel Networks
                  with respect to an accepted Order shall be as quoted by Nortel
                  Networks and agreed to by Buyer prior to issuance of the
                  applicable Order.

         5.5      Additional terms related to Prices for Optical Products are
                  listed in EXHIBIT M, Article 4, Schedule E, Schedule F and
                  Schedule G.

         5.6      Pricing for CVX 1800 as listed in EXHIBIT K, Schedule A,
                  includes management Software for wholesale modems and SS7
                  Software to Buyer, [***], during the Commitment Period.

         5.7      [***].

6.       NO SURPRISE CLAUSE FOR BUDGETARY AND FIRM QUOTATIONS

         6.1      If Buyer desires to receive a budgetary or firm quotation from
                  Nortel Networks for Products or Services, Buyer shall submit
                  such request ("Requirements Documents") in writing to Nortel
                  Networks. The request for quotation shall include the
                  following information, as applicable: (i) the types and
                  quantities of Products and Services to be furnished by Nortel
                  Networks; (ii) detailed description of the Product(s) to be
                  provided; (iii) the location or facility to which the Products
                  are to be delivered; (iv) the Installation Site, if known and
                  if different from item (iii); (v) the requested Ship Date and
                  Turnover Date of the System; and (vi) any other information
                  required under this Agreement to be included in an Order.
                  Nortel Networks shall respond in writing to requests for
                  budgetary quotations and requests for firm quotations.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                    PAGE 9 OF 29

         6.2      Unless otherwise specified in the firm quotation, such firm
                  quotation shall be valid for ninety (90) days from the date of
                  such quotation. Any request for a firm quotation shall not be
                  a binding purchase commitment for Buyer unless Buyer submits
                  an Order for the Products and Services specified in the firm
                  quotation within ninety (90) days after receipt of the quote.
                  Budgetary quotations shall be provided for information and
                  planning purposes only and shall not be considered to be a
                  final or firm statement binding on either party.

         6.3      The budgetary quotations shall, if applicable, include the
                  following information: (a) preliminary Equipment, Merchandise
                  and Software lists; (b) the estimated charges for the
                  Products; (c) the estimated charges for Services requested;
                  and (d) any other information requested by Buyer as is
                  pertinent and available.

         6.4      The firm quotations shall include the following information:
                  (a) the price to be paid by Buyer for the Products, after
                  applying the applicable Volume Discounts and any other
                  discounts or credits offered by Nortel Networks, if any; (b)
                  fixed charges for Services requested; (c) Equipment,
                  Merchandise and Software lists and project schedules; and (d)
                  any other information requested by Buyer as is pertinent and
                  available. After the parties have agreed to the firm quote and
                  Buyer issues an Order for Products and Services described in
                  such firm quote, Nortel Networks shall be responsible for any
                  additional charges pertaining to this Order that were not
                  included in the firm quote, as required to deliver the
                  capability described in the request from Buyer and the firm
                  quote from Nortel Networks. Examples of exceptions to the
                  above shall include events where (i) changes are made after
                  the issuance of the firm quotation (whether such changes
                  result from a request by Buyer or are necessitated by
                  inaccurate or incomplete information provided by Buyer in its
                  request for a firm quotation); or (ii) cost over-runs take
                  place due to non-Nortel Networks related problems (e.g.
                  inability of installers to gain site access, insufficient
                  power, unavailability of Buyer-provided items).

7.       TERMS OF PAYMENT

         7.1      Except as otherwise provided in Section 7.3 or in a specific
                  Product Attachment, Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer for
                  the price of the Shipped Products as well as any prepaid
                  freight and insurance charges upon shipment of the Products.
                  Freight charges shall not exceed one and one half (1.5%)
                  percent of the Product price (exclusive of taxes and other
                  charges). Any Services, including installation, testing, and
                  turn up provided hereunder shall be invoiced to Buyer upon
                  notice to Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 10 OF 29

                  Networks of Buyer's Acceptance of such Services, unless
                  specified otherwise in the Product Attachment. Buyer shall pay
                  all amounts payable and properly invoiced pursuant to this
                  Agreement to Nortel Networks in accordance with the payment
                  instructions contained in such invoice and shall be paid in
                  United States dollars. Payment for all invoices of Shipped
                  Products are due within thirty (30) days from the date of
                  invoice. If Nortel Networks provides any installation, testing
                  or turn up Services, payment for such Services is due within
                  thirty (30) days after Buyer's delivery of written notice to
                  Nortel Networks of Buyer's Acceptance of the Products.

         7.2      For Orders including multiple Products where Nortel Networks
                  ships only a portion of the Products included in the Order
                  ("Shipped Products"), and the unshipped Products are required
                  for Buyer to place such Shipped Products in revenue generating
                  service ("Required Products") Nortel Networks shall only
                  invoice Buyer for the Shipped Products upon the Delivery Date
                  of the Required Products. If Buyer is able to place the
                  Shipped Product into revenue generating service, Nortel
                  Networks shall invoice Buyer for such Shipped Products in
                  accordance with Section 7.1 above.

         7.3      With respect to each Switching Initial and Extension System
                  furnished hereunder by Nortel Networks to Buyer, the price
                  listed in Schedule A of EXHIBIT N shall be invoiced by Nortel
                  Networks in accordance with the following schedule:

                           [***] percent ([***]%) of such price may be invoiced
                           on the date of shipment by Nortel Networks to Buyer
                           of the switch component of such System,

                           (i) [***] percent ([***]%) of such price may be
                               invoiced on the Turnover Date of such System, and
                          (ii) [***] percent ([***]%) of such price may be
                               invoiced on the date of Acceptance of such
                               System.

         7.4      Except as may be otherwise agreed in writing by the parties
                  Nortel Networks' prices for Merchandise and charges for any
                  Services determined in accordance with Section 7.3 above may
                  be respectively invoiced upon delivery of such Merchandise and
                  upon performance of such Services by Nortel Networks as
                  provided in Section 7.1

         7.5      Overdue payments, excluding those which are the subject of a
                  good faith dispute, shall be subject to interest charges,
                  calculated daily commencing on the 31st day after the date of
                  the invoice, at one and one half percent (1-1/2%) per month or
                  such lesser rate as may be the maximum permissible rate under
                  applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in no event
                  shall interest charges on any Order exceed [***] percent
                  ([***]%) of

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 11 OF 29

                 the total Order price.

         7.6      Additional Payment Terms are listed in the Optical Products
                  EXHIBIT M, Schedule E and Schedule G.

8.       SOFTWARE UPDATES

         8.1      Nortel Networks may, from time to time, issue updates to the
                  Software and upon Buyer's payment of applicable Right to Use
                  Fees or Software License Fees, as set forth below, shall
                  license these updates to Buyer and shall classify such updates
                  as either: 1) Incremental Software Upgrades ("ISUs"), designed
                  to correct any nonconformance to the applicable Software
                  specifications, or 2) enhancements, which will provide
                  additional features ("Enhancements").

         8.2      Nortel Networks shall give Buyer and IFN Affiliates written
                  notice at least thirty (30) days prior to the first
                  availability of any Software ISU or Enhancement ("Product
                  Change Notice" or "PCN").

         8.3      Updates to Software, classified as Class A ISUs by Nortel
                  Networks, will be provided at no cost to Buyer and IFN
                  Affiliates, including any installation and activation Services
                  necessary to implement such update. Notwithstanding the
                  foregoing and except as set forth in Section 12.3, ISUs and
                  Enhancements shall not include the cost of any associated
                  hardware that may be required to implement or install such
                  ISUs. Updates classified as Enhancements, which Buyer may
                  elect to implement in its operations, shall be made available
                  to Buyer on a billable basis. In the event Nortel Networks
                  determines that the update includes both ISUs and
                  Enhancements, which will be used by Buyer in its operations,
                  such update shall be made available to Buyer. If Buyer elects
                  to receive the update, Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer
                  only for the amount reasonably determined by Nortel Networks
                  to be attributed to the Enhancements contained in such update.

         8.4      Additional terms related to Software Updates are as referenced
                  in the following Exhibits.

                           Access Products- Exhibit I, Article 4
                           Cornerstone Products- Exhibit J, Schedule B,
                           Section 3
                           Data and Internet Products-Exhibit K, Schedule B
                           Section 2.3 and Price Lists
                           Network Management Products- Exhibit L, Article 3
                           Optical Products-Exhibit M, Article 6
                           Switching Products- Exhibit N, Articles 4,5 and 9

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 12 OF 29

9.       TAXES

         Nortel Networks shall notify Buyer on each invoice an itemization of
         any and all taxes and charges to be collected from Buyer and remitted
         to any governmental or taxing authority, or that are otherwise due and
         payable by Buyer in connection with the Products and Services. Upon
         receipt of such invoice or notice, Buyer shall promptly reimburse
         Nortel Networks or pay directly to the applicable government or taxing
         authority all taxes and charges arising hereunder, including, without
         limitation, penalties and interest, except for taxes computed upon the
         net income of Nortel Networks and except any penalties or interest
         accruing due to the failure of Nortel Networks to timely invoice Buyer
         or notify Buyer of such taxes. Buyer's obligations pursuant to this
         Section 9 shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

10.      RISK OF LOSS, TITLE

         10.1     Risk of loss or damage to Products shall pass to Buyer upon
                  delivery to the loading dock at the installation site or other
                  delivery location specified by Buyer in its Order. Until the
                  delivered Products are paid in full, Buyer shall keep such
                  Products fully insured for the total amount then due Nortel
                  Networks for such Products.

         10.2     Good title to Equipment and Merchandise furnished hereunder
                  shall be free and clear of all liens and encumbrances and
                  shall vest in Buyer upon full payment by Buyer of the total
                  prices, charges and fees payable by Buyer for such Equipment,
                  Merchandise and any related Software or Services furnished by
                  Nortel Networks in connection with such Equipment and
                  Merchandise.

         10.3     Buyer shall receive a license to use Software subject to the
                  terms set forth in EXHIBIT B.

         10.4     In connection with the repair and replacement of defective
                  Products, Buyer shall bear the risk of loss in returning
                  Products to Nortel Networks, and Nortel Networks shall bear
                  the risk of loss in shipping repair or replacement Products to
                  Buyer.

11.      TESTING, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE

         The rights and obligations of the parties with respect to TESTING,
         TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE of any Products furnished hereunder and
         installed by Nortel Networks shall be as follows.

         11.1     Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with five (5) days written
                  notice prior to commencing final testing of any Products
                  installed by Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 13 OF 29

                  Networks. Buyer shall cause an authorized representative of
                  Buyer to be present at the applicable Installation Site to
                  witness such final testing, provided that in the event such
                  representative fails to be present for any reason, Nortel
                  Networks shall not be required to delay performance of such
                  testing. In connection with the final testing of such
                  Products, Nortel Networks shall test the Products for
                  conformity with the applicable Acceptance Criteria. When such
                  tests have been successfully completed, Nortel Networks shall
                  provide Buyer with written notice ("Turnover Notice") that the
                  applicable Products meet such Acceptance Criteria and are
                  ready for Buyer's testing for compliance with such Acceptance
                  Criteria ("Turnover Date"). Buyer shall promptly complete and
                  return to Nortel Networks Buyer's acknowledgment of receipt of
                  such Turnover Notice.

         11.2     Following the Turnover Date, Buyer may test the applicable
                  Products for compliance with the Acceptance Criteria using the
                  tests and test procedures contained in Nortel Networks'
                  Installation Manuals with respect to such Products. Within
                  fifteen (15) days following the Turnover Date, Buyer shall
                  notify Nortel Networks in writing either that Buyer has
                  accepted such Products (using Nortel Networks' standard
                  Acceptance Notice form), or that Buyer has not accepted such
                  Products in which case Buyer shall provide in reasonable
                  detail the manner in which Buyer asserts that the Products
                  failed to meet the Acceptance Criteria ("Deficiency Notice").
                  With respect to any such details with which Nortel Networks
                  agrees, Nortel Networks shall promptly proceed to take
                  appropriate corrective action and following correction, Buyer
                  may retest the Products in accordance with this Section. Buyer
                  shall accept the Products in writing in accordance with this
                  Section without delay when the Buyer's tests indicate that the
                  Products comply with the Acceptance Criteria ("Acceptance").

         11.3     Buyer and Nortel Networks shall in good faith attempt to
                  resolve any disagreement regarding whether the Products meet
                  the Acceptance Criteria. With respect to any points of
                  disagreement between Nortel Networks and Buyer concerning any
                  Deficiency Notice, which are not resolved, by Nortel Networks
                  and Buyer within thirty (30) days after the date of the
                  Deficiency Notice the disputed points shall be resolved by
                  arbitration pursuant to Section 11.4.

         11.4     To commence arbitration of such disputed points, either party
                  shall submit a notice of its claims to the other party and the
                  American Arbitration Association ("AAA"). The arbitrator shall
                  be chosen by mutual agreement. If the parties cannot agree
                  upon an arbitrator within ten (10) Business Days of a party's
                  election to arbitrate, the arbitrator shall be selected in
                  accordance with the Commercial Rules of the AAA. The

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 14 OF 29

                  arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the
                  Commercial Rules of the AAA, provided, however that the
                  Arbitrator shall be empowered to reduce the Prices of Products
                  only to the extent that the Arbitrator finds that the benefit
                  of Buyer's bargain has been reduced. Judgment upon the award
                  rendered by the Arbitrator(s) may be entered in any Court of
                  competent jurisdiction.

         11.6     Acceptance of the applicable Products shall occur upon the
                  earliest of :

                  11.6.1 The date on which Buyer accepts such Products pursuant
                  to Section 11.2 above;

                  11.6.2 The failure of Buyer to provide Nortel Networks with
                  any notice required by Section 11.2 with respect to such
                  Products;

                  11.6.3 Use by Buyer of such Products or any portion thereof in
                  revenue-producing service at any time.

12.      EVERGREEN CLAUSE

         12.1     Nortel Networks warrants to Buyer that Equipment purchased by
                  Buyer from Nortel Networks will function for a minimum of
                  [***] ([***]) [***] without any additional mandatory hardware
                  upgrades required. In the event a mandatory upgrade is
                  required by Nortel Networks, Nortel Networks shall provide
                  such upgrade at no additional charge (including, installation
                  and other Service charges).

         12.2     Nortel Networks agrees that no later than September 1 of each
                  calendar year to provide Buyer with a list of Nortel Networks'
                  Software to be released the following year. This list will
                  include the feature description and other Equipment required
                  for Software that will be released the following year.

         12.3     The following warranty applies to Switching Network Products
                  only:

                           Nortel Networks warrants to Buyer that initial
                           DMS-500 switches purchased by Buyer from Nortel
                           Networks will be able to accept generally available
                           "base" Software included with such Product for [***]
                           ([***]) [***] from the Turnover Date, without the
                           requirement of "mandatory" hardware upgrades.
                           Mandatory hardware upgrades do not include hardware
                           required to provide operation of features/services
                           not purchased with the initial system. If generally
                           available Software updates to the specific features
                           licensed by Buyer

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 15 OF 29

                           require memory packs, Nortel Networks shall provide
                           such memory packs at no cost to Buyer.

13.      DISCLAIMERS OF WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES

                  THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH THIS AGREEMENT,
                  CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES OF NORTEL NETWORKS WITH RESPECT
                  TO THE PRODUCTS AND SERVICES AND BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES IN
                  THE EVENT SUCH WARRANTIES ARE BREACHED. THEY ARE IN LIEU OF
                  ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, WRITTEN OR ORAL, STATUTORY, EXPRESS OR
                  IMPLIED, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTY OF
                  MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

14.      LIABILITY FOR PERSONAL INJURY, PROPERTY DAMAGE AND PATENT INFRINGEMENT

         14.1     A party hereto shall defend the other party against any suit,
                  claim, or proceeding brought against the other party due to
                  bodily injuries (including death) or damage to tangible
                  property, which allegedly result from the negligence or
                  willful misconduct of the defending party in the performance
                  of this Agreement. The defending party shall indemnify and
                  hold harmless the other party and shall pay all litigation
                  costs, reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments and
                  such damages awarded to such third party in connection with
                  any such suit, claim or proceeding or settlement thereof.

         14.2     Nortel Networks shall defend Buyer and the IFN Affiliates
                  against any suit, claim or proceeding brought against Buyer or
                  any IFN Affiliate alleging that any Products, excluding Vendor
                  Items, furnished hereunder infringe any United States patent,
                  trade secret or other intellectual property right of any third
                  party. Nortel Networks shall pay all litigation costs,
                  reasonable attorney's fees, settlement payments and any and
                  all damages awarded to a third party in connection with any
                  such suit, claim or proceeding or the settlement thereof. With
                  respect to Vendor Items, Nortel Networks shall assign to Buyer
                  and the IFN Affiliates any and all rights of Nortel Networks
                  (including rights to receive defense and/or indemnification)
                  with respect to infringement of U.S. patents granted to Nortel
                  Networks by the supplier of such Vendor Items to the extent of
                  Nortel Networks' right to do so. If Nortel Networks is
                  prohibited by corporate charter, contract, law or otherwise
                  from assigning such rights to Buyer and/or the IFN Affiliates,
                  Nortel Networks shall take such actions, execute such
                  documents and do all other things as is reasonably possible
                  for Buyer and/or the IFN Affiliates to receive the benefits of
                  such rights provided by the manufacturer and/or supplier of
                  such Vendor Items.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 16 OF 29

         14.3     The party entitled to receive a defense and/or indemnity
                  pursuant to Section 14.1 or 14.2 shall promptly advise the
                  party required to provide such defense and/or indemnity of the
                  applicable suit, claim, or proceeding and shall reasonably
                  cooperate with such party in the defense or settlement
                  thereof. The party required to provide such defense shall have
                  primary control of the defense of the applicable suit, claim,
                  or proceeding and of all negotiations for its settlement or
                  compromise, so long as such party fulfills its obligations
                  hereunder and actively defends the action, suit or proceeding.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing sentence, no settlement or
                  compromise shall be made without the prior written consent of
                  the party entitled to receive such defense and/or indemnity
                  (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned
                  or delayed), if the settlement or compromise (a) prohibits or
                  restrains the actions of the party, (b) otherwise imposes a
                  duty or obligation on the party, (c) requires the party to
                  admit liability or culpability, or would be reasonably likely
                  to have a precedential effect on the party, including without
                  limitation, the right to assert any claim or defense in
                  another action or proceeding. In the event a defending party
                  does not fulfill its defense and indemnity obligations, and
                  such failure continues for a period of thirty (30) days
                  following written notice thereof and opportunity to cure, then
                  the party entitled to receive the defense and indemnification
                  may obtain independent counsel to provide such defense, and
                  the costs and expenses of such defense (including attorney's
                  fees) shall be reimbursed to such party.

         14.4     Upon providing the Buyer with notice of a potential or actual
                  infringement claim, Nortel Networks may (or in the case of an
                  injunction, shall), at Nortel Networks' option, either procure
                  a right to use, replace or modify, or require the return of
                  the affected Product (including any ancillary, non-infringing
                  Products that can not be used without the infringing Product)
                  for a refund of all amounts paid by Buyer or the IFN
                  Affiliates for such Products and ancillary Products, including
                  SLAT and other Service costs.

         14.5     Nortel Networks shall have no obligation under Section 14.2
                  with respect to any suit, claim, or proceeding described in
                  Section 14.2 to the extent it is based upon (a) any design or
                  any special instruction furnished by Buyer and Nortel Networks
                  manufactures or supplies such Product in accordance with
                  Buyer's design or special instruction, (b) use of a Product by
                  Buyer in a manner or for a purpose not contemplated by the
                  Product documentation (c) a claim that a Product violates any
                  foreign patent if such Product is used by Buyer outside the
                  United States, or (d) Buyer's use of the Products in
                  combination with other products not provided by Nortel
                  Networks or its Affiliates, including, without limitation, any
                  software developed solely by Buyer through the permitted use
                  of Products furnished hereunder, provided the infringement
                  arises from such combination or the use thereof, and in any of
                  the foregoing instances (a)

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 17 OF 29

                  through (d) such infringement claim would not have occurred
                  but for Buyer's actions. Buyer shall defend, indemnify and
                  hold Nortel Networks harmless against any loss, cost, expense,
                  damage, settlement or other liability, which may be incurred
                  by Nortel Networks with respect to any suit, claim, or
                  proceeding described in this Section 14.5.

         14.6     The provisions of Sections 14.2 through 14.5 state the entire
                  liability of Nortel Networks and its suppliers and the
                  exclusive remedy of Buyer with respect to any suits, claims,
                  or proceedings of the nature described in Section 14.2. Nortel
                  Networks' total cumulative liability, pursuant to Section 14.2
                  shall for each infringement claim not exceed one hundred
                  percent (100%) of all sums paid by Buyer for such Products
                  (including, without limitation, all quantities thereof
                  purchased by Buyer, and all Enhancements, upgrade and
                  maintenance fees) plus all amounts paid by Buyer for ancillary
                  Products if the infringing Product can no longer be used by
                  Buyer (or the IFN Affiliates) and such ancillary Products
                  cannot be used or operated in substantially the same manner
                  without the use of the infringing Product.

         14.7     Each party's respective obligations pursuant to this Section
                  shall survive any termination of this Agreement.

15.      REMEDIES AND LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         15.1     Nortel Networks shall have the right to terminate or suspend
                  its performance by written notice to Buyer or IFN Affiliate
                  and forthwith remove and take possession of all Products that
                  shall have been delivered to Buyer or such IFN Affiliate, if,
                  prior to any payment to Nortel Networks of any amounts with
                  respect to such Products, Buyer or such IFN Affiliate shall
                  (a) become insolvent or bankrupt or cease, be unable, or admit
                  in writing its inability, to pay all debts as they mature, or
                  make a general assignment for the benefit of, or enter into
                  any arrangement with, creditors, (b) authorize, apply for, or
                  consent to the appointment of a receiver, trustee, or
                  liquidator of all or a substantial part of its assets or have
                  proceedings seeking such appointment commenced against it
                  which are not terminated within ninety (90) days of such
                  commencement, or (c) file a voluntary petition under any
                  bankruptcy or insolvency law or under the reorganization or
                  arrangement provisions of the United States Bankruptcy Code or
                  any similar law of any jurisdiction or have proceedings under
                  any such law instituted against it which are not terminated
                  within ninety (90) days of such commencement. Buyer shall have
                  the right to terminate this Agreement and all further
                  performance hereunder (except that such termination shall not
                  affect Buyer's obligation to pay for any Product already
                  received but not fully paid for), upon notice to Nortel
                  Networks if Nortel Networks shall (x) become insolvent or
                  bankrupt or cease, be unable, or admit in writing its
                  inability, to pay all

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 18 OF 29

                  debts as they mature, or make a general assignment for the
                  benefit of, or enter into any arrangement with, creditors, (y)
                  authorize, apply for, or consent to the appointment of a
                  receiver, trustee, or liquidator of all or a substantial part
                  of its assets or have proceedings seeking such appointment
                  commenced against it which are not terminated within ninety
                  (90) days of such commencement, or (z) file a voluntary
                  petition under any bankruptcy or insolvency law or under the
                  reorganization or arrangement provisions of the United States
                  Bankruptcy Code or any similar law of any jurisdiction or have
                  proceedings under any such law instituted against it which are
                  not terminated within ninety (90) days of such commencement.

         15.2     In the event of any material breach of this Agreement which
                  shall continue for thirty (30) or more days after written
                  notice of such breach (including a reasonably detailed
                  statement of the nature of such breach) shall have been given
                  to the breaching party by the aggrieved party, the aggrieved
                  party shall be entitled at its option to avail itself of any
                  and all remedies available at law or equity, except as
                  otherwise provided in this Agreement.

         15.3     Except for (a) damages arising out of any party's breach of
                  Section 17, CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION, (b) damages owed due to
                  Buyer's material breach of the Software License, or (c)
                  damages owed to a third party in connection with any claim
                  that is subject to defense and indemnification pursuant to
                  Sections 14.1, 14.2 and 14.3, neither party shall be liable to
                  the other for any incidental, indirect, consequential or
                  special damages of any nature whatsoever (including, without
                  limitation, for any breach of this Agreement) whether the
                  claims for such damages arise in tort, contract, or otherwise,
                  and nothing herein shall increase the liability of any party
                  under Section 13 or 14 or EXHIBIT D beyond that prescribed
                  therein.

         15.4     Nortel Networks shall not be liable for any additional costs,
                  expenses, losses or damages resulting from errors, acts or
                  omissions of Buyer, including, but not limited to, inaccuracy,
                  incompleteness or untimeliness in the provision of information
                  by Buyer to Nortel Networks or fulfillment by Buyer of any of
                  its obligations under this Agreement.

16.      FORCE MAJEURE

                  If the performance by a party of any of its obligations under
                  this Agreement shall be interfered with by reason of any
                  circumstances beyond the reasonable control of that party,
                  including without limitation, unavailability of supplies or
                  sources of energy, power failure, breakdown of machinery, or
                  labor difficulties, including without limitation, strikes,
                  slowdowns, picketing or boycotts, then that party shall be
                  excused from such performance for a period equal to the delay
                  resulting from the

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 19 OF 29

                  applicable circumstances and such additional period as may be
                  reasonably necessary to allow that party to resume its
                  performance, provided, however, if Nortel Networks delivery of
                  any Product is delayed for more than thirty (30) days after
                  the scheduled delivery date, then Buyer shall have a right to
                  terminate the Order for such Product without penalty or charge
                  (but the amount of such cancelled Order will not be credited
                  towards the Volume Discount), upon written notice to Nortel
                  Networks. With respect to labor difficulties as described
                  above, a party shall not be obligated to accede to any demands
                  being made by employees or other personnel.

17.      CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

         17.1     Each party shall use reasonable care to hold the other party's
                  Confidential Information in confidence and not disclose such
                  Confidential Information to anyone other than to its employees
                  and employees of its affiliates who have a bona fide need to
                  know such Confidential Information in order to carry out such
                  party's obligations under this Agreement. A party that
                  receives the other party's Confidential Information shall not
                  reproduce such Confidential Information, except to the extent
                  reasonably required for the performance of its obligations
                  pursuant to this Agreement and in connection with any
                  permitted use of such Confidential Information. Nortel
                  Networks' Confidential Information disclosed in writing shall
                  be marked as "Confidential", "Proprietary" or other similar
                  designation. Nortel Networks shall identify orally disclosed
                  Confidential Information as such at the time of disclosure and
                  shall provide Buyer a written summary of the orally disclosed
                  Confidential Information within fifteen (15) Business Days of
                  such disclosure.

         17.2     Without Nortel Networks' prior written consent (in its sole
                  discretion) Buyer shall not use Nortel Networks' Confidential
                  Information for any purpose other than in connection with
                  Buyer's use of Products furnished by Nortel Networks pursuant
                  to this Agreement.

         17.3     Without the prior written consent of Buyer (in its sole
                  discretion) Nortel Networks shall not use Buyer's Confidential
                  Information for any purpose other than in connection with
                  Nortel Networks' obligations to provide Products and/or
                  Services to Buyer in accordance with this Agreement. All
                  information provided by Buyer to Nortel Networks shall be
                  deemed Confidential Information of Buyer. The description of
                  Products purchased hereunder (including type, quantity and
                  specifications proscribed by Buyer) and the pricing provisions
                  of this Agreement shall constitute both parties Confidential
                  Information.

         17.4     The obligations of either party pursuant to this Section 17
                  shall not extend to any Confidential Information which
                  recipient can demonstrate through

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 20 OF 29

                  written documentation was (a) already known to the recipient
                  prior to its disclosure to the recipient, (b) was known or
                  generally available to the public at the time of disclosure to
                  the recipient, or becomes known or generally available to the
                  public (other than by the recipient's breach of this
                  Agreement) subsequent to its disclosure to the recipient, (c)
                  is disclosed or made available in writing to the recipient by
                  a third party not know by the recipient to be under any
                  obligation of confidentiality to the owner of such
                  information, or (d) is required to be disclosed by process of
                  law or by applicable law, including state or federal
                  securities laws, provided that the recipient shall notify the
                  disclosing party promptly upon any request, demand or
                  requirement for such disclosure.

         17.5     For information other than Product information, the parties'
                  confidentiality obligations pursuant to this Section 17 shall
                  survive for a period of three (3) years following any
                  termination of this Agreement. Subject to Section 17.4, the
                  obligations of Confidentiality for any Product information or
                  ITC/\DeltaCom Confidential Information shall survive any
                  termination of this Agreement for the period that the
                  Confidential Information is deemed confidential information or
                  a trade secret under Georgia Law.

18.      BUYER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

         18.1     Buyer shall prepare all sites at which the Products shall be
                  delivered or installed in accordance with Nortel Networks'
                  published standards, including, without limitation,
                  environmental requirements.

         18.2     Buyer shall provide Nortel Networks designated personnel
                  access to the Products during the times deemed necessary by
                  Nortel Networks to install, maintain and service the Products
                  in accordance with Nortel Networks' obligations. Nortel
                  Networks personnel shall comply with Buyer's site and security
                  regulations. Buyer shall provide Nortel Networks written
                  notice of any such regulations from time to time in advance of
                  the arrival of Nortel Networks' personnel at the site.
                  Additionally, Nortel Networks shall comply with any posted on
                  site regulations and/or guidelines. Nortel Networks shall
                  promptly notify Buyer if any regulations or guidelines are
                  expected to adversely impact or would prevent Nortel Networks
                  personnel from initiating, performing or completing
                  installation.

         18.3     Buyer shall provide reasonable working space and facilities,
                  including heat, light, ventilation, telephones, electrical
                  current, trash removal and other necessary utilities for use
                  by Nortel Networks designated maintenance personnel, and
                  storage space, if required by Nortel Networks, or Equipment,
                  materials and supplies of Nortel Networks personnel to be used
                  in connection with such installation or maintenance. Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 21 OF 29

                  Networks shall promptly advise Buyer of all such needs as soon
                  as practicable prior to any scheduled date for installation or
                  maintenance. Buyer shall also provide security for the
                  installation/maintenance equipment, materials and supplies
                  while stored on Buyer's site as and to the same extent Buyer
                  provides security for its own personal property on such site;
                  provided, however, Nortel Networks shall look solely to its
                  own insurer and shall be responsible for any loss or damage to
                  such Nortel Networks equipment, materials and supplies while
                  on Buyer's site.

         18.4     Buyer shall obtain all necessary governmental permits
                  applicable to Buyer in connection with the installation,
                  operation, and maintenance of Products furnished hereunder,
                  excluding any applicable permits required in the normal course
                  of Nortel Networks' doing business.

         18.5     Nortel Networks shall give Buyer prompt written notice of any
                  information it reasonably deems necessary for Nortel Networks
                  to properly install or maintain the Products. Buyer shall
                  provide to Nortel Networks any such information reasonably
                  available at the time of such request.

         18.6     Buyer shall be responsible for ordering and coordinating with
                  each applicable local telephone company the installation of
                  all central office trunks and test trunks, and Buyer shall be
                  responsible for all utility charges associated with the
                  installation, testing, operation and maintenance of Products
                  furnished hereunder, including, but not limited to, all
                  applicable charges for such central office trunks, test trunks
                  and any tie lines.

19.      NORTEL NETWORKS' RESPONSIBILITIES

         19.1     Nortel Networks will provide to Buyer on a monthly basis, or
                  more frequently as mutually agreed by the parties, status
                  reports for: Products Ordered; Product Credits, Matching
                  Credits and Training Credits, earned and used; the
                  then-applicable Volume Discounts, and such other information
                  as reasonably requested by Buyer.

         19.2     Nortel Networks will make available to Buyer and IFN
                  Affiliates training with respect to the operation,
                  configuration, installation, service, maintenance and support
                  of the Products. Buyer and IFN Affiliates will earn [***]
                  ([***]) training credits ("Training Credits") valued at [***]
                  ($[***]) dollars per credit for each [***] ($[***]) dollars in
                  purchases of Products and Services. Nortel Networks will
                  provide Buyer and IFN Affiliates with Training Credits at the
                  time Order is placed with Nortel Networks. Training Credits
                  may be used for either on site, self-paced or classroom
                  courses for any Product training, subject to the course and
                  class availability. However, Training

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 22 OF 29

                  Credits cannot be used for student travel and living expense.
                  Furthermore, the Training Credits must be used within
                  twenty-four months after expiration of the Commitment Period
                  or Buyer will forfeit such unused Training Credits.

         19.2.1   Buyer shall earn Training Credits during in the Interim Period
                  as defined in Section 19.2 above.

         19.3     Nortel Networks shall establish a marketing fund ("Fund") to
                  be used by Buyer for marketing its business concurrently with
                  advertising Buyer's use of Nortel Networks' Products and
                  Services. Nortel Networks agrees to reimburse Buyer, in
                  accordance with Section 19.3.2, an amount equal to a maximum
                  of [***] percent ([***]%) of the Buyer's actual purchases of
                  Products, which Fund shall be available solely to Buyer for
                  use in accordance with this Section 19.3. Nortel Networks and
                  IFN Affiliates may separately agree to establish similar
                  marketing funds in the event such IFN Affiliates enter into
                  purchase commitments for the Products and Services.

         19.3.1   From time to time during the Commitment Period, Buyer shall
                  provide Nortel Networks with copies of advertising that
                  identifies the Products and which Buyer proposes to be
                  reimbursed from the Fund. Buyer shall also identify the media
                  in which such advertising will be displayed and projected
                  costs for such advertising. The content of all text, photos
                  and other information in the advertising regarding Nortel
                  Networks, its Products, Services, shall be subject to the
                  approval of Nortel Networks, such approval not to be
                  unreasonably withheld or delayed. 19.3.2 Upon incurring
                  advertising and marketing expenses as provided in Section 19.3
                  and 19.3.1, Buyer shall invoice Nortel Networks for one-half
                  of all costs and expenses incurred by Buyer for such
                  advertising, including, without limitation, third party
                  advertising consultants, copy design, printing, and other
                  advertising fees.

         19.3.3   Prior to any use of Nortel Networks' tradenames, trademarks
                  and service marks, Buyer shall execute a Trademark License
                  Agreement in substantially the same form of EXHIBIT 0 attached
                  hereto.

         19.4     Nortel Networks has furnished certain equipment identified on
                  EXHIBIT H ("Lab Equipment") to Buyer for the purpose of
                  establishing training and demonstration facilities at Buyer's
                  designated site. Lab Equipment provided to Buyer shall be (a)
                  for Products significantly deployed within Buyer's network,
                  (b) as mutually agreed or (c) based on forecasted purchases of
                  [***] ($[***]) dollars per Product. Buyer agrees that no live
                  traffic shall be carried on the Lab Equipment. The training
                  facility locations and Lab Equipment to be provided shall be
                  as set forth in EXHIBIT H. Nortel Networks shall retain title
                  to the Lab

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 23 OF 29

                  Equipment, and shall be responsible for Software upgrades (at
                  its sole cost) and repairs to the Lab Equipment as required by
                  normal wear and tear in the course of training and
                  demonstrations. Buyer shall be responsible for the regular
                  maintenance of the Lab Equipment in accordance with the
                  applicable Nortel Networks Technical Practices ("NTPs"), as
                  well as for repairs of any damage to the Lab Equipment caused
                  by Buyer's misuse. Buyer shall return all Lab Equipment to
                  Nortel Networks upon the termination of the Agreement or such
                  earlier time as mutually agreed. Buyer shall not move or
                  relocate the Lab Equipment from the location set forth herein
                  without prior written consent from Nortel Networks, which
                  shall not be unreasonably withheld. Other than those Products
                  identified on EXHIBIT H, Buyer shall retain title to all
                  Products located in Buyer's facilities, for which title has
                  passed pursuant to Section 10.2.

         19.5     Nortel Networks shall obtain all necessary governmental
                  permits applicable to Nortel Networks in connection with the
                  manufacture, sale, installation and maintenance of Products
                  furnished hereunder.

         19.6     Nortel Networks shall provide mutually agreed to quantities
                  and media of standard documentation with respect to the
                  Products for Buyer to properly operate, use and maintain such
                  Products.

         19.7     Nortel Networks may modify, change or amend the Specifications
                  without notice to Buyer only if such modification, change or
                  amendment does not diminish the functionality or compatibility
                  with other Products of any aspect of the Product. Nortel
                  Networks shall give Buyer written notice of such modification,
                  change or amendments at least thirty (30) days prior to the
                  effective date thereof.

         19.8     Additional Nortel Networks Responsibilities related to Optical
                  Products are listed in EXHIBIT M, Article 6.

20.      HAZARDOUS MATERIALS

         20.1     Prior to issuing any Order for Services to be performed at
                  Buyer's facilities, Buyer's Authorized Representative for such
                  facility shall notify Nortel Networks in writing of the
                  existence of all Hazardous Materials which such representative
                  actually knows to be located on or about the site and which
                  Nortel Networks may encounter during the performance of such
                  Services, including, without limitation, any Hazardous
                  Materials contained within any equipment to be removed by
                  Nortel Networks. Nothing herein shall require Buyer to perform
                  any environmental investigation or assessment of the site to
                  identify or determine whether any such Hazardous Materials
                  exist.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 24 OF 29

         20.2     If Buyer breaches its obligations pursuant to Section 20.1 or
                  Nortel Networks otherwise discovers Hazardous Materials in the
                  performance of the Services if such Hazardous Materials are
                  located on the site in violation of any law, then Nortel
                  Networks may discontinue the performance of such Services
                  until Buyer, at its sole cost and expense, has brought the
                  site is into compliance with all applicable environmental laws
                  (including, if required by law, the removal and disposal of
                  such Hazardous Materials) or otherwise has abated the safety
                  risk to Nortel Networks reasonable satisfaction.

         20.3     Buyer shall defend, indemnify and hold Nortel Networks
                  harmless from any and all damages, claims, losses, liabilities
                  and expenses, including, without limitation, reasonable
                  attorney's fees, which arise out of any Hazardous Materials
                  located on Buyer's premises; provided, however,

                  Buyer shall have no obligation to defend, indemnify or hold
                  Nortel Networks harmless from any matters described in Section
                  20.4. Buyer's obligation pursuant to this Section 20.3 shall
                  survive any termination of this Agreement.

         20.4     Nortel Networks shall defend, indemnify and hold Buyer
                  harmless from any and all damages, claims, losses, liabilities
                  and expenses, including without limitation, reasonable
                  attorney's fees and all remediation costs, arising from (a)
                  any Hazardous Materials brought onto any of Buyer's sites by
                  Nortel Networks (including its employees and subcontractors)
                  or used in connection with any Services, (b) any discharge or
                  release of any Hazardous Materials caused by the negligent or
                  intentional act or omission of Nortel Networks or its
                  subcontractors (or their respective employees, agents and
                  representatives), including without limitation, release or
                  discharge from any equipment, materials and supplies used to
                  perform the Services, or from any Products which are the
                  subject of the Services or from other Buyer equipment,
                  facilities or other items of personal property Nortel
                  Networks' obligation pursuant to this Section 20.4 shall
                  survive any termination of this Agreement.

21.      SUBCONTRACTING

                  Nortel Networks may subcontract any of its obligations under
                  this Agreement, but no such subcontract shall relieve Nortel
                  Networks of primary responsibility for performance of its
                  obligations. Nortel Networks shall only utilize subcontractors
                  that have been certified to work with Nortel Networks Products
                  and shall provide a regular full-time Nortel Networks employee
                  who is a certified technician to manage all installation
                  Services provided to Buyer. Nortel Networks shall be
                  responsible for all acts and omissions of such subcontractors
                  in performing the Services, and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 25 OF 29

                  shall cause such subcontractors to perform their duties in
                  accordance with the terms and conditions of this Agreement and
                  comply with Nortel Networks' obligations under Article 17 and
                  20 hereof.

22.      REGULATORY COMPLIANCE

                  In the event that any change in the Specifications or Nortel
                  Networks' manufacturing or delivery processes for any Products
                  cause an increase to Nortel Networks' cost to manufacture such
                  Product as a result of the imposition of requirements by any
                  government, Nortel Networks may upon thirty (30) days prior
                  written notice to Buyer, increase its prices, charges and fees
                  to cover added costs and expenses (on a pass-through basis
                  only) directly incurred by Nortel Networks as a result of such
                  governmental requirements; provided, however, Nortel Networks
                  shall offset against any such increase any decrease in its
                  cost to manufacture such Product at any time from the
                  Effective Date through the effective date of imposed
                  governmental requirement. However, such price increase is not
                  applicable to any Order accepted prior to the effective date
                  of such increase.

23.     GENERAL

         23.1     If any of the provisions of this Agreement shall be invalid or
                  unenforceable under applicable law and a party deems such
                  provisions to be material, that party may terminate this
                  Agreement upon notice to the other party. Otherwise, such
                  invalidity or unenforceability shall not invalidate or render
                  this Agreement unenforceable, but this Agreement shall be
                  construed as if it did not contain the particular invalid or
                  unenforceable provision and the rights and obligations of the
                  parties shall be construed and enforced accordingly.

         23.2     A party shall not release, without the prior written approval
                  of the other party, any advertising or other publicity
                  relating to this Agreement or the relationship of the parties.
                  In addition the contents of this Agreement shall be deemed
                  Confidential Information of each party and shall be subject to
                  the provisions of Article 17 of the General Terms and
                  Conditions.

         23.3     The construction, interpretation and performance of this
                  Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of
                  Georgia, except for its rules with respect to the conflict of
                  laws.

         23.4     Neither party may assign or transfer this Agreement or any of
                  its rights hereunder without the prior written consent of the
                  other party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld
                  except (a) Buyer's consent shall

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 26 OF 29

                  not be required for any assignment or transfer by Nortel
                  Networks to any Nortel Networks Affiliate of all or any part
                  of this Agreement or of Nortel Networks' rights hereunder, or
                  (b) Buyer's consent shall not be required for any assignment
                  to any third party of Nortel Networks' right to receive any
                  monies which may become due to Nortel Networks pursuant to
                  this Agreement, (c) Nortel Networks' consent shall not be
                  required for Buyer's assignment of this Agreement or Buyer's
                  rights hereunder as (i) security for indebtedness, or (ii) for
                  any assignment of this Agreement in its entirety by Buyer to
                  any entity controlled by, controlling, or under common control
                  with Buyer, or (iii) to any successor by merger, divestiture,
                  consolidation or reorganization, or to any purchasers of all
                  or substantially all of the assets of the business of Buyer,
                  as long as Buyer furnishes Nortel Networks with written notice
                  of such assignment or transfer by Buyer. Nortel Networks
                  reserves the right terminate this Agreement within thirty (30)
                  days of such notice for the entities if the assignee does not
                  have credit-worthiness equal to or better than that of Buyer,
                  based upon Nortel Networks' customary criteria for assessing
                  customer credit-worthiness or on the basis of other reasonable
                  criteria.

         23.5     Notices and other communications shall be transmitted in
                  writing by certified United States Mail, postage prepaid,
                  return receipt requested, by guaranteed overnight delivery, or
                  by facsimile addressed to the parties as follows:

                  To Buyer:   Interstate FiberNet, Inc.
                              1530 DeltaCom Drive
                              Anniston, Al. 36202-0787
                              Attention:  Sr. Vice President, Network Services
                              Telephone:  (256) 241-3726
                              Facsimile:  (256) 241-4294

                  With Copy to (which shall not constitute notice):
                              Interstate FiberNet, Inc.
                              4092 S. Memorial Parkway
                              Huntsville, Alabama  35802
                              Attention:  General Counsel
                              Telephone:  (256)       382-3842
                              Facsimile:  (256)   382-3936

                  To:         Nortel Networks Inc.
                              5405 Windward Parkway
                              Alpharetta, Georgia 30004-3895
                              Attention:  Southeast Regional Vice President
                              Telephone: (770) 708-4317
                              Facsimile:  (770) 708-5899

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 27 OF 29

                  With Copy to:
                              Nortel Networks Inc.
                              5405 Windward Parkway
                              Alpharetta, Georgia 30004-3895
                              Attention:  Law Dept.
                              Telephone: (770) 708-7602
                              Facsimile:  (770) 708-8083

                  Any notice or communication sent under this Agreement shall be
                  deemed given upon receipt, as evidenced by the United States
                  Postal Service return receipt Mail if given by certified
                  United States Mail, on the following Business Day if sent by
                  guaranteed overnight delivery, or on the transmission date if
                  given by facsimile during the Business Hours. The address
                  information listed for a party in this Section may be changed
                  from time to time by that party by giving notice to the other
                  as provided above.

         23.6     In the event of a conflict between the General Terms and
                  Conditions and the provisions of a Product Attachment or
                  Exhibit, the provisions of the Product Attachment or Exhibit
                  shall prevail with respect to the Product Line and Services
                  described in that document.

         23.7     All headings used herein are for index and reference purposes
                  only, and shall not be given any substantive effect. This
                  Agreement has been created jointly by the parties, and no rule
                  of construction requiring interpretation against the drafter
                  of this Agreement shall apply in its interpretation.

         23.8     Buyer shall not export any technical data received from Nortel
                  Networks pursuant to this Agreement, or release any such
                  technical data with the knowledge or intent that such
                  technical data will be exported or transmitted to any country
                  or to foreign nationals of any country, except in accordance
                  with applicable U.S. law concerning the exporting of such
                  technical data. Buyer shall obtain all authorizations from the
                  U.S. government in accordance with applicable law prior to
                  exporting or transmitting any such technical data as described
                  above.

         23.9     Any changes to this Agreement may only be effected if agreed
                  upon in writing by duly authorized representatives of the
                  parties hereto. No agency, partnership, joint venture, or
                  other similar business relationship shall be or is created by
                  this Agreement.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 28 OF 29

         23.10    The following provisions, and the rights and obligations of
                  the parties thereunder, shall survive the expiration or
                  earlier termination of this Agreement: Article 5-Section 5.2,
                  Articles 7, 9, 10, Article 11-Section 11.4, Articles- 13, 14,
                  15, 17, Article 20-Sections 20.3, 20.4, Article 23-Sections
                  23.1, 23.3, 23.6 and 23.10 and obligations under the Software
                  License (EXHIBIT B).

         23.11    This Agreement includes the following Product Attachments and
                  Exhibits, all of which constitutes the entire agreement of the
                  parties, and supercedes all prior agreements and
                  understandings of the parties (including, without limitation,
                  Agreement No. ITC9701N and the Product Attachments thereto),
                  with respect to the subject matter hereof:

                           Agreement-Exhibits A-0
                           Exhibit A-Definitions
                           Exhibit B-Software License
                           Exhibit C-Storage
                           Exhibit D-Limited Warranties and Remedies
                           Exhibit D-1-Warranty Matrix
                           Exhibit E-IFN Affiliates List
                           Exhibit E-1-IFN Affiliates Acknowledgement
                           Exhibit F-Buyer's Authorized Representative List
                           Exhibit G-Forecast
                           Exhibit G-1-Commitment Level Matrix
                           Exhibit H-Lab Equipment
                           Exhibit I-Access Product Attachment and respective
                           Schedules
                           Exhibit J-Cornerstone Product Attachment and
                           respective Schedules
                           Exhibit K-Data and Internet Product Attachment and
                           respective Schedules
                           Exhibit L-Network Management Product Attachment and
                           respective Schedules
                           Exhibit M-Optical Product Attachment and respective
                           Schedules
                           Exhibit N-Switching Product Attachment and respective
                           Schedules
                           Exhibit O-Trademark License Agreement

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                   PAGE 29 OF 29

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties by their duly authorized representatives have
executed this Agreement No.ITC2000NPPA.

NORTEL NETWORKS INC.                        ITC/\DELTACOM, COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

By: /s/ C.S. DOHERTY                        By: /s/ STEVEN D. MOSES
   -------------------------------              --------------------------------
           (Signature)                                    (Signature)

Name:  C.S. Doherty                         Name:  Steven D. Moses
     -----------------------------              --------------------------------
             (Print)                                        (Print)

Title:  RVP Southeast Region                Title:   SR. V. P.
      ----------------------------                ------------------------------

Date:         11/10/00                      Date:       11/8/2000
     -----------------------------                ------------------------------

INTERSTATE FIBERNET, INC.

By: /s/ STEVEN D. MOSES
   ------------------------------
           (Signature)

Name:  Steven D. Moses
     ----------------------------
             (Print)

Title:    SR. V.P.
      ---------------------------

Date:     11/8/00
     ----------------------------

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 1 of 6

                                    EXHIBIT A
                                   DEFINITIONS

            As used in the Agreement, except as otherwise defined in the Product
            Attachments, Capitalized Terms used herein have the meaning ascribed
            to then below.

            "ACCEPTANCE" shall mean Buyer's acknowledgment as provided in
            Section 11.2, that the Products procured hereunder have met the
            Acceptance Criteria, conform to the Specifications and requirements
            of the applicable order as defined in the applicable Product
            Attachment.

            "ACCEPTANCE CRITERIA" shall mean, with respect to any Products
            installed by Nortel Networks hereunder, the standards and
            specifications contained in the Nortel Networks Installation
            Manuals, which are applicable to such Products.

            "AGREEMENT" shall mean the Agreement to which this Exhibit is
            attached, and all Exhibits and Product Attachments.

            "AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVES" shall mean the Buyer's employees listed
            in the applicable Product Attachment.

            "BUSINESS DAY" means Monday through Friday, excluding any
            nationally- observed holidays.

            "BUSINESS HOURS" means 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM (EST) during any Business
            Day.

            "COMMITMENT AMOUNT" shall mean the minimum dollar amount of Products
            and Services Buyer agrees to purchase pursuant to Section 1.5 of
            this Agreement.

            "COMMITMENT PERIOD" shall mean the period from the Effective Date
            through and including December 31, 2002.

            "CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION" shall mean all information of a party not
            generally available to the public, including, without limitation,
            specifications, drawings, documentation, know-how and pricing
            information, of every kind or description which may be disclosed by
            either party or an Affiliate of such party to the other party in
            connection with this Agreement.

            "DELIVERY" shall mean Nortel Networks' shipment of Products and
            delivery to the location specified in the applicable Order.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 2 of 6

            "EFFECTIVE DATE" shall have the meaning set forth in the preliminary
            paragraph of this Agreement.

            "ENGINEERING" shall mean the engineering Services furnished
            hereunder in accordance with the Nortel Networks'standard
            engineering practices applicable to the appropriate Product Attached
            and as further defined and identified in the applicable Schedule of
            the Product Attachment.

            "EQUIPMENT" shall mean the hardware listed or otherwise identified
            in, or pursuant to, any Product Attachment and/or Quotes.

            "EXHIBITS" shall mean Exhibits A, B, C, D, E, E-1 F, G, G-1, H, I,
            J, K, L, M,N and O (including all Schedules and Appendices
            referenced therein or attached thereto) attached hereto, and any
            additional Exhibits which Nortel Networks and Buyer subsequently
            agree in writing shall be incorporated into, and made a part of the
            Agreement by reference.

            "EXTENSION" shall mean Equipment and/or Software which Nortel
            Networks engineers and installs and which is added to an Initial
            System after the Turnover Date of the Initial System.

            "HAZARDOUS MATERIALS" shall mean any pollutants, or dangerous, toxic
            or hazardous substances (including, without limitation, asbestos) as
            such terms are defined in, the OSHA Hazard Communication Standard
            (29 CFR Part 1910, Subpart Z), the Resource Conservation and
            Recovery Act of 1976 (42 USC Section 6901, et seq.), the Toxic
            Substances Control Act (15 USC Section 2601, et seq.), the
            Comprehensive Environmental Response Compensation and Liability Act
            (42 USC Section 9601, et seq.), a or any other federal, state or
            local environmental law, ordinance, rule or regulation.

            "IFN AFFILIATE" shall mean the entities as set forth in EXHIBIT E of
            the Agreement. If at any time e/\deltacom (which on the Effective
            Date is a division of IFN) becomes a separate legal entity that is
            not owned, in whole or in part, by IFN, ITC/\DeltaCom
            Communications, Inc. ("ITCD"), or other entity controlled by,
            controlling, or under common control with IFN or ITCD, then at IFN's
            election, e/\deltacom shall be deemed an "IFN Affiliate" for
            purposes of this Agreement.

            "INDIVIDUAL STOCK ITEMS" shall mean items such as optional
            documentation and Software options which are unique to the
            particular applications and can be ordered on an individual bases as
            noted in the applicable Product Attachments and/or Quote.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 3 of 6

            "INITIAL SYSTEM" shall mean the Equipment and Software, which is
            included in any configuration identified in Schedule A of the
            appropriate Product Attachment and/or Quote as an " Initial System.

            "INSTALLATION" shall mean the installation Services furnished
            hereunder in accordance with Nortel Networks'standard installation
            practices applicable to the appropriate Product Attached and as
            further defined in the appropriate Schedule to the Product
            Attachment.

            "INSTALLATION SITE" shall mean Buyer's or an IFN Affiliate's
            facility identified in an Order to which the applicable Products
            identified in such Order shall be delivered or at which the
            applicable Services, if any, are to be performed, respectively.

            "INTERIM PERIOD" shall mean the period from November 1, 1999,
            through the Effective Date of this Agreement.

            "MATCHING CREDITS" shall mean additional credits offered by Nortel
            Networks in a dollar amount equal to the number of Product Credits
            to be used by Buyer for a Product purchase.

            "MERCHANDISE" shall mean any Equipment, which is not part of a
            System, spare or replacement parts, expansion equipment, with
            respect to which no engineering or installation Services shall be
            provided by Nortel Networks.

            "NETWORK ACCESS SERVER" shall mean the devise controlling access to,
            repository or distributor of data.

            "NORTEL NETWORKS' AFFILIATE" shall mean Nortel Networks" parent
            corporation, Nortel Networks Limited and any corporation of which
            Nortel Networks owns more than fifty (50%) percent controlled
            directly or indirectly through the ownership or control of shares or
            other securities in such corporation.

            "ORDER" shall mean a written purchase order issued by Buyer to
            Nortel Networks.

            "PRODUCT ATTACHMENTS" shall mean any Exhibit to this Agreement,
            which identifies a Product Line, Product and/or Services, and which
            the parties agree in writing, shall be incorporated into, and made a
            part of, this Agreement.

            "PRODUCT CREDITS" shall mean credits issued to Buyer in a dollar
            amount equal to the difference between price paid by Buyer for all
            Products purchased during the Interim Period and the price that
            Buyer would have been paid for such Products

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 4 of 6

            under the pricing given Buyer pursuant to Schedule A of each Product
            Attachment to this Agreement.

            "PRODUCT LINE" shall mean the Products described in and which may be
            furnished pursuant to a specific Product Attachment or as added and
            listed by Nortel Networks.

            "PRODUCTS" shall mean any Merchandise, Equipment and/or Software,
            which may be provided under this Agreement and listed in the
            appropriate Schedule of the Product Attachments.

            "QUOTATION" shall mean a written budgetary or firm price quotation
            issued by Nortel Networks to Buyer for the supply of a Products or
            Services pursuant to the appropriate Product Attachment.

            "REJECTED ORDER" shall mean any Order which complies with the
            Agreement, including having appropriate lead times and satisfying
            the provisions of Section 3.3, and which (i) is not accepted by
            Nortel Networks within the time specified in Section 3.1, unless A)
            such non-acceptance is due to the lack of credit-worthiness or other
            reasonable criteria related to Buyer's ability to pay for Products,
            or B) in the case of an IFN Affiliate, such non-acceptance is done
            pursuant to Section 3.2, or (ii) is not or can not be delivered (or
            which Nortel Networks refuses to deliver), for any reason, within
            any time specified in the Order, or (iii) is cancelled by Buyer
            pursuant to Section 3.5 or Section 16.

            "REMOTE ACCESS CONCENTRATOR" shall mean sending and receiving data
            to and from a computer or controlling a computer with terminals or
            PCs connected through communication links which allows a number of
            circuits to be connected to a smaller number of lines for
            transmission in order to accommodate more data sources than there
            are channels currently available within the transmission medium.

            "REMOTE ACCESS SERVER" shall mean sending and receiving data to and
            from a computer or controlling a computer with terminals or PCs
            connected through communication links.

            "SERVICES" shall mean all services listed or otherwise identified
            in, or pursuant to, any Product Attachment which may be purchased
            from or provided by Nortel Networks and which are associated with
            the Product Line described in that Product Attachment and listed in
            the appropriate Schedule of same.

            "SOFTWARE" shall mean (a) programs in machine-readable code or
            firmware which (i) are owned by, or licensed to, Nortel Networks or
            any of Nortel Networks'

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 5 of 6

            Affiliates, (ii) reside in Equipment memories, tapes, disks or other
            media, and (iii) provide basic logic operating instructions and
            user-related application

            instructions, (b) documentation associated with any such programs
            which may be furnished by Nortel Networks to Buyer from time to
            time, or (c) as otherwise identified as such in a Schedule of the
            applicable Exhibit.

            "SOFTWARE UPGRADE" shall mean any improvements made to the Software
            as identified in a Schedule of the applicable Exhibit that relate to
            the operating performance of the Software but does not change the
            basic function of the Software. A Software Upgrade does not include
            any additional optional software features or equipment.

            "SOFTWARE ENHANCEMENT" shall mean Software that offers additional
            features and/or functionalities to the last Software version
            purchased by Buyer.

            "SOFTWARE ISU" shall have the meaning given such term as set forth
            in Section 8.1 of the General Terms and Conditions.

            "SOFTWARE RELEASES" shall contain Software loads required to make
            the Equipment operational and shall include all then currently
            available features and functions.

            "SPECIFICATIONS" shall mean, with respect to any Product Line,
            Nortel Networks' standard published performance specifications.

            "STOCK MODELS" shall mean pre-engineered packages containing
            start-up hardware, common equipment, and software as defined in the
            appropriate Exhibit.

            "STOCK MODEL OPTIONS" shall mean pre-configured packages, which
            include common equipment and other requisite items. Stock Model
            Options build upon Stock Models depending upon the application
            requirements as defined in the appropriate Exhibit.

            "SYSTEM" shall mean any Initial System or Extension.

            "TERRITORY" shall mean the United States of America and its
            territories ("U.S.").

            "THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE VENDOR" shall mean any supplier of programs
            contained in the Software, which is not a Nortel Networks Affiliate.

            "TURNOVER" shall mean completion of Nortel Networks' test and
            verifications with respect to a Product and Nortel Networks'
            certification ("Turnover Notice")

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT A
                                                                     Page 6 of 6

            to Buyer that the Products are operational and ready for Buyer to
            conduct its Acceptance testing. Where Nortel Networks is not
            providing installation Services for a Product, "Turnover" of such
            Product shall mean "Delivery" of such Product to the location
            designated by Buyer in its Order.

            "TURNOVER DATE" shall mean, with respect to any Products installed
            by Nortel Networks hereunder, the date on which Nortel Networks
            provides the Turnover Notice to Buyer purchase to the Section 11 of
            the Agreement.

            "VENDOR ITEMS" shall mean, with respect to a Product Line, those
            portions of the Product which are identified in the applicable
            Product Attachment, Quotes and/or Proposal as "Vendor Items" and/or
            marked with an asterisk ("*"), which are manufactured by any person
            or entity other than Nortel Networks or Nortel Networks Affiliates.

            "VOLUME DISCOUNTS" shall mean the percentage discounts set forth on
            EXHIBIT G-1, which are discounts off the Product pricing set forth
            in the applicable Product Attachment.

            "WARRANTY PERIOD" shall mean, with respect to a Product Line of a
            particular Exhibit, the Warranty Period specified for such Product
            Line or Product Exhibit in the Warranty Matrix provided in EXHIBIT
            D.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                     EXHIBIT A-1
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                   EXHIBIT A-1
                                 PRODUCT CREDITS

     To be attached within ten (10) days after execution of this Agreement.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT B
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                    EXHIBIT B
                                SOFTWARE LICENSE

         1.   Buyer acknowledges that the Software may contain programs, which
         have been supplied by, and are proprietary to, Third Party Software
         Vendors. In addition to the terms and conditions herein, Buyer shall
         abide by any additional terms and conditions provided by Nortel
         Networks to Buyer with respect to any Software provided by any Third
         Party Software Vendor.
         2.   Upon Buyer's payment to Nortel Networks of the applicable fees
         with respect to any Software furnished to Buyer pursuant to this
         Agreement, Buyer shall be granted a personal, non-exclusive, paid-up
         license to use the version of the Software furnished to Buyer only in
         conjunction with Buyer's use of the Equipment with respect to which
         such Software was furnished, for the life of that Equipment as it may
         be repaired or modified. Except for the license rights granted herein,
         Buyer shall be granted no title or ownership rights to the Software,
         which rights shall remain in Nortel Networks or its suppliers.
         3.   As a condition precedent to this license and to the supply of
         Software by Nortel Networks pursuant to the Agreement, Nortel Networks
         requires Buyer to give proper assurances to Nortel Networks for the
         protection of the Software. Accordingly, all Software supplied by
         Nortel Networks under or in implementation of the Agreement shall be
         treated by Buyer as the exclusive property and as Confidential
         Information of Nortel Networks and/or its suppliers, as appropriate,
         and Buyer shall: a) hold the Software, including, without limitation,
         any methods or concepts utilized therein in confidence in accordance
         with Article 17 of the General Terms and Conditions, for the benefit of
         Nortel Networks and/or its suppliers, as appropriate; b) not provide or
         make the Software available to any person except to its employees on a
         "need to know" basis; c) not reproduce, copy, or modify the Software in
         whole or in part except for one back-up copy and except as authorized
         by Nortel Networks; d) not attempt to decompile, reverse engineer,
         disassemble, reverse translate, or in any other manner decode the
         Software; e) issue adequate instructions to all persons, and take all
         actions reasonably necessary to satisfy Buyer's obligations under this
         license; and f) forthwith return to Nortel Networks, or with Nortel
         Networks' consent destroy, any magnetic tape, disc, semiconductor
         device or other memory device or system and/or documentation or other
         material, including, but not limited to all printed material furnished
         by Nortel Networks to Buyer which shall be replaced, modified or
         updated.
         4.   Buyer shall not assign this license or sublicense any rights
         herein granted except in accordance and as permitted in Section 23.4 of
         the General Terms and Conditions.
         5.   Except as limited by or otherwise agreed in the Agreement, Buyer
         shall indemnify and hold Nortel Networks and its suppliers, as
         appropriate, harmless from any loss or damage resulting from a breach
         of this EXHIBIT B. The obligations of Buyer under this EXHIBIT B shall
         survive the termination of the Agreement and shall continue if the
         Software is removed from service.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT C
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                    EXHIBIT C
                                     STORAGE
              If Buyer notifies Nortel Networks prior to the scheduled shipment
              date of Products that (a) Buyer does not wish to receive such
              Products (i) on the date specified in the Order, or (ii) as
              otherwise agreed by the parties, or (iii) the installation site or
              other delivery location is not prepared in sufficient time for
              Nortel Networks to make delivery in accordance with such date, and
              in any such instance Buyer fails to specify an alternate delivery
              or storage destination, or (b) Buyer fails to take delivery of any
              portion of such Products, then Nortel Networks may place the
              applicable Products in storage. In that event Nortel Networks is
              required to store any such Products, Buyer shall be liable for all
              storage, security and handling costs and any costs for
              transportation to such storage, thereby incurred by Nortel
              Networks. Delivery by Nortel Networks of any Products to a storage
              location as provided above shall be deemed to constitute delivery
              of the Products to Buyer for purposes of this Agreement,
              including, without limitation, provisions for payment, invoicing,
              and passage of risk of loss, provided Nortel Networks gives prior
              written notice of said storage to Buyer as soon as possible or
              Buyer requests Nortel Networks to store said Product(s).

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 4

                                    EXHIBIT D
                         LIMITED WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES

1.   Nortel Networks warrants that the Equipment and Merchandise supplied
hereunder (other than Switching Products, which are addressed in Section 13
below) will under normal use and service be free from defective material and
faulty workmanship and will conform to the applicable Specifications for the
Warranty Period specified in the Warranty Matrix (attached as Exhibit D-1 to the
Agreement) with respect to such Equipment. The foregoing warranty shall not
apply to items normally consumed in operation, such as, but not limited to,
lamps and fuses or to Vendor Items. Any installation, testing and turn-up or
SLAT Services performed by Nortel Networks with respect to such Equipment shall
be free from defects in workmanship for the Warranty Period set forth in
Warranty Matrix.

2.   Nortel Networks' sole obligation and Buyer's exclusive remedy under the
warranty set forth in Section 1 above shall be limited to the replacement or
repair, at Nortel Networks' option and expense, of the defective Equipment, and
correction of the defective installation Services. Replacement Equipment may be
new or reconditioned at Nortel Networks' option. In no event shall any Equipment
be reconditioned more than twice and be returned to Buyer.

3.   Nortel Networks warrants that any Software (other than Switching Products
Software which is addressed in Section 13 below) licensed by Nortel Networks to
Buyer under this Agreement shall function during the Warranty Period of the
Equipment with respect to which such Software is furnished without any material,
service-affecting nonconformance to the applicable Specifications. If the
Software fails to so function, Buyer's sole remedy and Nortel Networks' sole
obligation under this warranty is for Nortel Networks to correct such failure
through, at Nortel Networks' option, the replacement or modification of the
Software or such other actions as Nortel Networks reasonably determines to be
appropriate to correct such failure.

4.   Unless otherwise stated in a Product Attachment, (a) Nortel Networks'
warranties in Section 3 above shall only apply to the portion of the Software
actually owned or developed by Nortel Networks or a Nortel Networks Affiliate,
(b) all other Software shall be provided by Nortel Networks "AS IS", (c) Nortel
Networks hereby assigns to Buyer on a nonexclusive basis any warranty on such
other Software provided to Nortel Networks by the developer and/or owner of such
other Software to the extent of Nortel Networks' legal right to do so. If Nortel
Networks is prohibited by corporate charter, contract, law or otherwise from
assigning such rights to Buyer and/or the IFN Affiliates, Nortel Networks shall
take such actions, execute such documents and do all other things as is
reasonably possible for Buyer and/or the IFN Affiliates to receive the benefits
of such rights provided by the manufacturer and/or supplier of such Software.

5.   The obligations and remedies set forth in Sections 1, 2, and 3 above shall
be conditional upon: (a) the Equipment not having been altered or repaired by
Buyer

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 4

(except for such repair or alteration as may be permitted or required in the
applicable Product Attachment), the Software not having been modified by Buyer,
and the Products not having been installed outside the United States; (b) any
defect or nonconformance not being the result of mishandling, abuse, misuse,
improper storage, improper performance of installation other services,
maintenance or operation by persons other than Nortel Networks (including use in
conjunction with any product which is incompatible with the applicable Equipment
or Software or of inferior performance; (c) the Product not having been damaged
by fire, explosion, power failure, power surge, or other power irregularity,
lightning, failure to comply with all applicable environmental requirements for
the Products specified by Nortel Networks or any other applicable supplier, such
as but not limited to temperature or humidity ranges, or any act of God, nature
or public enemy; and (d) written notice of the defect having been given to
Nortel Networks within the applicable Warranty Period

6.   The performance by Nortel Networks of any of its obligations described in
Section 2 or 3 of this EXHIBIT D shall not extend the applicable Warranty Period
except to the extent specified in EXHIBIT D-1.

7.   Upon expiration of the applicable Warranty Period for Equipment furnished
hereunder, repair and replacement Service for such Equipment shall be available
to Buyer from Nortel Networks in accordance with Nortel Networks' then-current
terms, conditions and prices. Such repair and replacement Service and notice of
any discontinuance of such repair and replacement Service shall be available for
a minimum period set forth in the Product Attachment applicable to such
Equipment. This provision shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

8.   Unless Nortel Networks elects to repair or replace defective Equipment at
Buyer's facility, all Equipment to be repaired or replaced, whether in or out of
warranty, shall be packed by Buyer in accordance with Nortel Networks'
instructions stated in the applicable Product Attachment and shipped at Buyer's
expense and risk of loss to a location designated by Nortel Networks.
Replacement Equipment shall be returned to Buyer at Nortel Networks' expense and
risk of loss. Buyer shall ship the defective Equipment to Nortel Networks within
thirty (30) days of receipt of the replacement Equipment. In the event Nortel
Networks fails to receive such defective Equipment within such thirty (30) day
period, Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer for the replacement Equipment at the
then-current price in effect therefore.

9.   With respect to any Vendor Item furnished by Nortel Networks to Buyer
pursuant to this Agreement, Nortel Networks hereby assigns to Buyer on a
nonexclusive basis any warranty granted by the party that supplied such Vendor
Item to Nortel Networks to the extent of Nortel Networks' right to do so.

10.  Neither Nortel Networks nor Nortel Networks' suppliers, as appropriate,
shall have any responsibility for warranties offered by Buyer to any of its
customers. Buyer

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 4

shall indemnify Nortel Networks and Nortel Networks' suppliers, as appropriate,
with respect thereto.

11.   With respect to the Access, Cornerstone and Optical Product Lines the
following repair or replace of Equipment and the correction of defective
installation Services shall be warranted for a period of [***] ([***]) [***] or
the remainder of the original Warranty Period whichever is longer.

12.   With respect to the Access, Cornerstone and Optical Product Lines Nortel
Networks shall provide Buyer with repair and replacement service for a minimum
period of [***]([***]) [***] from the commencement date of this Agreement,
subject to the condition that should Nortel Networks discontinue manufacture or
repair of the Product or portions thereof prior to the expiration of such [***]
([***]) [***] period (such right of discontinuance being expressly reserved by
Nortel Networks), Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with a twelve (12) month
prior written notice of any discontinuance so as to enable Buyer to place an
order for its requirements or to enter into any other mutually satisfactory
agreement with Nortel Networks prior to such discontinuance. This provision
shall survive the expiration of this Agreement.

13.  With respect to the Switching Products the following additional terms shall
apply:

13.1 Except as set forth in Section 13.2 below, Nortel Networks shall in
performance of its obligations under Section 2 of this EXHIBIT D, (i) ship
replacement Equipment or complete the repair within thirty (30) days of Nortel
Networks' receipt of the Equipment to be replaced or repaired, and (ii) commence
the correction of the applicable installation Services within thirty (30) days
of receipt of notice from Buyer pursuant to Section 5 of this EXHIBIT D.

13.2 For emergency warranty service situations involving the Equipment, Nortel
Networks shall during the applicable Warranty Period use all reasonable efforts
to ship replacement Equipment within twenty-four (24) hours of notification of
the applicable warranty defect by Buyer pursuant to Section 5 of this EXHIBIT D,
provided that Buyer shall have requested such emergency service. Nortel Networks
may invoice Buyer and Buyer shall pay Nortel Networks' surcharge for emergency
warranty services. If Nortel Networks determines that due to the particular
circumstances, onsite technical assistance is necessary, Nortel Networks shall
use all reasonable efforts to dispatch emergency service personnel to the
applicable Installation Site within twenty-four (24) hours of receipt of notice
from Buyer as described above.

13.3 All Switching Products to be repaired or replaced, both within and outside
of the applicable Warranty Period, shall be packed by Buyer in accordance with
Nortel Networks' then-current instructions.

13.4 No later than ninety (90) days prior to the expiration of the Warranty
Period with respect to any Initial System, Nortel Networks shall offer to Buyer
post-warranty support

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT D
                                                                     PAGE 4 OF 4

by means of an extended service plan or other terms, provided that neither party
shall have any obligation with respect thereto except as may be agreed upon in
writing by the parties.

14. For any Equipment which is repaired or replaced pursuant to Nortel Networks'
obligations under EXHIBIT D to the Agreement, the warranty period for such
Product shall extend for the period commencing [***] ([***]) [***] after (a)
shipment of the replacement Equipment to Buyer or (b) completion of the repair
at the Installation Site of the applicable Equipment, and ending on the later of
(y) [***] ([***]) [***] thereafter or (z) the last day of the original Warranty
Period.

15. For any Software which was corrected pursuant to Nortel Networks'
obligations under EXHIBIT D to the Agreement, the warranty period shall be
extended for the period commencing upon delivery of the corrected Software by
Nortel Networks to Buyer and expiring on the later of [***] ([***]) [***]
thereafter or the last day of the original Warranty Period.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                     EXHIBIT D-1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 2

                                 WARRANTY MATRIX
This Warranty Matrix includes Nortel Networks Products only.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCT CATEGORY                   HARDWARE WARRANTY           SOFTWARE WARRANTY
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Access Products NOTE 1                    [***]                       [***]

Data/Internet Product NOTE 2
            Contivity                     [***]                       [***]
            -CVX                          [***]                       [***]
            -Passport 8600                [***]                       [***]
            -Passport 15K/7480            [***]                       [***]
            -Shasta                       [***]                       [***]
            -Other Data Enterprise    As listed in Price Book

Network Management Product
-Preside                                  [***]

Optical Products*NOTE 3                   [***]                       [***]
Labor                                     [***]

Switching Products*NOTE 4                 [***]                       [***]
Merchandise                               [***]
System Installation Services              [***]

All Vendor Items shall have the manufacturer's Warranty and shall pass through
to Buyer. Warranty details are available upon request from Buyer.
NOTE 1-ACCESS PRODUCTS -"WARRANTY PERIOD" shall mean [***] ([***]) [***] from
the date of shipment stamped on the Equipment or, if the date of shipment is not
marked on the Equipment, [***] ([***]) [***] from the date of manufacture. In
the event Nortel Networks performs installation Services, the Equipment warranty
shall be [***] ([***]) [***]from the date of acceptance as set forth in Section
11 of the General Terms and Conditions, TESTING, TURNOVER AND ACCEPTANCE.

For Repair and Return Procedures for Access Products refer to Exhibit I-
Schedule B

Note 2-Data and Internet Products-Performance Pack included in Exhibit K
Schedule B offer extended Warranties for Products and Services.

NOTE 3-OPTICAL PRODUCTS-"WARRANTY PERIOD" shall mean [***] ([***]) [***] from
the date of shipment stamped on the Equipment or, if the date of shipment is not
marked on the Equipment, [***] ([***]) [***] from the date of manufacture. In
the event Nortel Networks performs installation Services, the Equipment warranty
shall be [***] ([***]) [***] from the date of Acceptance.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                     EXHIBIT D-1
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 2

For Repair and Return Procedures see EXHIBIT M-Schedule B

NOTE 4-SWITCHING PRODUCTS- "WARRANTY PERIOD" shall mean, with respect to:

         4.1      Any System, the period, which shall commence upon the Turnover
                  Date with respect to such System and shall expire [***]
                  ([***]) [***] thereafter,

         4.2      Merchandise, the period, which shall commence upon the date of
                  shipment with respect to such Merchandise by Nortel Networks
                  to Buyer and shall expire [***] ([***]) [***] thereafter,

         4.3      Installation Services involving any System, the period which
                  shall commence upon the Turnover Date with respect to such
                  System and shall expire [***] ([***]) [***] thereafter,

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT E
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                    EXHIBIT E
                      INTERSTATE FIBERNET, INC. AFFILIATES

            1.   ClearSource, Inc.

            2.   InterCall

            3.   Interstate Telephone Company

            4.   Knology Holding, Inc.

            5.   SCANA Communications, Inc.

            6.   South Carolina Electric & Gas

            7.   Valley Telephone Company

            8.   Powertel,Inc.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                     EXHIBIT E-1
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                   EXHIBIT E-1
                                 ACKNOWLEDGEMENT

            TO:  Nortel Networks

            RE:    Network Products Purchase Agreement ITC2000NPPA ("Agreement")
            made between Nortel Networks (as Supplier) and Interstate FiberNet,
            Inc. and ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc. (as Buyer).

            In consideration of the undersigned being entitled to place orders
            under the Agreement, the undersigned hereby agrees to be bound by
            the terms and conditions of the Agreement, as amended by Nortel
            Networks and Buyer from time to time without notice to the
            undersigned. The undersigned IFN Affiliate shall order and/or
            license, as applicable, Products or Services for delivery during the
            Commitment Period, with a minimum total dollar purchase price of
            _____ million dollars ($000)("Commitment Amount"). The undersigned
            IFN Affiliate shall be solely responsible for satisfying this
            Commitment Amount. If, during the Commitment Period, such IFN
            Affiliate is unable to satisfy this Commitment Amount, Nortel
            Networks shall invoice such IFN Affiliate, and such IFN Affiliate
            shall pay, the applicable Invoice Value as set forth in Section 1.5
            of the General Terms and Conditions.

            (Name of Affiliate)
            By: /s/
               ------------------------------------------

            ---------------------------------------------
            Print Name and title of authorized signatory
            Date:
                 ----------------------------------------

            The following Articles and/or Exhibits are provided solely to Buyer
            and do not apply to the IFN Affiliate:

            In the General Terms and Conditions Section of the Agreement:
            Articles 1.5,1.5.3, 1.6, 1.6.1,1.6.2, 1.8, 3.5,6, 7, 19.1, 19.2.1,
            19.3 and 19.4

            Access Products-EXHIBIT I       Data and Internet Products-EXHIBIT K
            Article 4 Sections 4.2 & 4.6    Article 4 & Article 5

            Network Mgmt. -EXHIBIT L        Optical Products- EXHIBIT M
            Article 3                       Article 4,5 & 6.1
                                            Schedules D, E, F, & G
            Switching Products-EXHIBIT N
            Exhibits E, F & G

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT F
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                    EXHIBIT F
                     BUYER'S AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE LIST

The following is the Buyer's Authorized Representatives and it is understood the
IFN Affiliates will represent themselves. Buyer's Authorized Representative for
OPTICAL PRODUCTS:

            ITC/\DeltaCom Communication, Inc.
            1791 O.G. Skinner Drive
            West Point, GA 31833
            Atten: Director, System Engineering
            Roger DeVille
            Telephone: 706-385-8118

Buyer's Authorized Representative for ACCESS PRODUCTS, DATA/INTERNET PRODUCTS,
NETWORK MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS:

            ITC/\DeltaCom Communication, Inc.
            1530 DeltaCom Drive
            Anniston, AL 36202-0787
            Atten: Sr. Mgr, Engineering
            Bob Cloud
            Telephone: 256-241-6012

Buyer's Authorized Representative for SWITCHING PRODUCTS:

            ITC/\DeltaCom Communication, Inc.
            1530 DeltaCom Drive
            Anniston, AL 36202-0787
            Atten: Sr. Mgr, Switch Engineering
            Marcus Robinson
            Telephone: 256-241-4434

If, the above Buyer's Authorized Representatives are not available contact:

            ITC/\DeltaCom Communication, Inc.
            1530 DeltaCom Drive
            Anniston, AL 36202-0787
            David Hill, V.P. Engineering & Planning
            Telephone: 256-241-3799
And then:
            Steven Moses, V.P. Network Services
            Telephone: 256-241-3726

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 1 OF 12

                                    EXHIBIT G
                                    FORECAST

ITC/\ DELTACOM FORECAST

                   Oct00-Sep01     Oct01-Sep02     Oct02-Nov02           Total
Sw./Succ.               $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Optical                 $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Access                  $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
CVX                     $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Passport 15K            $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Passport 8600           $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Contivity               $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]
Shasta                  $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]

                        $[***]          $[***]          $[***]          $[***]

                                                Commitment       $250,000,000
                                                less YTD               ($[***])
                                                less forecast          ($[***])

                                                                       ($[***])

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 2 OF 12

SWITCHING FORECAST ITC DELTACOM 12 MONTH SWITCH FORECAST
- SEPTEMBER 2000
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

SITE/SYSTEM      PRODUCT         PROJECT            PORTS          AMOUNT     ORDER DATE     DELIVERY DATE
<S>              <C>             <C>                 <C>          <C>           <C>             <C>
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Oct-00          Mar-01
[***]            [***]            [***]             [***]          $[***]        Nov-00          Apr-01

                              12 MONTH TOTAL        [***]          $[***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 3 OF 12

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITC Deltacom 12 Month Optical Forecast
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

====================================================================================================================================
                ITC                         2000       2001
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Route           Project #     Equipment     Q4         Q1         Q2         Q3         Q4         Total      Comments
====================================================================================================================================
<S>             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 4 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 5 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 6 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>             <C>           <C>           <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>        <C>
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]           [***]         [***]         $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 7 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM 12 MONTH ACCESS FORECAST

Site/Location
                 CPX-1000           IAD Devices Qty     IAD/CPE Revenue      Order Date       Delivery Date
<S>                    <C>                    <C>                  <C>             <C>                        <C>
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jan-01                     Mar-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jan-01                     Mar-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jan-01                     Mar-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Apr-01                     Jun-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Apr-01                     Jun-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Apr-01                     Jun-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jul-01                     Aug-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jul-01                     Aug-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jul-01                     Aug-01
[***]                  $ [***]                [***]                [***]           Jul-01                     Aug-01
                        $[***]                                 $   [***]

                            Total Access Forecast              $   [***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 8 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM 12 MONTH CVX FORECAST

PRODUCT                   PROJECT              SITE         PORTS       AMOUNT            ORDER DATE      DELIVERY DATE
<S>            <C>                        <C>                 <C>               <C>          <C>                <C>
CVX1800        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Mar-01             May-01
CVX1801        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Mar-01             May-01
CVX1802        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Mar-01             May-01
CVX1803        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Mar-01             May-01
CVX1804        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Jun-01             Aug-01
CVX1805        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Jun-01             Aug-01
CVX1806        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Jun-01             Aug-01
CVX1807        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Jun-01             Aug-01
CVX1808        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Aug-01             Oct-01
CVX1809        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Aug-01             Oct-01
CVX1810        [***]                      [***]               [***]             $[***]       Aug-01             Oct-01

                                   12 MONTH TOTAL             [***]             $[***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                    PAGE 9 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM PASSPORT 15K 12 MONTH FORECAST
[***] Port DS1C FR                     $[***]
[***] Port DS3C FR                     $[***]
[***] Port DS3                         $[***]
[***] Port OC3C ATM                    $[***]
PASSPORT GROWTH
                             [***] Port   [***] Port    [***] Port      [***] Port
SITE                          DS1C FR      DS3C FR       DS3 ATM       OC3 ATM VALUE             ORDER DATE       SHIP DATE
<S>                              <C>          <C>           <C>           <C>            <C>          <C>             <C>
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jan-01          Mar-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jan-01          Mar-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jan-01          Mar-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jan-01          Mar-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Apr-01          Jun-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Apr-01          Jun-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Apr-01          Jun-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Apr-01          Jun-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
[***]                            [***]        [***]         [***]         [***]          $[***]       Jul-01          Sep-01
TOTAL GROWTH

TOTAL VALUE LIST PRICE                                                                   $[***]

TOTAL VALUE LESS ITC [***]% DISCOUNT                                                     $[***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                   PAGE 10 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM PASSPORT 8600 12 MONTH FORECAST

PRODUCT                         PROJECT             SITE            PP8600          AMOUNT       ORDER DATE     DELIVERY DATE

<S>                              <C>                <C>              <C>                 <C>           <C>             <C>
Passport 8600                    [***]              [***]                             $[***]        Jan-01            Mar-01
                                                                     [***]
Passport 8600                    [***]              [***]                             $[***]        Jun-01            Aug-01
                                                                     [***]

                             12 MONTH TOTAL                          [***]            $[***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                   PAGE 11 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM CONTIVITY 12 MONTH FORECAST

                                                                4500
PRODUCT                           PROJECT             SITE     SWITCHES        VALUE         ORDER DATE     DELIVERY DATE

<S>               <C>             <C>            <C>            <C>               <C>            <C>               <C>
Contivity         [***]                          [***]          [***]             $[***]         Jan-01            Mar-01

                              12 MONTH TOTAL                    [***]             $[***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT G
                                                                   PAGE 12 OF 12
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

ITC DELTACOM SHASTA 12 MONTH FORECAST

                                                                  4500
PRODUCT                       PROJECT              SITE         SWITCHES       VALUE          ORDER DATE      DELIVERY DATE

<S>             <C>           <C>             <C>                 <C>             <C>             <C>                <C>
Shasta          [***]                         [***]               [***]           $[***]          Jan-01             Mar-01

                          12 MONTH TOTAL                          [***]

                                                                                  [***]
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                     EXHIBIT G-1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                   EXHIBIT G-1
                             COMMITMENT LEVEL MATRIX
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
PRODUCTS                     COMMITMENT $[***]    COMMITMENT $[***]     COMMITMENT $[***]   COMMITMENT $[***]    COMMITMENT $[***]
                             DISCOUNT             DISCOUNT              DISCOUNT LEVEL      DISCOUNT LEVEL       DISCOUNT LEVEL
                             LEVEL                LEVEL
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ACCESS PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>                  <C>                   <C>                 <C>                  <C>
AccessNode                   Stock Models-[***]   Stock Models-[***]    Stock Models-[***]  Stock Models-[***]   Stock Models-[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ANx                          Stock Models-[***]   Stock Models-[***]    Stock Models-[***]  Stock Models-[***]   Stock Models-[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UE9000                       [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
UE IMAS                      [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CPX-1000 Voice Gateway       [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
DATA/INTERNET PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CVX 1800*                    [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passport 8600                [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Passport ATM                 [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Shasta BSN                   [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Enterprise Data              [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 NETWORK MGMT. PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Preside**                    [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTICAL PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTera DX/LH-OC192           [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MOR/MOR Plus/OPTera1600G     [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-48Classic                 [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OC-48Lite                    [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
OPTera Metro (3400-3500)     [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SWITCHING PRODUCTS
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial-DTCSS7/PRI           [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial-ESMA                 [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Initial-SPM SS7              [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extension-DTC SS7/PRI        [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extension-ESMA               [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Extension-SPM SS7            [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Merchandise                  [***]%               [***]%                [***]%              [***]%               [***]%
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
*CVX 1800 prices includes management Software for wholesale modems & SS7
 Software
**Preside-Network Upgrade cost [***] for new Release at $[***]
        [***]% contract discount for new Packages

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    GENERAL TERMS AND CONDITIONS
                                                                       EXHIBIT H
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                    EXHIBIT H
                                  LAB EQUIPMENT

 As attached hereto. Any additional Lab Equipment provided to Buyer after the
Effective Date will be identified in consecutively numbered attachments to this
Exhibit (e.g. H-1, H-2, etc.).

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule H
                                                                   Lab Equipment
                                                                 Nortel Networks
                                                  S/DMS Transport Node Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUSTOMER:          ITC DELTACOM                                               ----------------------------------------------------
PROJECT:           LAB EQUIPMENT                                              LAB 1            LAB 2              TOTAL PRICE
DATE:              SEPTEMBER 8, 2000                                          ----------------------------------------------------
PROPOSAL VALIDITY: DECEMBER 7, 2000
CONFIGURATION:     [***]                                                      [***]            [***]

----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM    PRODUCT                                        ITEM            UNIT          EXTENDED          EXTENDED          EXTENDED
  NO.    DESCRIPTION                                    CODE           PRICE  QTY       PRICE  QTY        PRICE   QTY       PRICE
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>      <C>        <C>                                 <C>            <C>              <C>    <C>        <C>     <C>       <C>
  #1.0   [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]

         [***]     [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                     SUBTOTAL           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #2.0   [***]     [***]
         [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  2        $[***]  2         $[***]   4        $[***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  2        $[***]  2         $[***]   4        $[***]

         [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***] 12        $[***]  12        $[***]  24        $[***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  6        $[***]  6         $[***]  12        $[***]

         [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  2        $[***]  2         $[***]   4        $[***]

         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]                                          [***]
         [***]                                          [***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #3.0   [***]
         [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                         SUBTOTAL      #VALUE!           #VALUE!           #VALUE!
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  #4.0   [***]
         [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  2        $[***]  2         $[***]   4        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #5.0   [***]     [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  8        $[***]  8         $[***]  16        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
         [***]     [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
         [***]     [***]                                [***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #6.0   [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #7.0   [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
  #8.0   [***]
         [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
         [***]
         [***]                                          [***]          $[***]  1        $[***]  1         $[***]   2        $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----
                                                                         SUBTOTAL       $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------           -----              -----

                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   [***] PRICING                                                        $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
                   ---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule H
                                                                   Lab Equipment
                                                                 Nortel Networks
                                                  S/DMS Transport Node Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUSTOMER:          ITC DELTACOM                                                    -------------------------------------
PROJECT:           LAB EQUIPMENT                                                         LAB 1           TOTAL PRICE
DATE:              SEPTEMBER 8, 2000                                               -------------------------------------
VALIDITY:          DECEMBER 7, 2000
CONFIGURATION:                                                                      [***]

------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 SECT   PRODUCT                                         ITEM            UNIT          EXTENDED           EXTENDED
  NO.   DESCRIPTION                                     CODE            PRICE      QTY      PRICE    QTY       PRICE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>                                             <C>             <C>        <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>
 #1.0   [***]
        [***]                                           [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1        $[***]
        [***]                                           [***]
        [***]                                           [***]
        [***]                                           [***]
        [***]                                           [***]
        [***]                                           [***]

        ADDITIONAL ITEMS

        [***]                                           [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
                                                                      SUBTOTAL              $[***]             $[***]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
 #2.0   [***]
        [***]      [***]                                [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1        $[***]
        [***]      [***]                                [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1        $[***]

        [***]                                           [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1        $[***]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
                                                                      SUBTOTAL              $[***]             $[***]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
 #3.0   [***]
        [***]                                           [***]           $[***]      1       $[***]    1        $[***]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
                                                                      SUBTOTAL              $[***]             $[***]
---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            ------
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                        TOTAL EQUIPMENT PRICING                                             $[***]             $[***]
                   -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule H
                                                                   Lab Equipment
                                                                 Nortel Networks
                                                  S/DMS Transport Node Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUSTOMER:          ITC DELTACOM                                                   ----------------------------------
PROJECT:           LAB EQUIPMENT                                                       MODEL 1         TOTAL PRICE
DATE:              SEPTEMBER 8, 2000                                              ----------------------------------
VALID THROUGH:     DECEMBER 7, 2000
CONFIGURATION:                                                                     [***]

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM   PRODUCT                                            ITEM            UNIT          EXTENDED          EXTENDED
  NO.   DESCRIPTION                                        CODE            PRICE          PRICE      QTY     PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #1.0   [***]
<S>     <C>                                               <C>               <C>     <C>   <C>        <C>     <C>
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]

        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #2.0   [***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]

        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #3.0   [***]
        [***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #4.0   [***]
        [***]
        [***]      [***]                                  [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #5.0   [***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]
        [***]                                             [***]

        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   4    $[***]      4      $[***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   2    $[***]      2      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #6.0   [***]
        [***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]   1    $[***]      1      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #7.0   [***]
        [***]                                             [***]             $[***]  14    $[***]     14      $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
                                                                          SUBTOTAL        $[***]             $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------            -----
 #8.0   [***]
        [***]
        [***]                                             [***]              [***]   1     [***]      1       [***]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                          SUBTOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                   TOTAL [***] EQUIPMENT PRICING                                          $[***]             $[***]
                   -------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                      Schedule H
                                                                   Lab Equipment
                                                                 Nortel Networks
                                                  S/DMS Transport Node Equipment

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
CUSTOMER:            ITC DELTACOM                                                       --------------------------------------
PROJECT:             LAB EQUIPMENT                                                      LAB 1                TOTAL PRICE
DATE:                SEPTEMBER 8, 2000                                                  --------------------------------------
PROPOSAL VALIDITY:   DECEMBER 7, 2000
CONFIGURATION:                                                                          [***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 ITEM   PRODUCT                                               ITEM               UNIT            EXTENDED             EXTENDED
  NO.   DESCRIPTION                                           CODE               PRICE   QTY       PRICE      QTY       PRICE
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>     <C>          <C>                                      <C>             <C>        <C>  <C>                  <C>
 #1.0   [***]                                                                 --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]        [***]                                    [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #2.0   [***]                                                                 --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    2       $[***]       2       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------

        [***]                                                                 --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    6       $[***]       6       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]   12       $[***]      12       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------

                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #3.0   [***]
        [***]                                                                 --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    2       $[***]       2       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #4.0   [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]   10       $[***]      10       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #5.0   [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ---------
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #6.0   [***]
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    2       $[***]       2       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #7.0   [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #8.0   [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #9.0   [***]
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    1       $[***]       1       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 #10.0  [***]
        [***]
                                                                              --------        ----------           ----------
        [***]                                                 [***]             $[***]    2       $[***]       2       $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                              SUBTOTAL            $[***]               $[***]
------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                    [***] PRICING                                                                 $[***]               $[***]
                    ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 3

                               PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                    EXHIBIT I
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS

1.       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         This Product Attachment, EXHIBIT I, Access Products is attached to and
         made a part of the Network Products Purchase Agreement dated November
         8, 2000, between ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc., Interstate
         FiberNet, Inc., and Nortel Networks, Inc. ("General Terms &
         Conditions"). The terms and conditions provided below supplement the
         General Terms and Conditions only with respect to the specific Products
         set forth in this EXHIBIT I (including any future Products that may be
         added to this EXHIBIT I). To the extent any of the terms and conditions
         set forth in this EXHIBIT I conflict with any terms or conditions in
         the General Terms & Conditions, the terms and conditions of this
         EXHIBIT I take precedence over any such conflicting terms and
         conditions in the General Terms & Conditions, as such terms and
         conditions apply to the Access Products.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Product Attachment all capitalized terms, which
         are defined in the EXHIBIT A of the General Terms & Conditions,
         DEFINITIONS, shall have the same meaning in this Product Attachment.

3.       SCHEDULES

         The following Schedules which are attached hereto are an integral part
         of the Access Product Attachment and are incorporated herein by
         reference:

                  Schedule A - Products, Prices, and Fees

                  Schedule B - Services and Charges

                  Schedule C - Targeted Delivery Intervals

4.       SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE SERVICES

         4.1      Schedule A, Part 1 of this Product Attachment, contains Nortel
                  Networks' Stock Model Equipment list and an associated bundled
                  Software feature set package ("Bundled Software Feature Set
                  Package") for which Nortel Networks shall provide Software
                  maintenance services ("Software Maintenance Services") at the
                  pricing set forth in Section 4.6 of this EXHIBIT I. All
                  features included in such Bundled Software Feature Set Package
                  ordered and paid for by Buyer shall be licensed for use on
                  each network element ("NE") within Buyer's networks. Other

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 3

                  individual features may be offered on an optional basis at
                  mutually agreed to prices. Optional individual features may
                  require that Buyer purchase additional hardware.

         4.2      Nortel Networks shall provide to Buyer a copy of all
                  applicable Software Releases, with the same features as
                  purchased by Buyer in the previous Software Release, [***],
                  issued by Nortel Networks during the first twelve (12) month
                  period following the execution of this Agreement. Buyer shall
                  notify Nortel Networks annually, in writing, as to the number
                  of AccessNode NEs and operation controller spans of control,
                  which require Software Maintenance Services to cover One
                  Hundred Percent (100%) of Buyer's network. The annual
                  maintenance term shall renew automatically for additional one
                  (1) year terms through the last day of the Commitment Period,
                  unless Buyer terminates such Software Maintenance Services by
                  giving Nortel Networks thirty (30) days written notice of
                  termination prior to the termination of the initial one (1)
                  year maintenance term or any renewal term. Not more than
                  ninety (90) days nor less than sixty (60) days prior to the
                  end of the initial one (1) year maintenance term and any
                  renewal term, Nortel Networks shall notify Buyer of the date
                  on which maintenance will renew automatically. If any renewal
                  term is less than twelve (12) months, the maintenance fee for
                  such renewal shall be prorated to reflect the actual days in
                  such renewal term.

         4.3      Each digital audio tape ("DAT") Software Release shall contain
                  Software loads required to make the Equipment operational and
                  shall include all then currently available features and
                  functions. Buyer shall use only those features in the Bundled
                  Software Feature Set Package and any other available features
                  for which Buyer has paid the respective license fees. Each
                  Software Release shall be supported by the associated Northern
                  Telecom Practice documentation package ("NTP"), which shall
                  include a section on Software feature description.

         4.4      Software updates can be performed in-service on the system
                  without site visits. The policy for compatibility over time is
                  that a single step in-service update will be supported for all
                  Software releases with no more than two (2) interim Software
                  releases. Pricing in this Product Attachment is based on
                  annual upgrades only.

         4.5      Additional Software Maintenance Services shall include the
                  following:

                  4.5.1.   Telephone consultation relative to the use and
                  troubleshooting of the Software;

                  4.5.2.   Notification to Buyer of the existence of coding
                  errors, bugs and other problems in the Software promptly after
                  the same first becomes known to Nortel Networks; and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 3

                  4.5.3.   Use of reasonable efforts to correct any coding
                  errors, bugs and other problems in the Software brought to
                  Nortel Networks' attention by Buyer or any other source.

                  4.6      Nortel Networks shall provide the above Software
                  Maintenance Services for a fee of [***] Dollars ($[***]) per
                  NE per [***] ([***]) [***] as required by the availability of
                  new Software. Notwithstanding the above, in no event shall
                  Buyer's annual cost for Software Maintenance Services exceed
                  [***] Dollars ($[***]) for all NEs in Buyer's network.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT I, SCHEDULE A
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                           PRODUCTS, PRICING AND FEES

PART

  1        AccessNode Stock Models and Stock Options Net Pricing

  2        AccessNode Stock Models and Stock Options Details

  3        AccessNode Engineered System/Merchandise Order Net Pricing

  4        UE IMAS

  5        Jetstream CP-1000 Voice Gateway

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                              SCHEDULE A, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 4

                         ------------------------------
                                   ACCESSNODE
                         STOCK MODELS AND STOCK OPTIONS
                         ------------------------------

    ITC
STOCK MODEL              PRODUCT                           NET PRICE
    CODE                 DESCRIPTION
                         ------------------------------

                         ------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 1 (pages 1-4) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                              SCHEDULE A, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 1 OF 23

                         ------------------------------
                                   ACCESSNODE
                         STOCK MODELS AND STOCK OPTIONS
                         ------------------------------

   ITC             NTI
  MODEL           MODEL      PRODUCT                     NTI PEC
  CODE             CODE      DESCRIPTION                 Code          Quantity
NET PRICE

                         ------------------------------

                         ------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 2 (pages 1-23) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                              SCHEDULE A, PART 3
                                                                    PAGE 1 OF 13
                                                                REVISED 12/12/00

               ---------------------------------------------------
                                   ACCESSNODE
                       ENGINEERED SYSTEM/MERCHANDIS ORDER
                                  NET PRICING
               ---------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NTI PEC           NTI CPC            PRODUCT                       UNIT NET
CODE              CODE               DESCRIPTION                   PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 3 (pages 1-13) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                              SCHEDULE A, PART 4
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 2

                                                                     Ver 003501
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  SEQ.    PRODUCT                    ITEM              CPC         UNIT LIST
  NO.     DESCRIPTION                CODE              CODE           PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                                        SUBTOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 4 (pages 1-2) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have
     been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                              SCHEDULE A, PART 5
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                                                      VER 003501
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

  SEQ.    PRODUCT                    ITEM              CPC         UNIT LIST
  NO.     DESCRIPTION                CODE              CODE        PRICE
                                                                        SUBTOTAL
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (page 1) has been omitted pursuant
     to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been
     filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT I, SCHEDULE B
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                   SCHEDULE B
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                              SERVICES AND CHARGES

PART

  1        Repair/Replacement Procedures

  2        Equipment Support

  3        Services Charges

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 7

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                          REPAIR/REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

1.       GENERAL

         Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center located in
         Nashville, Tennessee, handles all repairs for Access Equipment. Access
         Equipment processed through Nortel Networks is typically handled on a
         "Replacement-Repair" basis.

2.       REPAIR SERVICES - EQUIPMENT

         2.1      Normal Replacement Intervals

                  Normally, Nortel Networks will ship a replacement unit within
                  thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a defective unit.

         2.2      On-Site Repair

                  The nature of some Equipment may make it more feasible to
                  affect the repairs on the Buyer's premises. These arrangements
                  will be made through the Nortel Networks' Global Product
                  Support ("GPS") group serving the Buyer's area.

         2.3      Emergency Replacement

                  Defective Equipment vital to the call processing ability of a
                  system qualifies for emergency service. This service is not
                  intended to take the place of normal replacement service.
                  Emergency replacement will be provided under the following
                  conditions:

                  a.       The last spare circuit pack has been used to replace
                           a defective pack in a system and all similar packs in
                           the system are carrying live traffic.

                  b.       Nortel Networks' ETAS group advises that an emergency
                           situation exists and certain Equipment is required to
                           correct the situation.

                  Nortel Networks provides emergency replacement Equipment (new,
                  repaired, or functionally equivalent) at the service charges
                  set forth in Section 4 of this Schedule within twenty-four
                  (24) hours of a verbal request from the Buyer. This service is
                  available twenty-four (24) hours a day, including holidays.
                  Upon receiving verbal request, a replacement unit will be
                  shipped to the Buyer. Written

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 7

                  confirmation of the verbal request must be forwarded to Nortel
                  Networks within three (3) working days of the verbal request
                  for replacement. To request emergency replacement service,
                  phone 1-800-251-1758, option 8 or 1-800-423-9658.

         2.4      Upgrade to a Later Vintage Level

                  If requested by the Buyer, an upgrade may be applied to a
                  Buyer's unit submitted to Nortel Networks for repair, provided
                  that the Equipment is upgradeable to the requested vintage.
                  Typically, the Buyer will be billed at normal repair prices
                  for this service. The Buyer shall make prior arrangements with
                  the appropriate service center to obtain this service.

         2.5      Vendor Products (OEM)

                  The repair of most OEM equipment can be coordinated through
                  the Replacement-Repair Service Center in Nashville, Tennessee.
                  Upon receipt from the Buyer of defective OEM equipment, Nortel
                  Networks will arrange the repair and return of these units by
                  the OEM vendor.

3.       SOFTWARE SERVICE

         3.1      New Software Updates

                  New Software Updates will be introduced via Nortel Networks'
                  established Product Change Notice (PCN) routine. At least
                  sixty (60) days prior to field introduction, Nortel Networks
                  will provide notification of these changes to Buyer in
                  writing.

         3.2      Software Updates

                  Software updates can be performed in-service on the system
                  without site visits. The policy for compatibility over time is
                  that a single step in-service update will be supported for a
                  period of two (2) years from the general availability date of
                  the product release. Upgrading a system to the most recent
                  update from a product release beyond the two (2) year window
                  may involve an intermediate step (i.e., upgrading the system
                  to an intermediate update) and the purchase by Buyer of
                  additional Equipment.

         3.3      Software Update Fees

                  Updates, which are classified as Enhancements by Nortel
                  Networks, will be made available to Buyer at a price
                  determined by Nortel Networks at the time such

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 7

                  Software Update is offered to Buyer. Updates, which are
                  classified as ISUs by Nortel Networks, will be provided at no
                  cost to Buyer. Notwithstanding the foregoing, ISUs and
                  Enhancements shall not include the cost of any associated
                  hardware that may be required.

4.       BUYER PROCEDURE FOR REPLACEMENT-REPAIR SERVICE
         Two types of Replacement-Repair services are offered to Buyer:

         a.       Direct mail-in Replacement-Repair

         b.       Advance Authorization Replacement-Repair

                  Buyer may have Replacement-Repair service pre-authorized and
                  initiated within Nortel Networks by a telephone call to Nortel
                  Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center.

         The decision on which procedure to use is the Buyer's. (Emergency
         service is handled as Advance Authorization Replacement-Repair only).
         Regardless of the procedure selected, certain guidelines as prescribed
         below are to be followed.

         4.1      Direct Mail-In Procedure for Replacement-Repair

                  a.       For each defective unit, failure tags should be
                           completed and attached to the Equipment.

                  b.       Two copies of Nortel Networks' mail-in form, or an
                           equivalent form approved by Nortel Networks, should
                           be completed and enclosed with each shipment.

                  c.       The following data must be provided on the mail-in
                           form:

                           o        Buyer's shipping address and phone number to
                                    contact in case of a shipping discrepancy

                           o        Buyer's billing address, billing contact,
                                    and phone number

                           o        Buyer's Order number and authorization

                           o        Shipping instructions

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks Product
                                    Engineering Code)

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 4 OF 7

                           o        Quantity of units

                           o        Date shipped

                  d.       Defective units are to be packaged for shipment
                           following the procedures outlined in Section 4.3 and
                           shipped to Nortel Networks in accordance with Section
                           4.4 of this Section B.

                  e.       Defective units are to be shipped to:
                                Nortel Networks Inc.
                                Nashville Service Center
                                917 Air Park Center Drive, Dock F
                                Nashville, Tennessee 37217
                                Attention: Repair and Return

                  Any discrepancy in the above procedure will be brought to the
                  attention of the Buyer upon Nortel Networks' receipt of the
                  defective Equipment.

                  Buyer's inquiries related to Direct Mail-In service must
                  reference the Buyer's Order number.

         4.2      Advance Authorization Procedure for Replacement-Repair

                  a.       Upon Buyer's identification of defective units,
                           Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center
                           can be contacted as follows:

                           o        Monday through Friday, excepting holidays,
                                    from 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, central standard
                                    time, telephone 1-800-251-1758, option 8 or
                                    1-800-423-9658. The call will be received
                                    directly by a Customer Service
                                    Representative.

                  b.       The following information must be provided by the
                           Buyer when calling:

                           o        Buyer's ship to address

                           o        Buyer's billing address

                           o        Buyer's Purchase Order number and
                                    authorization number

                           o        Urgency of request (normal or emergency)

                           o        Shipping instructions

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 5 OF 7

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks Product
                                    Engineer Code)

                           o        Quantity of units

                  c.       A unique repair order identification number will be
                           issued by Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service
                           Center for each order. Please reference this number
                           on all inquiries.

                  d.       Failure tags should be completed and attached to each
                           defective unit.

                  e.       Defective units are to be packaged and shipped in
                           accordance with the procedures outlined in the
                           following Sections. The repair order identification
                           number should be clearly marked on the outside of
                           cartons and on all paperwork.

         4.3      Packaging

                  Defective Equipment should be packaged in anti-static
                  containers, preferably of standardized design for circuit
                  packs. (Buyer shall consult with Nortel Networks' Customer
                  Service Representative for information on approved
                  containers.)

                  Note:    Neither bubble pack nor styrofoam chips should be
                           used as packaging material. Use of such material may
                           generate static electricity, which could severely
                           damage a circuit pack. Use of this material may, at
                           Nortel Networks' discretion, result in shipments
                           being refused and/or warranties being voided.

                  Failure tags should be completed and attached to each unit.
                  Each unit should be wrapped individually.

                  Note:    Failure tags should be attached to the lock latch of
                           a circuit pack. Please do not attach the tag to any
                           component on the circuit pack as this could result in
                           damage to the Equipment.

                  A copy of the packing list should be placed inside each box to
                  further ensure proper receipt of a multiple box shipment.

         4.4      Basic Shipping Procedure

                  a.       Buyer shall bear risk of loss and damage on shipments
                           to Nortel Networks. Nortel Networks shall bear risk
                           of loss or damage on shipments to Buyer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 6 OF 7

                  b.       The Mail-In Form or a packing list (where advance
                           authorization is required) must be included. The
                           following information is required by Nortel Networks:

                           o        Repair order identification (if advance
                                    authorization replacement-repair service is
                                    used)

                           o        Buyer's Order number

                           o        Buyer's name, ship to address, and telephone
                                    number to contact in case of a shipping
                                    discrepancy

                           o        Buyer's bill-to address, contact person, and
                                    telephone number;

                           o        Date shipped

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks'
                                    Product Engineering Code)

                           o        Quantity shipped

                           Note:    Failure to provide the above information
                                    could result in a delay in processing the
                                    Order.

                  c.       Buyer shall select an appropriate carrier based upon
                           the weight and size of shipment.

         4.5      Shipping Costs

                  a.       In Warranty and Out of Warranty

                           1.       Buyer shall return defective Equipment to
                                    Nortel Networks prepaid.

                           2.       Nortel Networks shall ship the replacement
                                    Equipment to Buyer prepaid using an
                                    appropriate surface carrier. Arrangements
                                    can be made for air shipments at Buyer's
                                    expense.

         4.6      Unrepairable Equipment

                  a.       In Warranty

                           In the event Equipment under warranty is returned to
                           Nortel Networks and is judged by Nortel Networks to
                           be beyond repair due to faulty material or

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 7 OF 7

                           workmanship, Nortel Networks will replace the
                           defective Equipment with a new, repaired, or
                           functionally equivalent unit at no cost to Buyer.

                  b.       Out of Warranty

                           In the event Equipment not covered by warranty is
                           returned to Nortel Networks and is judged by Nortel
                           Networks to be beyond repair, it will be returned to
                           the Buyer. Nortel Networks will replace the defective
                           Equipment at Buyer's request, and invoice the Buyer
                           at the then current price for such new Equipment.

         4.7      Non-Return of Defective Units - Buyer Responsibility

                  When Nortel Networks has shipped a replacement unit to Buyer
                  after verbal notification of a defective unit, Buyer is
                  responsible for returning the associated defective Equipment
                  to Nortel Networks within thirty (30) calendar days of the
                  shipping date of its replacement. If Buyer's defective
                  Equipment is not received within such thirty (30) calendar day
                  period, Buyer shall be invoiced the then current price of new
                  Equipment plus fifteen percent (15%). Consequently, the Buyer
                  when obtaining a Return Authorization number must provide an
                  open Purchase Order number.

5.       BUYER PROCEDURE FOR SOFTWARE UPDATES

         Software updates are to be handled via the normal Advanced
         Authorization Procedure as set forth in Section 4.2. The Basic Shipping
         procedure contained in Section 4.4 shall be followed except that the
         Software license(s) shall be returned to Nortel Networks via registered
         mail.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 5

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                           EQUIPMENT/SOFTWARE SUPPORT

1.       WARRANTY SUPPORT

         1.1      Remote (off-site) Assistance

                  Technical support offered at no charge to Buyer during the
                  Warranty Period includes Remote (off-site) assistance to
                  Buyer's trained personnel in resolving Equipment and Software
                  operational and compatibility problems.

                  Remote (off-site) assistance consists of one or more of the
                  following:

                  a.       Over-the-phone consultations and guidance at
                           1-800-275-8726.

                  b.       Interrogation and analysis of systems over data lines
                           from Nortel Networks' service facility.

                  c.       Other activity directly related to problem
                           resolution, where Nortel Networks travel is not
                           involved.

                  If after investigation, Nortel Networks determines that the
                  problem was caused by equipment, software, or conditions not
                  attributable to Nortel Networks then such technical assistance
                  shall be billable to Buyer in accordance with Nortel Networks'
                  current rates and procedures as set forth in Part 3 of this
                  Schedule B.

                  Calls to Nortel Networks' service facilities during Nortel
                  Networks' off-hours shall be limited to Equipment or Software
                  failures directly affecting service that Buyer could not
                  resolve by following standard troubleshooting procedures,
                  covered by NTPs.

         1.2      Local (on-site) Assistance

                  Local (on-site) assistance by Nortel Networks field engineers
                  is also available as part of the warranty support. To qualify
                  for Local (on-site) assistance without charge, the following
                  efforts must have been exhausted prior to the field trip:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 5

                  a.       Buyer has determined that the Equipment or Software
                           is the source of the problem; and

                  b.       Buyer was unable to resolve the problem by using
                           standard troubleshooting procedures covered by
                           applicable NTP's; and

                  c.       Nortel Networks' engineer could not resolve the
                           problem remotely with full cooperation of Buyer's
                           personnel.

                  Local on-site assistance, provided at Buyer's request, that
                  does not meet above requirements is billable in accordance
                  with Nortel Networks' current rates and procedures as set
                  forth in Part 3 of this Schedule B. If after investigation,
                  Nortel Networks determines that the need for Local (on-site)
                  assistance was not caused by the Equipment, Software nor
                  conditions attributable to Nortel Networks then, such
                  technical assistance and associated travel and living expenses
                  shall be billable to Buyer at Nortel Networks' current rates
                  and procedures as set forth in Part 3 of this Schedule B.

                  The following types of assistance fall outside the scope of
                  warranty support and are billable;

                  a.       Local (on-site) assistance with system verification
                           and pre-service testing, where required by the Buyer.

                  b.       Local (on-site) assistance for Software upgrades,
                           where required by the Buyer.

                  c.       Analysis to determine origins of the fault and
                           resolution of technical problems associated with
                           equipment or software not furnished by Nortel
                           Networks.

                  d.       Non-emergency calls for technical assistance during
                           Service Center off-hours.

                  e.       Consultation in excess of 1/2 hour on matters that
                           are adequately covered by standard documentation
                           and/or for which training programs are available,
                           including Software upgrades.

2.       OUT-OF-WARRANTY SUPPORT

         Technical assistance as set forth in Part 1 of this Schedule B is
         available for out-of-warranty Equipment and is billable at the current
         rates and procedures as set forth in Part 1 of this Schedule B.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 5

3.       TECHNICAL SERVICE RATES

         All billable technical services are billed at hourly rate plus expenses
         as defined herein.

         Billable expenses include travel, meals and lodging costs for Nortel
         Networks' service representatives, long distance telephone and data
         link charges and other costs, which are directly related to the service
         effort. These expenses shall be augmented by fifteen percent (15%)
         handling and administration charge.

         For Local (on-site) assistance service, both work and travel time are
         included and charged as applicable. Minimum charge for Local (on-site)
         assistance service is eight (8) hours plus expenses.

         Minimum charge for Remote assistance service shall be one (1) hour,
         billable according to the rate structure listed below.

         The following standard rates are in effect for these procedures:

         i)       REGULAR WORKING HOURS (STD)   -   $[***] per hour
         ii)      OVERTIME 1 RATE (OT1)         -   $[***] per hour
         iii)     OVERTIME 2 RATE (OT2)         -   $[***] per hour

Buyer's Local Time           0000         0800         16:30               2400
                             Midnight     8:00 a.m.    4:30 p.m.       Midnight
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    MON-FRI                    OT1           STD                  OT1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SAT                               OT1                         OT1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

    SUN/HOLIDAYS                                      OT2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE: Nortel Networks observed holidays are: New Year's Day, Memorial Day,
         Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day after, and
         Christmas week.

The telephone number for the Broadband Technical Support Group is as follows:

         Non-Emergency Support:      1-800-ASK TRAN      (1-800-275-8726)
         Emergency Support:          1-800-ASK ETAS      (1-800-275-3827)

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 4 OF 5

4.       TECHNICAL PROBLEM RESOLUTION OBJECTIVES

         As different types of problems require different levels of reaction, a
         Nortel Networks Priority Classification system is set up to establish a
         relationship between the reported problems and appropriate level of
         reaction and resolution. The Priority System is based upon problem's
         direct or potential effect upon subscriber service. Each reported
         problem is assigned priority rating accordingly.

         The Priority System has five levels:

                  E1   -   Emergency:        Severe Degradation or Outage

                  E2   -   Emergency:        Potential Degradation or Outage

                  S1   -   Non-Emergency:    Service-Affecting Problem

                  S2   -   Non-Emergency:    Intermittently Service Affecting

                  NS   -   Non-Service Affecting Problem

         The resolution objective for E1 or E2 Emergency classification is
         immediate and continuous assistance until the service level is restored
         to preincident operation. For assistance in such E1 or E2 Emergency,
         please call 1-800-275-3827. The Buyer may request a higher level
         Priority Classification if they disagree with the Priority
         Classification assigned by Nortel Networks Technical Assistance
         Engineer. Based on the reason for the change in Priority
         Classification, such change may result in additional charges for
         services performed to resolve the problem. The resolution objective for
         non-emergency condition is to provide a status response in two (2)
         weeks and solution to the problem in four (4) weeks for S1
         Classification or eight (8) weeks for S2. The resolution objective for
         non-service affecting condition is to provide a status response in six
         (6) weeks and a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for future
         standard hardware, software or documentation update or revision.

         THESE OBJECTIVES DO NOT CONSTITUTE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION UPON NORTEL
         NETWORKS, BUT ARE GENERALLY IN SUPPORT OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
         THIS AGREEMENT. NORTEL NETWORKS RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE JUDGMENT
         ON THE ECONOMIC OR STRATEGIC BENEFITS OF EXECUTING ACTIONS ON ALL
         REPORTED OR ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS. THIS MAY RESULT IN AN ACTION
         DIFFERENT FROM THOSE DESCRIBED. IN SUCH CASE, THE CUSTOMER WILL BE
         INFORMED.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 5 OF 5

         The following is a detailed description of priority ratings:

                  E1  -  Emergency: Severe Degradation or Outage

                           i)       System ceased call processing
                           ii)      10% or more subscribers out of service
                           iii)     50% or more trunk circuits out of service

                  E2  -  Emergency: Potential Degradation or Outage

                           i)       Redundant Common Equipment inoperable
                           ii)      20% or more trunk circuits out of service

                  S1  -  Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Problems directly and continuously affecting
                                    subscriber service
                                    not specified under E1 or E2
                           ii)      Problems that will seriously impair service
                                    after in-service date

                  S2  -  Intermittently Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Software and hardware faults that only
                                    intermittently affect service
                           ii)      Documentation errors that result or lead to
                                    service impairments
                           iii)     Problems where operating company can show
                                    significant impact upon plant and traffic
                                    operations

                  NS  -  Non-Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Service analysis, operational measurements,
                                    or system-related documentation inaccuracies
                                    that do not affect call processing or
                                    revenue collection capabilities
                           ii)      Non-service affecting software
                                    inconsistencies
                           iii)     Loss of test facilities for which manual
                                    procedures or alternate test equipment can
                                    be readily substituted

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT I
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 3
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 3
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                                 SERVICE CHARGES

1.       REPAIR/REPLACEMENT - EQUIPMENT

                                            IN-WARRANTY*      OUT-OF-WARRANTY*

         Normal Service                     No charge         Standard unit
         (30 days)                                            charges per
                                                              current price list

         Emergency Service (24 hours)

         1.       Requested 8:00 AM -       $50 surcharge     $50 surcharge
                  6:00 PM EST weekdays      per unit          per unit plus
                                                              standard unit
                                                              charges per
                                                              current price list

         2.       Requested weekends,       $100 surcharge    $100 surcharge per
                  holidays, and weekdays    per unit          unit plus standard
                  6:01 PM - 7:59 AM EST                       unit charges per
                                                              current price list

*Maximum charge is $250 for items on the same Order requiring emergency service.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                       ACCESS PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT I, SCHEDULE C
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                   SCHEDULE C
                                 ACCESS PRODUCTS
                           TARGETED DELIVERY INTERVALS

PRODUCT                    FORECASTED                         UNFORECASTED

AN/ANx                     4-6 Weeks                          10 Weeks

IMAS                       6-8 Weeks                          10 Weeks

Jetstream                  OEM Product-available upon request at time of Quote

Notes:
1.       All After Receipt of Order ("ARO") intervals are based on standard type
         Product.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit J

                    Cornerstone/Knology Product Attachment

                             Intentionally Omitted

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit K
                                                                     Page 1 of 4

                               PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                    EXHIBIT K
                           DATA AND INTERNET PRODUCTS

1.       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         This Product Attachment, Exhibit K, Data and Internet Products is
         attached to and made a part of the Network Products Purchase Agreement
         dated November 8, 2000, between ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc.,
         Interstate FiberNet, Inc., and Nortel Networks, Inc. ("General Terms &
         Conditions"). The terms and conditions provided below supplement the
         General Terms and Conditions only with respect to the specific Products
         set forth in this Exhibit K (including any future Products that may be
         added to this Exhibit K). To the extent any of the terms and conditions
         set forth in this Exhibit K conflict with any terms or conditions in
         the General Terms & Conditions, the terms and conditions of this
         Exhibit K take precedence over any such conflicting terms and
         conditions in the General Terms and Conditions, as such terms and
         conditions apply to the Data and Internet.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Product Attachment all capitalized terms, which
         are defined in Exhibit A of the General Terms & Conditions,
         DEFINITIONS, shall have the same meaning in this Product Attachment.

3.       SCHEDULES

         The following Schedules which are attached hereto are an integral part
         of this Product Attachment and are incorporated herein by reference:

         Schedule A    -    Products, Prices, and Fees
         Schedule B    -    Performance Pack2
         Schedule C    -    Targeted Delivery Intervals

4.       REPLACEMENT OF ASCEND FR/ATM NETWORK

         Nortel Networks shall replace the existing Ascend FR/ATM network
         components ("Ascend Network") with equivalent Passport products [***].
         This includes running power, cables, spares and providing DSX panels,
         as needed.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit K
                                                                     Page 2 of 4

         Nortel Networks will begin to remove the existing Ascend FR/ATM network
         no later than [***]and upon completion of such removal and Passport
         network products installation, Buyer shall transfer title and rights of
         Ascend Network equipment to Nortel Networks. Buyer shall be responsible
         for the mining of the cables and decommissioning of power circuits,
         once Nortel Networks has completed the removal of the Ascend Network
         components. Nortel Networks shall allow Buyer to keep Ascend Network
         equipment until no later than [***], in the event Buyer has a need for
         remaining transitions. In the event Buyer is not ready to transfer
         title and rights of Ascend Network equipment to Nortel Networks by
         [***], Nortel Networks and Buyer shall reasonably agree to extend the
         date(s) by which title to one or more components of the Ascend Network
         must be transferred to Nortel Networks. The current Ascend Network
         consists of the following:

         Existing Ascend Network

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                               CBX     BSTDX     ATM Ports                 FR Ports
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         <S>                   <C>     <C>       <C>       <C>    <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>     <C>
         Sites                 500     9000      DS3       OC3    OC12     HSSI     DS1      DS1c    DS3c
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         [***]                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         Total                 [***]   [***]     [***]     [***]  [***]    [***]    [***]    [***]   [***]
         -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         4.1      Nortel Networks shall provide [***] ([***]) [***] Workstations
                  in the live network and [***] ([***]) [***]Workstation for the
                  [***] Lab configured to include the following:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit K
                                                                     Page 3 of 4

                  4.1.1    [***]
                  4.1.2    [***]
                  4.1.3    [***]
                  4.1.4    [***]
                  4.1.5    [***]

         4.2      Nortel Networks shall also provide [***] Network Activation
                  Interworking.

         4.3      In order to ensure a smooth transition, Nortel Networks shall
                  provide Buyer with Performance Pack2, in accordance with
                  Schedule B of this Product Attachment, which is attached
                  hereto, [***] until [***]. In addition Nortel Networks shall
                  provide the following support services [***] to Buyer:

                  o        Network Planning Services for a period of [***]
                           ([***]) [***] Assistance with quantifying existing
                           and future applications, systems and traffic loads.
                           Network performance modeling/simulation. Backbone
                           network design review. Access network design review.
                           Detailed interconnection design review. Nortel
                           Networks will review what Buyer has and make
                           recommendations on how to optimize based upon current
                           applications and future services that Buyer plans to
                           offer.
                  o        Program Manager for a period of [***] ([***]) [***].
                           High level interface into Nortel Networks. Single
                           point of contact for Buyer on all issues. Advocate
                           into Nortel Networks' Product Management on behalf of
                           Buyer's requirements.
                  o        Project Manager for a period of [***] ([***]) [***]
                           A Project Manager can be retained to advise and/or
                           assist Buyer, and/or provide supervision on major
                           projects such as a new network installation or large
                           network expansion. Assigned duties may include change
                           management, design and engineering support, planning,
                           process definition and documentation, reporting,
                           scheduling and coordination of project activities and
                           resources.
                  o        [***] ([***]) Project Engineers, if required or as
                           applicable through [***].
                           A Project Engineer can assist in the following areas:
                           Network design, including
                           Hardware and software assignments/configuration
                           Numbering plans
                           Product planning and provisioning

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit K
                                                                     Page 4 of 4

                           Site planning & preparation
                           Circuit/system design
                           Network and Hardware implementation
                           Facility management
                           Application engineering

                  o        Standard Installation Services, which includes
                           de-installing the Ascend Network equipment and
                           installing Nortel Networks' Passport equipment.

                  o        Support Services until the cutover is complete.

         4.4      Offer to include [***] related [***] software to duplicate
                  functionality in existing Ascend NMS suite. This may include
                  other modules or Products not specifically called out in
                  Section 4.1 above. Any other inclusions in the replacement
                  network offer will be by mutual agreement by both parties.

5.       Software

         Nortel Networks shall provide CVX 1800 management Software for
         wholesale modems and SS7 Software to Buyer, [***], during the
         Commitment Period.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule A
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                   SCHEDULE A
                           DATA AND INTERNET PRODUCTS
                           PRODUCTS, PRICING AND FEES

PART

    1         CVX 1800 RAS

    2         PASSPORT 8600 ETHERNET SWITCHES

    3         PASSPORT ATM/FRAME RELAY

    4         SHASTA SUBSCRIBER SERVICES SWITCH

    5         CONTIVITY VPN, ROUTERS AND OTHER DATA PRODUCTS

    6         PASSPORT 7000 PRICING

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

CVX 1800 Release 3.6 Price Book ($US)
                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA

                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment

                                                                      Schedule A

                                                                          Part 1

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    CVX 1800

                                 Product Family

                                   Release 3.6

                                   Price Book

                                      ($US)

                                Version 2000.3.2

Effective August 2000                                          SERVICE
                                                              PROVIDER &
                                                               CARRIER

(C) 1999 Nortel Networks
All rights reserved

Nortel Confidential. The information contained in this document is the property
of Nortel Networks. Except as specifically authorized in writing by Nortel
Networks, the holder of this document shall keep the information contained
herein confidential, shall protect same in whole or in part from disclosure and
dissemination to third parties.

Nortel and CVX 1800 are trademarks of Nortel Networks. All third party
trademarks are recognized and acknowledged. Information is subject to change
since Nortel Networks reserves the right to make changes without notice, in
equipment design or components as engineering and manufacturing methods may
warrant.

Questions or comments pertaining to this document should be directed to:
Wanda Brewer, 972-684-5549 / ESN 444-5549

                                                                Nortel
                                                                   Networks

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August 2000                                           Version 2000.3.2

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

CVX 1800 RELEASE 3.6 PRICE BOOK ($US)                                     PAGE 1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 1 (pages 1-40) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August 2000         RESTRICTED AND CONFIDENTIAL       VERSION 2000.3.2

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Passport 8600 Routing Switch Price Book ($US)
                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA

                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment

                                                                      Schedule A

                                                                          Part 2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                     Global

                          Passport 8600 Routing Switch

                                   Price Book

                                      ($US)

                                Version 2000.3.4

Effective August 2000                                          SERVICE
                                                              PROVIDER &
                                                               CARRIER

(C) 1999 Nortel Networks Corporation
All rights reserved

Nortel Networks Confidential. The information contained in this document is the
property of Nortel Networks Corporation. Except as specifically authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks Corporation, the holder of this document shall keep
the information contained herein confidential, shall protect same in whole or in
part from disclosure and dissemination to third parties.

All third party trademarks are recognized and acknowledged. Information is
subject to change since Nortel Networks Corporation reserves the right to make
changes without notice, in equipment design or components as engineering and
manufacturing methods may warrant.

Questions or comments pertaining to this document should be directed to:
Payal Puri @ 905-863-4053 /  ESN 333-4053
ppuri@nortelnetworks.com

                                                                Nortel
                                                                   Networks

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August 2000                                           Version 2000.3.4

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Passport 8600 Routing Switch Price Book ($US)                            Page i
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 2 (pages i-ii and 1-14) has been
     omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
     portions have been filed separately with the Securities ane Exchange
     Commission.***

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August 2000        RESTRICTED AND CONFIDENTIAL   Version 2000.3.4

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                               Schedule A Part 3

       Passport Global Price Book US$ -- Effective From August 23, 2000

THE SPECIFICATIONS AND INFORMATION REGARDING THE PRODUCTS IN THIS MANUAL ARE
SUBJECT TO CHANGE WITHOUT NOTICE.  ALL STATEMENTS, INFORMATION, AND
RECOMMENDATIONS IN THIS MANUAL ARE BELIEVED TO BE ACCURATE BUT ARE PRESENTED
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED.  USERS MUST TAKE FULL
RESPONSIBILITY FOR THEIR APPLICATION OF ANY PRODUCTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Status Codes
------------
<S>                     <C>  <C>
Price Increase           +   Items that have incurred a price increase from the previous price book release
Price Decrease           -   Items that have incurred a price decrease from the previous price book release
New Orderable Item       *   New orderable items that have been added to the price book
New Order Code           #   Items that have changed ordering code
Pre-Generally Available  G   Items that are not Generally Available.  Please consult POR/POI on Sales.com
Non-Discountable         ND  Items where a discount is not applicable
Removals                 R   Items that have been removed from the price book
</TABLE>

Notes
-----
Please consult Ordering Catalogues and Order Code Web Pages for full
descriptions and configuration options for items in this price book

         http://marketingoperations.ca.nortel.com/

This edition of the Global Price Book introduces the new simplified ordering
codes for DPN-100.

Transitional DPN-100 order codes will remain available until December 31, 2000

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  Order code               Product Description              Global LP   Status
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 3 (pages 1-16) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

Version 2000.3.1                                                    Page 1 of 16

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                          IP Services Price Book

                                                                     Release 1.0

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA

                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment

                                                              Schedule A, Part 4

                                                                       July 2000

                                Nortel Networks
                                  Shasta 5000
                            Broadband Service Node
                            Release 1.0 Price Book
                                Version 2000.3.1

EFFECTIVE JULY, 2000                                           SERVICE
                                                              PROVIDER &
                                                               CARRIER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective July, 2000                                            Version 2000.3.1

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Shasta 5000 BSN Release 1.0 Price Book ($US)
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

(C) 1999 Nortel Networks Corporation
All rights reserved

Nortel Networks Confidential. The information contained in this document is the
property of Nortel Networks Corporation. Except as specifically authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks Corporation, the holder of this document shall keep
the information contained herein confidential, shall protect same in whole or in
part from disclosure and dissemination to third parties.

All third party trademarks are recognized and acknowledged. Information is
subject to change since Nortel Networks Corporation reserves the right to make
changes without notice, in equipment design or components as engineering and
manufacturing methods may warrant.

Questions or comments pertaining to this document should be directed to:
Monty Zarrouk @ 919-905-4451 /  ESN 355-4451
mailto:mzarrouk@nortelnetworks.com

                                                              Nortel
                                                                 Networks
                                                     How the world shares ideas.

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective July, 2000                                            Version 2000.3.1

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

<PAGE>

                                                                        page i

Shasta 5000 BSN Release 1.0 Price Book ($US)

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 4 (pages i-iv and pages 1-31) has been
     omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
     portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission.***

-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective July, 2000                                           Version 2000.3.1

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Contivity Extranet Switch Price Book ($US)
                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA

                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment

                                                                      Schedule A

                                                                          Part 5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           Global Contivity Extranet
                               Switch Price Book

                                      ($US)

                                VERSION 2000.3.3

EFFECTIVE AUGUST 2000                                          SERVICE
                                                              PROVIDER &
                                                               CARRIER

(C) 1999 NORTEL NETWORKS CORPORATION
ALL RIGHTS RESERVED

NORTEL NETWORKS CONFIDENTIAL. The information contained in this document is the
property of Nortel Networks Corporation. Except as specifically authorized in
writing by Nortel Networks Corporation, the holder of this document shall keep
the information contained herein confidential, shall protect same in whole or in
part from disclosure and dissemination to third parties.

All third party trademarks are recognized and acknowledged. Information is
subject to change since Nortel Networks Corporation reserves the right to make
changes without notice, in equipment design or components as engineering and
manufacturing methods may warrant.

                                                              NORTEL
                                                                 NETWORKS

Questions or comments pertaining to this document should be directed to:

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August, 2000                                          Version 2000.3.3

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Contivity Extranet Switch Price Book ($US)
                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA

                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment

                                                                      Schedule A

                                                                          Part 5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Payal Puri @ 905-863-4053 /  ESN 333-4053
PPURI@NORTELNETWORKS.COM

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August, 2000                                          Version 2000.3.3

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Contivity Extranet Switch Price Book ($US)                                Page i
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (pages i-ii and pages 1-10) has been
     omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted
     portions have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange
     Commission.***

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Effective August, 2000                                          Version 2000.3.3

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

PASSPORT 7000                                          Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                              Schedule A, Part 6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***  Information in this Schedule A, Part 6 (pages 1-8) has been omitted
     pursuant to a request for confidential treatment.  The omitted portions
     have been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

Version 2000.3.1          Passport Global Price Book (US $)          Page 1 of 8

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 1 of 25

                                   SCHEDULE B
                           Data and Internet Products
                             MASTER SUPPORT SERVICES
                      PASSPORT PRODUCTS - PERFORMANCE PACK2

1.       DEFINITIONS

         All defined terms in this Schedule B shall have the same meaning as set
         forth in the General Terms & Conditions for purposes of interpreting
         this Schedule B unless otherwise defined below in this Section 1. In
         addition, certain capitalized terms used in this Schedule B to Exhibit
         K have been added as follows:

         1.1      "Business Day" means Monday through Friday, excluding Nortel
                  Networks -observed holidays.

         1.2      "Business Hours" means 8:00 AM to 5:00 PM local time during
                  Business Days.

         1.3      "Delivery" means Buyer's receipt of Products at the location
                  specified in the applicable Order.

         1.4      "Front Line Support" or "FLS" means a Nortel Networks
                  Enterprise Data Networks service center operated twenty-four
                  (24) hours a day, seven days a week, including Nortel
                  Networks-observed holidays, which can be reached (a) for
                  emergency service twenty-four (24) hours a day, seven days a
                  week, and (b) for all other inquiries during Business Hours
                  via a designated number, which will serve as Buyer's principal
                  point of contact for support Services pursuant to this
                  Agreement.

         1.5      "Hardware" shall exclude Vendor Items for the purposes of
                  interpreting this Schedule B.

         1.6      "Network Management Center" or "NMC" means Buyer's central
                  environment which monitors, controls and manages all elements
                  of Buyer's data network. Buyer's NMC is located at Anniston,
                  Alabama.

         1.7      "Network Value" shall, at any point in time, mean the
                  cumulative sum of the relevant net prices and license fees for
                  the Products (excluding Vendor Items) supplied by Nortel
                  Networks and incorporated into Buyer's supported data network
                  at that time. (For the avoidance of doubt, the relevant list
                  prices and license fees shall be the list prices and license
                  fees of Nortel Networks valid on the dates on which Buyer
                  placed Orders on Nortel Networks for said Products.)

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 2 of 25

         1.8      "PRODUCTS" means the Hardware and/or Software identified in
                  the Passport Schedule A provided under the Agreement pursuant
                  to an Order, as described in the applicable Specifications,
                  but shall exclude Services.

         1.9      "SOFTWARE" means the Nortel Networks Corporation proprietary
                  and/or third party computer programs consisting of firmware
                  and logic instructions in machine-readable code residing in,
                  or intended to be loaded in, system memories which provide
                  basic logic, operating instructions and user-related
                  application instructions, which are integral to any Hardware
                  furnished to Buyer pursuant to this Agreement, but for
                  purposes of this Schedule B shall exclude Vendor Items.

         1.10     "TERRITORY" means the United States of America ("U.S.").

         1.11     "TURNOVER" means completion of Nortel Networks' tests and
                  verifications with respect to Products and notification to
                  Buyer that the Products are operational and ready for Buyer to
                  conduct its Acceptance testing. Where Nortel Networks is not
                  providing installation Services pursuant to an Order,
                  "Turnover" means Delivery of the Products.

         1.12     "VENDOR ITEMS" means hardware and/or software which is not
                  integral to the operation of the Products and which is
                  manufactured and/or licensed by an entity other than Nortel
                  Networks.

         1.13     "WORK PACKAGE" means a written instruction from an authorized
                  representative of Buyer, subject to acceptance by Nortel
                  Networks, to carry out Services pursuant to an Order.

2.       PERFORMANCE PACK2 SUPPORT SERVICES
         Upon Buyer's purchase of Performance Pack2 Services for a minimum
         period of twelve (12) consecutive months, Nortel Networks will perform,
         during such period of time, the support Services described in Sections
         2.1 through 2.4 of this Schedule B. Such purchase of Performance Pack2
         Services shall include the price of spares to be provided by Nortel
         Networks and located at Buyer's site for Passport 15000 and 7480.

         2.1      Technical Support
                  As part of Performance Pack2 Services, Nortel Networks
                  (through its FLS) will provide technical support Services to
                  Buyer's NMC to address Buyer questions, queries, and fault
                  resolution regarding Product issues, in accordance with the
                  following descriptions and procedures.

                  2.1.1    Telephone Assistance

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 3 of 25

                           Nortel Networks will provide FLS telephone support to
                           Buyer during Business Hours. This service includes
                           provisioning of both technical and operational
                           advice. Upon the request of Buyer, such advice may
                           include assistance with setting parameters in port
                           service data, setting up the network, or handling a
                           particular type of protocol.

                  2.1.2    Problem Resolution
                           FLS shall provide remote fault reporting, escalation,
                           and resolution for Product faults to Buyer as
                           described in Sections 2.1.2.1 through 2.1.2.4 below.

                           2.1.2.1  Fault Reporting Process

                           (a)      As a condition precedent to registering a
                                    service request with FLS for a Product fault
                                    found by Buyer or reported to Buyer by its
                                    users, Buyer must undertake first level
                                    Operations, Administration and Maintenance
                                    ("OA&M") functions, at Buyer's expense, to
                                    diagnose and correct the fault. Such first
                                    level OA&M functions shall be performed by
                                    Buyer personnel who have attended Nortel
                                    Networks-specified training classes and
                                    shall include, at a minimum, the following
                                    duties:

                                    o        performing day to day maintenance
                                             and network operations;

                                    o        monitoring network and system
                                             alarms;

                                    o        performing diagnosis in accordance
                                             with instructions provided by
                                             Nortel Networks and carrying out
                                             initial remedial actions including
                                             remote diagnosis;

                                    o        operating and controlling Buyer's
                                             internal help desk for logging and
                                             tracking fault inquiries,
                                             prioritizing events, and escalating
                                             as required to FLS; and

                                    o        managing returns to Nortel Networks
                                             of faulty Hardware (unless Buyer
                                             purchases On-Site Hardware
                                             Replacement from Nortel Networks,
                                             as defined later in this Schedule
                                             B).

                                    If Buyer exhausts first level OA&M
                                    procedures without correcting the fault,
                                    Buyer, through its NMC, may register a
                                    service request ("SR") with FLS. FLS will
                                    allocate a unique reference number for the
                                    purpose of tracking the

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 4 of 25

                                    fault through resolution. Buyer may also
                                    register the fault by entering the problem
                                    into Nortel Networks' trouble tracking
                                    system as described in Section 2.1.2.4
                                    below. Notwithstanding any other provision
                                    of the Agreement, Buyer shall be solely
                                    responsible for determining, stocking,
                                    owning and maintaining the complement of
                                    spares required: (i) to fulfill Buyer's
                                    first level Operations, Administration and
                                    Maintenance functions, as specified above,
                                    and (ii) if Buyer purchases On-Site Hardware
                                    Replacement, as defined later in this
                                    Schedule B under the section entitled
                                    "Additional Product Support Services -
                                    Performance Portfolio," to satisfy Buyer's
                                    desired level of redundant (i.e., in
                                    addition to Nortel Networks) spares
                                    inventory.

                           (b)      Buyer shall report a fault to FLS via
                                    telephone or through an electronic medium
                                    for which Buyer shall bear telecommunication
                                    facility charges and/or long distance toll
                                    charges.

                           (c)      Buyer may report faults it considers to be
                                    Critical (service affecting) to FLS 24 hours
                                    per day, 7 days per week. Buyer may report
                                    Major (service affecting) and Minor
                                    (non-service affecting) faults to FLS during
                                    Business Hours. Fault classifications are
                                    defined in Section 2.1.2.2 below. Nortel
                                    Network will monitor the accuracy of fault
                                    classifications originally assigned by Buyer
                                    for reporting purposes, and Nortel Network
                                    may, in good faith, adjust Buyer's fault
                                    reporting privileges under this Schedule B
                                    upon written notice to Buyer.

                           (d)      Buyer and FLS shall mutually decide on the
                                    actual priority of each reported fault and
                                    proceed pursuant to the classifications and
                                    actions set forth in Section 2.1.2.2 below.
                                    Nortel Networks may downgrade Critical
                                    faults to a lower priority once an interim
                                    solution or work-around has been provided to
                                    Buyer.

                           (e)      Each fault report generated by FLS will
                                    include the category of fault, date & time
                                    fault reported, type of problem, a summary
                                    field to provide information of OA & M
                                    findings, and a description of the suspected
                                    problem. Buyer shall provide all information
                                    specified by Nortel Networks as being
                                    necessary to generate a fault report.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 5 of 25

                           (f)      Nortel Networks will provide periodic status
                                    reports to Buyer, as mutually agreed, on all
                                    outstanding Product faults reported by
                                    Buyer, which Nortel Networks has classified
                                    as other than Critical service-affecting,
                                    and where the resolution to such faults may
                                    be prolonged. (Support is continuous for
                                    reported Product faults which are classified
                                    as Critical-service affecting, as described
                                    in Table B-1 below.

                           (g)      Buyer shall have thirty (30) days after
                                    Nortel Networks provides a fault resolution
                                    to either accept or reject the resolution.
                                    If Buyer accepts the resolution provided by
                                    Nortel Networks, Buyer may either manually
                                    close the SR or allow it to close
                                    automatically (which will occur at the end
                                    of the 30 day period). If Buyer rejects
                                    Nortel Networks' resolution, Buyer must
                                    notify Nortel Networks of such rejection and
                                    provide an explanation for such rejection
                                    and specific requirements for closing the
                                    SR. Buyer shall not unreasonably withhold or
                                    delay acceptance of Nortel Networks fault
                                    resolution.

                           (h)      The priority classification of each SR
                                    reflects the severity of the problem based
                                    on the impact of network performance or
                                    functionality, compared with Nortel Networks
                                    Product Specifications. There are occasions,
                                    however, when the urgency for resolution is
                                    higher than that reflected by a technical
                                    impact. Should this occur, the objective for
                                    both Nortel Networks and Buyer is to develop
                                    a common understanding of the urgency and
                                    agree on a resolution schedule.

                           2.1.2.2  Fault Classification and Resolution
                                    Objectives

                                    Each SR shall be classified and resolved as
                                    set forth in Table B-1 below:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 6 of 25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CLASSIFICATION                              ACTIONS /
                                            RESPONSIBILITIES
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Critical (service affecting):               Nortel Networks:

Any highly critical system or service       Within fifteen (15) minutes, Nortel
outage in a live environment that           Networks will respond to Buyer and
results in severe degradation of            acknowledge receipt of reported
overall on-line/off-line network            fault. Such response and
performance, network operator billing,      acknowledgment may be via telephone
or data collection capabilities.            or electronic means, at Nortel
                                            Networks discretion.

                                            Nortel Networks will provide support
                                            continuously (24 hours per day, 7
                                            days per week) until the Critical
                                            problem is resolved or a
                                            satisfactory interim solution is
                                            provided to Buyer. Restoration of
                                            service to an acceptable level may
                                            be achieved by providing advice to
                                            Buyer, by a work-around, or by a
                                            software change.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            Buyer:

                                            Buyer's must be available as
                                            required by Nortel Networks Networks
                                            to aid in problem diagnosis and
                                            provide electronic access to the
                                            affected Product(s).
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 7 of 25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MAJOR (service affecting):                  NORTEL NETWORKS:

Any major degradation of system or          Within fifteen (15) minutes, Nortel
service performance that impacts end        Networks will respond to Buyer and
user service quality or significantly       acknowledge receipt of reported
impairs network operator control or         fault. Such response and
operational effectiveness.                  acknowledgment may be via telephone
                                            or electronic means, at Nortel
                                            Networks' discretion.

                                            Nortel Networks will provide
                                            continuous support during Business
                                            Hours for restoration of service.
                                            Restoration of service to an level
                                            may be achieved by providing advice
                                            to Buyer, by a work-around, or by a
                                            software change. Resolution of
                                            service requests in ninety percent
                                            (90%) of cases will not normally
                                            exceed thirty (30) days.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            BUYER:

                                            Buyer's staff must be available as
                                            required by Nortel Networks to aid
                                            in problem diagnosis and provide
                                            electronic access to the affected
                                            Product(s) to aid in problem
                                            investigation and resolution.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
MINOR (non-service affecting):              NORTEL NETWORKS:

Any minor degradation of system or          Within two (2) Business Days, Nortel
service performance that does not           Networks will respond to Buyer and
have any impact on end user service         acknowledge receipt of reported
quality and minimal impact on network       fault. Such response and
operations.                                 acknowledgment may be via telephone
                                            or electronic means, at Nortel
                                            Networks discretion.

                                            Nortel Networks will provide
                                            support during Business Hours on a
                                            reasonable efforts basis. Resolution
                                            of service requests in ninety
                                            percent (90%) of cases will not
                                            normally exceed one hundred eighty
                                            (180) days.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 8 of 25

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                            BUYER:

                                            Buyer's staff must be available as
                                            required by Nortel Networks to aid
                                            in problem diagnosis and provide
                                            electronic access to the affected
                                            Product(s) to aid in problem
                                            investigation and resolution.
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    TABLE B-1

                           2.1.2.3  Remote Network Access

                                    Buyer shall provide connectivity to such
                                    telecommunications equipment as necessary
                                    for Nortel Networks to establish a data link
                                    for use by FLS in remote diagnosis and
                                    maintenance of the Product(s). The parties
                                    shall agree upon appropriate security
                                    measures to prevent unauthorized access.
                                    FLS, with notice to Buyer, will investigate
                                    reported faults by remote log-in diagnosis
                                    and then correct and resolve the faults.

                                    Buyer's failure or delay in providing such
                                    remote access shall be deemed an event
                                    excusing Nortel Networks' fault resolution
                                    performance hereunder for a period equal to
                                    such failure or delay by Buyer and such
                                    additional period as may be reasonably
                                    necessary to allow Nortel Networks to resume
                                    performance of Nortel Networks' Performance
                                    Pack2 Services obligations.

                                    Nortel Networks will not connect to Buyer's
                                    network without Buyer's prior authorization
                                    and such connection will be solely to
                                    provide Product support.

                           2.1.2.4  On-Line Fault Tracking

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will provide Buyer with
                                    electronic access to Nortel Networks
                                    Enterprise Data Networks' trouble tracking
                                    system, for which Buyer shall bear
                                    telecommunication facility charges and/or
                                    long distance toll charges. With the trouble
                                    tracking system, Buyer is provided with four
                                    database functions: Open SR, Query, Modify
                                    and Report. The `Open SR' function allows
                                    Buyer to submit a new SR to report a problem
                                    or request assistance.

                                             The `Query' function allows Buyer
                                    to search for SRs in the database matching
                                    specific criteria. Once the SRs are found,
                                    Buyer can `Display' or `Modify' the entries.
                                    Buyer can also view status updates entered
                                    by Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                    Page 9 of 25

                                    Networks' technical support staff and
                                    generate customized reports using the
                                    `Report' function.

                           (b)      Buyer's designated point of contact will be
                                    provided access to the trouble tracking
                                    system and shall be responsible for logging
                                    and updating the SR as appropriate. The
                                    Nortel Networks technical support prime will
                                    be responsible for tracking and updating the
                                    SR within Nortel Networks. The Nortel
                                    Networks trouble tracking system will be the
                                    official repository for all valid Buyer SRs
                                    that are reported to Nortel s Networks.

                  2.1.3    On-Line Technical Support Information

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will provide and maintain an
                                    Internet site with on-line technical support
                                    information available to Buyer 24 hours a
                                    day, 7 days a week. By connecting to the
                                    Internet site, Buyer may access product and
                                    technical information for assistance in
                                    maintaining and operating the Products.
                                    Nortel Networks may make changes to the
                                    Internet site at its discretion.

                           (b)      On-line bulletin boards provide a discussion
                                    forum with other Nortel Networks customers
                                    and with members of the Nortel Networks
                                    Enterprise Data Networks support team, and
                                    can be used to ask technical questions
                                    related to the Products.

                           (c)      An archive of On-line Technical Support
                                    Information is also accessible on-line. This
                                    archive contains material written by the
                                    Nortel Networks Enterprise Data Networks'
                                    support team for technical support purposes.
                                    For example, Buyer can access supplements
                                    pertaining to all Software releases on the
                                    entire line of Nortel Networks Enterprise
                                    Data Networks products. Nortel Networks
                                    maintains information on Frequently Asked
                                    Questions (FAQ's) for common questions
                                    received from Nortel Networks customers.

                  2.1.4    On-Site Dispatch

                           In cases of severe network degradation; where
                           telephone support, remote diagnosis, and all other
                           means of restoring the network have failed, Nortel
                           Networks, upon the request of Buyer, and if Nortel
                           Networks determines that on-site support is necessary
                           and appropriate, will dispatch a trained and
                           qualified networking expert to Buyer premises to
                           further define and address Product problems. If
                           Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 10 of 25

                           Networks determines the cause of the problem was not
                           the Product(s), Buyer shall reimburse Nortel Networks
                           for all charges incurred, including engineering time
                           and all travel and living expenses of Nortel Networks
                           personnel while on travel and at Buyer's site.

                  2.1.5    Technical Documentation

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will provide to Buyer up to
                                    five (5) copies of current documented
                                    technical information on CD-ROM, to allow
                                    Buyer to understand the operation and
                                    interface requirements of the Products.
                                    Nortel Networks will provide updated
                                    technical documentation for the Products to
                                    Buyer on-line whenever practical.

                           (b)      Nortel Networks will provide Buyer with
                                    release notes in electronic format, at
                                    Nortel Networks' discretion, detailing new
                                    features/functionality of the Products.

         2.2      Hardware Support
                  As part of Performance Pack2 Services, Nortel Networks will
                  provide Buyer with the following Hardware support in
                  accordance with the descriptions and procedures set forth in
                  this Section 2.2.

                  2.2.1    Hardware Repair and Return

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will provide a Hardware
                                    repair and return service whereby Buyer may
                                    return defective Hardware to Nortel Networks
                                    for replacement. Such replacement Hardware
                                    may be new or reconditioned to perform as
                                    new, at Nortel Networks option. Such
                                    replacement Hardware shall not include items
                                    normally consumed in operation such as lamps
                                    or fuses, nor shall it include Hardware
                                    upgrades. Buyer may also request that Nortel
                                    Networks not provide replacement Hardware in
                                    accordance with the following procedures
                                    until an attempt has been made to repair the
                                    defective Hardware. In this case, if the
                                    defective unit can be repaired, Nortel
                                    Networks will repair the unit and return it
                                    to Buyer, and if the defective unit cannot
                                    be repaired, Nortel Networks will notify
                                    Buyer and request instructions as to whether
                                    replacement Hardware is required.

                           (b)      Buyer shall contact Nortel Networks'
                                    designated repair and return depot or FLS if
                                    defective Hardware results in a network
                                    outage or major systems failure and return
                                    of the affected Hardware is required. The
                                    process for initiation will

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 11 of 25

                                    be provided by Nortel Networks under
                                    separate cover for all other reasons
                                    requiring return of Hardware.

                           (c)      Buyer shall request a Return Material
                                    Authorization (RMA) number in order to send
                                    the Hardware to the appropriate Nortel
                                    Networks facility. Nortel Networks will not
                                    be obligated to ship replacement Hardware
                                    and Buyer shall not return Hardware to
                                    Nortel Networks without reference to a valid
                                    Nortel Networks RMA number.

                           (d)      Upon receipt of notification from Buyer of
                                    defective Hardware, and pursuant to mutually
                                    agreed procedures, Nortel Networks will ship
                                    replacement Hardware to Buyer's designated
                                    site within a target response time of the
                                    next Business Day from receipt of Buyer's
                                    notification. Notification from Buyer of
                                    defective Hardware may be via telephone or
                                    facsimile to Nortel Networks designated
                                    support prime. Nortel Networks may require a
                                    valid RMA number from Buyer prior to
                                    shipment of replacement Hardware.

                           (e)      If, for any reason, Nortel Networks does not
                                    receive the defective Hardware within thirty
                                    (30) days of the shipment of replacement
                                    Hardware to Buyer, Nortel Networks will
                                    invoice Buyer for the replacement Hardware
                                    in accordance with the prices for such
                                    Hardware as set forth in Passport Schedule A
                                    (or at Nortel Networks then current list
                                    prices for such Hardware, if the price for
                                    such Hardware is not listed in Passport
                                    Schedule A). Nortel Networks also reserves
                                    the right to charge Buyer a restocking fee
                                    if receipt of defective Hardware from Buyer
                                    is unduly delayed.

                           (f)      Nortel Networks will bear the freight and
                                    insurance charges for the shipment to Buyer
                                    of the replacement Hardware, and Nortel
                                    Networks shall bear risk of loss or damage
                                    until Buyer receives the replacement
                                    Hardware. Buyer shall bear any customs
                                    duties and taxes associated with the
                                    shipment of replacement Hardware to Buyer.
                                    Freight and insurance associated with the
                                    shipment to Nortel Networks of the defective
                                    Hardware shall be at the expense of Buyer,
                                    and Buyer shall bear risk of loss or damage
                                    until Nortel Networks receives the defective
                                    Hardware.

                           (g)      Clear and unencumbered title to defective
                                    Hardware shall pass to Nortel Networks upon
                                    receipt thereof by Nortel Networks. Clear
                                    and unencumbered title to replacement
                                    Hardware shall pass to Buyer upon receipt
                                    thereof by Buyer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 12 of 25

                  2.2.2    Hardware Upgrades

                           Nortel Networks will perform Hardware upgrades which
                           it designates as "Class A" (i.e., those upgrades
                           which Nortel Networks has deemed necessary to
                           eliminate service-affecting or hazardous conditions)
                           at no additional cost to Buyer, except for any
                           in-country customs duties or taxes relating to
                           shipments to Buyer's sites outside the country from
                           which such Hardware is shipped by Nortel Networks,
                           and any transportation costs associated with the
                           return to Nortel Networks of replaced Hardware.
                           Nortel Networks will perform such "Class A" upgrades
                           within mutually agreed timeframes. Hardware upgrades
                           which have not been designated as "Class A" by Nortel
                           Networks shall be provided at the prices for such
                           Hardware as set forth in Passport Schedule A (or at
                           Nortel Networks' then current list prices for such
                           Hardware, if the price for such Hardware is not
                           listed in Passport Schedule A).

         2.3      Software Support

                  As part of Performance Pack2 Services, Nortel Networks will
                  provide Buyer with the following Software support in
                  accordance with the descriptions and procedures set forth in
                  this Section 2.3.

                  2.3.1    New Software Releases

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will provide regular updates
                                    and enhancements to Software in the form of
                                    Software releases, together with relevant
                                    documentation for such new releases of
                                    Software. Nortel Networks will make such
                                    releases available to Buyer via Electronic
                                    Software Distribution ("ESD"), subject to
                                    Section 2.3.2 below. Through ESD, Buyer may
                                    download new Software releases from Nortel
                                    Networks' specified Internet site.

                           (b)      There are two (2) types of releases for
                                    Software:

                                    (i)      Regular Software Update Package
                                             ("RSUP"). Each RSUP may include
                                             Software fixes, new features, and
                                             other enhancements to the Software.
                                             Nortel Networks will make each RSUP
                                             available to Buyer on media
                                             compatible with the Hardware or via
                                             ESD. Buyer shall implement RSUPs in
                                             accordance with Nortel Networks
                                             instructions.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 13 of 25

                                    (ii)     Special Software Update Package
                                             ("SSUP"). In response to a
                                             specific, or group of specific,
                                             service affecting problems, Nortel
                                             Networks may prepare a Software fix
                                             as a SSUP. Nortel Networks will
                                             supply, on media compatible with
                                             the Hardware or via ESD, SSUPs that
                                             are applicable to the Hardware.
                                             Buyer shall implement SSUPs in
                                             accordance with Nortel Networks
                                             instructions.

                           (c)      Software releases that include features that
                                    increase the functionality of the Software
                                    may be subject to additional license fees
                                    payable to Nortel Networks.

                  2.3.2    Electronic Delivery of SSUP

                           (a)      Nortel Networks will use commercially
                                    reasonable efforts to ensure effective
                                    delivery of the SSUP by electronic means.
                                    Should this not be possible, then Nortel
                                    Networks will send the SSUP by courier
                                    service. Freight and insurance charges,
                                    duties and taxes associated with the
                                    shipment of SSUPs to Buyer shall be borne by
                                    Buyer.

                           (b)      Transfer charges on public data networks
                                    associated with electronic delivery of an
                                    SSUP to Buyer shall be at the expense of
                                    Buyer.

                  2.3.3    Delivery of Releases on CD-ROM

                           If requested by Buyer, Nortel Networks will provide
                           RSUPs and SSUPs on CD-ROM.

         2.4      Migration Support

                  Buyer shall be entitled, during each consecutive twelve (12)
                  month period for which Buyer purchases Performance Pack2
                  Services, to access a designated member of the Nortel Networks
                  technical support team for assistance in migrating the
                  Software level of the network. Nortel Networks will provide
                  this support via telephone or remote access. This Service is
                  limited to a maximum of seventy-five (75) person-hours during
                  Business Hours. Buyer cannot carry over unused Migration
                  Support hours from the then-current Performance Pack2 Services
                  year into a subsequent Performance Pack2 Services year.

3.       ADDITIONAL PRODUCT SUPPORT SERVICES - PERFORMANCE

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 14 of 25

         Upon purchase by Buyer under Orders (and Work Packages, as applicable),
         Nortel Networks s will provide the following additional Product support
         Services in accordance with the descriptions and procedures set forth
         in this Section 3. Buyer shall provide and/or perform, at Buyer's
         expense, those duties set forth in any Work Package incorporated in an
         Order accepted by Nortel Networks pursuant to the Agreement

          _
         |_|      On-Site Hardware Replacement

                  (a)      If a Hardware component fails at a Buyer site in the
                           Territory, Nortel Networks will replace the defective
                           Hardware on-site from local inventory by an
                           experienced technician. The response and delivery
                           times may be dependent on the distance from Buyer's
                           site to the nearest Nortel Networks spares depot.
                           Nortel Networks response times listed in paragraphs
                           (b) and (c) immediately below.

                  (b)      Subject to paragraph (a) immediately above, Nortel
                           Networks will abide by the applicable response time
                           purchased by Buyer under the Agreement, in accordance
                           with the following options:

                           (1)      Standard - Coverage shall be during Business
                                    Hours with a response time of either (Buyer
                                    to select)
                                    o        four (4) hours, or
                                    o        two (2) hours;

                           (2)      Premium - Coverage shall be twenty-four (24)
                                    hours per day, seven (7) days per week with
                                    a response time of either (Buyer to select)
                                    o        four (4) hours, or
                                    o        two (2) hours.

                  (c)      Nortel Networks will maintain a single toll free
                           telephone number whereby on-site service may be
                           dispatched to Buyer's applicable site.

                  (d)      Nortel Networks will maintain, at its expense,
                           adequate dedicated Hardware spares (new or
                           refurbished like new, at Nortel Networks' option) at
                           each of its spares depots for servicing Buyer's sites
                           within the applicable service area. With respect to
                           this Service, Nortel Networks will maintain at least
                           one (1) of each type of functional processor then
                           currently provisioned in Buyer's network. In
                           addition, Nortel Networks will maintain at each
                           spares depot at least one (1) of each of the other
                           card types deemed by Nortel Networks to be "critical
                           spares" such as control processors and power
                           supplies. Nortel

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 15 of 25

                           Networks will not be responsible for stocking
                           non-essential spares such as shelves, cables, cooling
                           units and fan-out panels. Such non-essential spares,
                           where needed pursuant to an on-site Hardware
                           replacement Service call, shall be ordered and
                           delivered by Nortel Networks to Buyer's site within
                           twenty-four (24) hours.

                  (e)      Nortel Networks will also provide (i) on-site
                           corrective maintenance Services to restore
                           malfunctioning Products to operational status and
                           (ii) on-site preventative maintenance Services. Such
                           on-site maintenance Services may include:

                           (1)      the use, where appropriate, of remote
                                    monitoring and control facilities in
                                    conjunction with diagnostic software to
                                    identify problems;

                           (2)      replacement by Nortel Networks of failed
                                    Hardware from the Nortel Networks spares
                                    depot; and

                           (3)      periodic preventative maintenance procedures
                                    to ensure the proper operation of the
                                    Hardware, such as replacement of air
                                    filters, checking of power supply voltages
                                    and making adjustments where necessary,
                                    visual inspection of Hardware for loose
                                    connections, visible defects, and the like,
                                    and taking an inventory of Products at
                                    Buyer's site.

          _
         |_|      Implementation Services

                  Buyer may order the following Implementation Services,
                  consisting of Hardware installation and/or Software
                  configuration Services, through an Order and Work Package on a
                  case by case basis. Additional work outside the defined Work
                  Package required during installation or configuration shall be
                  agreed upon in writing by Nortel Networks and Buyer.

                  Project Management

                  During the course of a network implementation and if Project
                  Management Services are purchased by Buyer, Nortel Networks
                  will provide a designated project manager to schedule
                  resources and coordinate activities with Buyer. Buyer shall
                  designate an internal resource to act as the point of contact
                  for Nortel Networks' project manager.

                  Hardware Installation

                  If Buyer purchases Hardware Installation Services from Nortel
                  Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 16 of 25

                  (a)      Site surveys performed by a Nortel Networks
                           installation specialist are mandatory prior to
                           installation of network nodes to assure that site
                           conditions conform to applicable Specifications.

                  (b)      Nortel Networks will assess the proposed environment
                           against the Specifications, consult with Buyer's
                           facilities engineering and space planning groups for
                           each site location, finalize electrical plans for
                           Buyer installation of appropriate power and
                           grounding, finalize cabling plans for Buyer
                           installation of overhead or under floor cabling,
                           develop site-specific procedures for unloading,
                           moving, and unpacking the Hardware, and identify any
                           additional requirements to be met by Buyer prior to
                           Hardware installation.

                  (c)      Buyer shall be responsible for preparing the
                           equipment room for the Hardware in accordance with
                           the site survey. Such requirements may include,
                           without limitation, installation of appropriate
                           power, grounding, and HVAC in accordance with the
                           Specifications and local regulatory standards, and
                           installation of additional lighting, all cabling,
                           cable trays or runways as mutually agreed. Buyer
                           shall be responsible for ordering and coordinating
                           with the local telephone Buyer, the installation of
                           all central office trunks and test trunks in
                           accordance with the schedule set forth in any Work
                           Package or other mutually agreed project schedule.
                           Additionally, Buyer shall be responsible for payment
                           to the appropriate utility, all utility charges,
                           including, but not limited to, charges for such
                           central office trunks and any tie lines.

                  (d)      When performing an installation, Nortel Networks will
                           deliver, verify against the Order, and unpack the
                           Hardware, install cabinets/frames and cabling for the
                           Hardware, install the Hardware in such
                           cabinets/frames, power up and test the Hardware, and
                           complete single-site commissioning procedures as
                           described in the applicable Northern Telecom
                           Practices (NTPs).

                  (e)      The Hardware installation demarcation point shall be
                           the Product node fan-out panel. Buyer may purchase
                           additional work, such as cabling beyond the fan-out
                           panel and installation of third party hardware (e.g.,
                           CSU/DSUs, mutliplexers, PABXs, etc.), from Nortel
                           Networks based upon a site survey, Work Package and
                           price quotation.

                  (f)      Travel and living expenses incurred by Nortel
                           Networks for one trip to each applicable Buyer site
                           for Hardware installation Services will be included
                           at no additional charge.

                  Software Configuration

                  If Buyer purchases Software Configuration Services from Nortel
                  Networks,

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 17 of 25

                  the following terms shall apply:

                  (a)      Nortel Networks will install and configure the Nortel
                           Networks network management system Software, load the
                           Nortel Networks switch Software including functional
                           processor access service images, activate the
                           committed image, and execute standard backbone
                           operational readiness procedures verifying proper
                           network management system and network functionality.

                  (b)      Nortel Networks will execute test cases for the
                           Products in accordance with standard Nortel Networks
                           procedures designed to verify backbone network
                           operational readiness against applicable
                           Specifications. Nortel Networks' operational
                           readiness testing will verify the proper operation of
                           Nortel Networks Enterprise Data Networks network
                           backbone routing, backbone trunks, and network
                           management system functional components.

                  (c)      Upon completion of Nortel Networks test procedures,
                           Turnover will occur and the network will be ready for
                           Acceptance and/or production cutover.

                  (d)      Buyer and/or its end-user shall be responsible for
                           installing and interworking all access equipment into
                           the Products, including third-party hardware and
                           software, provisioning/configuration of access
                           services, performing system integration testing, and
                           cutover of access hardware into Buyer`s production
                           network environment, and ordering and installing all
                           trunking, network links, and other telecommunication
                           facilities in Buyer test beds and production network
                           environments.

                  (e)      Travel and living expenses incurred by Nortel
                           Networks for one trip to Buyer's NMC for Software
                           configuration Services will be included at no
                           additional charge.

          _
         |_|      Network Operations Audit

                  If Buyer purchases Network Operations Audit Services from
                  Nortel Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                  Nortel Networks will conduct a Network Operations Audit
                  ("NOA") to review the effectiveness of Buyer's network
                  operations and procedures with respect to the Products. The
                  objective of the NOA is to improve network operations
                  indicators for the Products by ensuring that sound operations
                  practices are in place, resulting in a well-managed network.
                  Nortel Networks will conduct a systematic analysis based upon
                  an open systems

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 18 of 25

                  network management model. Areas to be studied may include
                  organizational structure, performance management,
                  configuration management, change management, fault management,
                  asset management and security management indicators and
                  processes.

                  Nortel Networks will determine the schedule and resources
                  necessary to conduct the NOA. The time needed to conduct the
                  NOA is directly proportional to the size of Buyer's network
                  comprised of the Products and the scope of the audit, and the
                  duration will normally be between four (4) and six (6) weeks.
                  In no event will the duration of an NOA exceed six (6) weeks
                  without being subject to additional charges at Nortel
                  Networks' then-current, standard time and material rates.
                  Nortel Networks will communicate to Buyer before the
                  commencement date of the NOA, the estimated length of time to
                  be dedicated to the NOA. Buyer shall be responsible for travel
                  and living expenses incurred by Nortel Networks for all
                  on-site visits required to conduct the NOA.

                  Buyer shall designate a prime person within its organization
                  to assist Nortel Networks in ensuring success of the NOA and
                  provide access to required Buyer resources.

          _
         |_|      Network Engineering Audit

                  If Buyer purchases Network Engineering Audit Services from
                  Nortel Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                  Nortel Networks will conduct a Network Engineering Audit
                  ("NEA"), which is designed to allow network operators and
                  planners to assess the performance of the Products in Buyer's
                  network. The study may include a review of network topology,
                  backbone capacity, switch engineering, failure analysis and
                  service engineering. The NEA may also include failure analysis
                  and service engineering study. Based upon Buyer's
                  requirements, relevant modules and depth of analyses can be
                  customized.

                  Nortel Networks will determine the schedule and resources
                  necessary to conduct the NEA. The time needed to conduct the
                  NEA is directly proportional to the size of Buyer's network
                  comprised of the Products and the scope of the audit, and the
                  duration will normally be between four (4) and six (6) weeks.
                  In no event will the duration of an NEA exceed six (6) weeks
                  without being subject to additional charges at Nortel
                  Networks' then-current, standard time and material rates.
                  Nortel Networks will communicate to Buyer before the
                  commencement date of the NEA, the estimated length of time to
                  be dedicated to the NEA. Buyer shall be

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 19 of 25

                  responsible for travel and living expenses incurred by Nortel
                  Networks for all on-site visits required to conduct the NEA.

                  Buyer shall designate a prime person within its organization
                  to assist Nortel Networks in ensuring success of the NEA and
                  provide access to required Buyer resources. Buyer shall also
                  provide Nortel Networks with the required network performance
                  statistics and data collection prior to commencement of the
                  NEA.

          _
         |_|      Network Professional Services

                  If Buyer purchases Network Professional Services from Nortel
                  Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                  Nortel Networks will provide technical specialists to Buyer
                  for Network Professional Services over and above the other
                  Services offered by Nortel Networks under this Schedule B. The
                  applicable statement of work and period of the assignment must
                  be agreed upon in advance and approved in writing by both
                  parties' authorized representatives.

                  The Services fees for Network Professional Services are for
                  dedicated on-site support during Business Hours. These
                  Services fees are exclusive of travel and living expenses
                  incurred by the Nortel Networks specialist(s) for the duration
                  of the assignment, which Buyer shall reimburse to Nortel
                  Networks at Nortel Networks's actual cost.

                  Some of the types of on-site Network Professional Services
                  Buyer may obtain from Nortel Networks pursuant to this Section
                  are:

                  (a)      Network Support Specialist

                           An experienced network support specialist is
                           available to assist Buyer's technical support and
                           engineering organizations in defining the technical
                           requirements for Buyer's network. In addition, during
                           the initial implementation phase of Buyer's network,
                           the Nortel Networks network support specialist will
                           assist Buyer in developing acceptance test plans and
                           executing the Nortel Networks aspects of any
                           acceptance tests. Beyond the initial acceptance
                           period of Buyer's network, the Nortel Networks
                           network support specialist can be retained to perform
                           the following:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 20 of 25

                           o        Assist Buyer with Hardware and Software
                                    fault isolation, including problems caused
                                    by third party communication equipment and
                                    facilities, by:

                                    -        Documenting design faults

                                    -        Suggesting corrective action

                                    -        Developing solutions with Nortel
                                             Networks, Buyer, and other vendors;

                           o        Develop test plans and solutions for new
                                    applications, features, and products; and

                           o        Assist Buyer with additional configuration
                                    of Buyer's network, e.g., configuration of
                                    access services.

                  (b)      Network Design Specialist

                           A network design specialist is available to assist
                           Buyer in the following areas:

                           o        Network design, including:

                                    -        Hardware and Software assignments /
                                             configuration

                                    -        Numbering plans

                                    -        Product planning and provisioning;

                           o        Site planning & preparation;

                           o        Circuit / system design;

                           o        Network and Hardware implementation;

                           o        Facility management; and

                           o        Application engineering.

                  (c)      Network Manager

                           A network manager, based at Buyer's NMC, is available
                           to assist Buyer in establishing an efficient
                           operational environment for the initial network
                           deployment. The Nortel Networks network manager will
                           provide technical support in an advisory and training
                           capacity to assist Buyer in building the necessary
                           operational experience and management process.

                           The network manager's activities can include
                           providing on-the-job-training to Buyer personnel in
                           the areas of operations, maintenance, administration,
                           and troubleshooting.

                  (d)      Project Manager

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 21 of 25

                           A project manager is available to advise and/or
                           assist Buyer, and/or provide supervision on major
                           projects such as a new network installation or large
                           network expansion. Assigned duties may include,
                           without limitation, change management, design and
                           engineering support, planning, process definition and
                           documentation, reporting, scheduling and coordination
                           of project activities and Buyer resources. The scope
                           and period of engagement for a project manager will
                           be agreed to and documented in advance by the parties
                           in a Work Package.

          _
         |_|      Remote Monitoring

                  If Buyer purchases Remote Monitoring Services from Nortel
                  Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                  Nortel Networks' Network Operations Center (NOC) will monitor
                  the following aspects of Buyer's network Hardware:

                  o        Availability of each major component in the core
                           backbone network;

                  o        Circuit usage; and

                  o        Network component CPU usage.

                  If Buyer's network Hardware incurs a failure, Nortel Networks
                  will provide fault management through network management and
                  surveillance, critical system fault isolation, escalation and
                  report management.

                  Nortel Networks will undertake the following tasks to ensure
                  Buyer's network performance and resolve faults:

                  o        Perform periodic routine tests of the network,
                           including dedicated backbone services and network
                           Products to ensure network performance in accordance
                           with the Specifications;

                  o        Perform network fault management through fault
                           detection, isolation, and diagnosis, within
                           established demarcation guidelines, and manage the
                           problem through resolution, performing tests, and
                           confirming operational status;

                  o        Generate problem tickets on alarm detection from the
                           point when problems are identified by network
                           surveillance;

                  o        Provide network usage summaries on a mutually
                           acceptable schedule;

                  o        Provide escalation procedures for third-level
                           support; and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 22 of 25

                  o        Provided Buyer has secured for Nortel Networks any
                           required third party consents, assist carriers with
                           correction of carrier-based failures.

          _
         |_|      Technical Training

                  If Buyer purchases Technical Training Services from Nortel
                  Networks Networks, the following terms shall apply:

                  Nortel Networks will offer training courses to Buyer at
                  designated Nortel Networks Regional Training Centres to
                  improve the ability of Buyer's network personnel to manage and
                  operate Buyer's network.

                  Buyer may choose from the current Nortel Networks course
                  schedule and attend class(es) at the Nortel Networks Regional
                  Training Centre of their choice. Class size and course
                  availability are limited, and Nortel Networks will meet
                  requests for training on a first come, first served basis.
                  Buyer is responsible for travel and living expenses of Buyer's
                  personnel attending any technical training.

                  Nortel Networks will provide appropriate technical/course
                  documentation of the subject(s) covered during training to all
                  Buyer trainees.

          _
         |_|      Custom Training

                  Upon Buyer's request, and subject to Nortel Networks'
                  acceptance of an Order therefor, Nortel Networks may customize
                  training to meet specific Buyer requirements. Such
                  customization may include modification of course content,
                  on-site delivery of material to Buyer, or both.

                  Buyer shall pay travel and living expenses for the trainer if
                  the course is conducted at Buyer's site.

                  The scope of the customized training must be agreed upon
                  between Nortel Networks and Buyer in advance and approved in
                  writing by both parties' authorized representatives. Buyer is
                  responsible for travel and living expenses of Buyer's
                  personnel attending any customized training.

                  The Services fee for the customized training is dependent on
                  the scope of the modifications required. Nortel Networks
                  Networks will provide a custom price quote after the parties
                  have agreed upon the scope and materials required.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 23 of 25

                  Nortel Networks will provide appropriate technical/course
                  documentation of the subject(s) covered during training to all
                  Buyer trainees.

          _
         |_|      Certification Program

                  The Nortel Networks "Certification Program" is a tool used to
                  develop and track technical skills and knowledge of
                  individuals supporting and engineering Nortel Networks data
                  networks products. The Certification Program focuses on the
                  development of skills required to design, deploy and support
                  Nortel Networks data networks. These skills are measured when
                  participants take a certification exam consisting of a written
                  component and network event simulations. Each participant who
                  successfully completes the Certification Program will receive
                  a plaque identifying the participant's designation and area of
                  specialization, and the date of the certification.
                  Certifications shall require renewal at regular intervals as
                  specified by Nortel Networks Networks.

                  If Buyer purchases Certification Program Services from Nortel
                  Networks Networks, Nortel Networks will undertake the
                  following:

                  o        provide access of skills inventory to Buyer;

                  o        recommend training;

                  o        develop exams; and o provide a testing environment
                           and materials necessary for participants to take
                           certification exams at a Nortel Networks location.

                  Buyer shall undertake the following:

                  o        pay for any training required by participants;

                  o        pay Nortel Networks exam preparation and for
                           conducting each certification exam; and

                  o        pay all travel and living expenses for participants
                           taking training and the certification exam.

4.       SERVICES FEES

         The applicable Services fees for the various support Services described
         in this Schedule B shall be calculated based upon the applicable
         methodology described below, and shall be subject to the applicable
         minimum Services fees as set forth in Table B-2 below.

         Services fees based upon a percentage of Network Value are priced on an
         annual basis. All other Services fees are priced on a per-occurrence
         basis as specified.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 24 of 25

         Nortel Networks shall provide to Buyer, at the end of each year of
         Performance Pack2 Services performance, a list of all Products added to
         Buyer's network during that year which is to be included in the
         calculation of Services fees for the subsequent year of performance of
         such Performance Pack2 Services. Buyer shall provide to Nortel Networks
         Networks, at the end of each year of Performance Pack2 Services
         performance, a list of all Products withdrawn or retired from Buyer's
         network during that year which is to be deducted from the calculation
         of Services fees for the subsequent year of performance of such
         Performance Pack2 Services.

         Notwithstanding the preceding two paragraphs, if Buyer substantially
         increases or decreases the amount of Products to be covered by
         Performance Pack2 Services, the parties shall promptly agree upon an
         equitable adjustment to the Services fees for such Services.

         Except as otherwise specified, travel and living expenses ("T&L") of
         Nortel Networks personnel are not included in the Services fees (or may
         be limited by Nortel Networks Networks, as specified in the applicable
         Section of this Schedule B), and shall be reimbursed by Buyer at Nortel
         Networks' actual incurred costs.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                  <C>
                                            Basis of Pricing                     Minimum Services Fees
Support Services                            (As Applicable)                      and Other Comments
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Performance Pack2                           [***]% of Network Value annually     $[***] minimum
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Additional Services - Performance
Portfolio:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
  On-Site Hardware Replacement
  (for U.S. sites)
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Standard - 4 hour response time         [***]% of Network Value annually     $[***] / node minimum;
                                                                                 T&L included
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Standard - 2 hour response time         [***]% of Network Value annually     $[***] / node minimum;
                                                                                 T&L included
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Premium - 4 hour response time          [***]% of Network Value annually     $[***] / node minimum;
                                                                                 T&L included
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Premium - 2 hour response time          [***]% of Network Value annually     $[***] / node minimum;
                                                                                 T&L included
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule B
                                                                   Page 25 of 25

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>                                         <C>                                  <C>
  Implementation Services:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Combined Hardware Installation          [***]% of total Hardware             Services fees
    & Software Configuration                & Software list price / node         not-to-exceed $[***]
                                                                                 per node
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Hardware Installation                   [***]% of Hardware list price/
                                            node
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Software Configuration                  [***]% of Software list price /
                                            node
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Other                                   Custom quote basis
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Network Operations Audit                $[***] per week
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Network Engineering Audit               $[***] per week
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Network Professional                    $[***] / person / week;
    Services                                $[***] / person / month
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Remote Monitoring                       Custom quote basis
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Technical Training                      $[***] / day / trainee
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
    Custom Training                         Custom quote basis
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Certification Program                       $[***] / exam / trainee              Price does not
                                                                                 include training
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

Table B-2

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                            Data and Internet Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit K, Schedule C
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                   SCHEDULE C

                           DATA AND INTERNET PRODUCTS

                           TARGETED DELIVERY INTERVALS

PRODUCT                       FORECASTED                      UNFORECASTED

CVX                            2-4 Weeks                      4-6 Weeks

Passport 8600                    4 Weeks                      4-6 Weeks

Passport                       3-4 Weeks                      4-6 Weeks

Shasta                           4 Weeks                      4-6 Weeks

Other Data Enterprise    Available at time of Quote   Available at time of Quote

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                           NETWORK MANAGEMENT PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT L
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 2

                               PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                    EXHIBIT L
                           NETWORK MANAGEMENT PRODUCTS

1.       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         This Product Attachment, EXHIBIT L, Network Management Products is
         attached to and made a part of the Network Products Purchase Agreement
         dated November 8, 2000, between ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc.,
         Interstate FiberNet, Inc., and Nortel Networks, Inc. ("General Terms &
         Conditions"). The terms and conditions provided below supplement the
         General Terms and Conditions only with respect to the specific Products
         set forth in this EXHIBIT L (including any future Products that may be
         added to this EXHIBIT L). To the extent any of the terms and conditions
         set forth in this Exhibit L conflict with any terms or conditions in
         the General Terms & Conditions, the terms and conditions of this
         EXHIBIT L take precedence over any such conflicting terms and
         conditions in the General Terms & Conditions, as such terms and
         conditions apply to the Network Management Products.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Product Attachment all capitalized terms, which
         are defined in the EXHIBIT A of the General Terms & Conditions,
         DEFINITIONS, shall have the same meaning in this Product Attachment.

3.       SOFTWARE UPGRADE PRICING

         3.1      Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with Preside Software
                  Releases for the Access and Optical network management at the
                  price of [***] ($[***]) dollars per upgrade. This flat rate
                  upgrade charge is for Software Releases providing the same
                  functionality and/or features from the version of the Software
                  then in use by Buyer. For example, from Preside release 3.0 to
                  release 4.0. This charge is for the CD ROM, documentation and
                  NTPs only. This charge does not include installation.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                           NETWORK MANAGEMENT PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT L
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 2

         3.2      Any additional existing nodes that Buyer wishes to interface,
                  either belonging to partners or Affiliates or any new nodes
                  identified and not previously agreed to will be subject to the
                  following one time charges:

                        o    OC-192        -   $[***] per NE
                        o    OC-48         -   $[***] per NE
                        o    OC3/12 TBM    -   $[***] per NE
                        o    OC-3 Express  -   $[***] per NE
                        o    AccessNode    -   $[***] per NE

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                                     PAGE 1 of 3

                               PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                    EXHIBIT M
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS

1.       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         This Product Attachment, EXHIBIT M, Optical Products is attached to and
         made a part of the Network Products Purchase Agreement dated November
         8, 2000, between ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc., Interstate
         FiberNet, Inc., and Nortel Networks, Inc. ("General Terms &
         Conditions"). The terms and conditions provided below supplement the
         General Terms and Conditions only with respect to the specific Products
         set forth in this EXHIBIT M (including any future Products that may be
         added to this EXHIBIT M). To the extent any of the terms and conditions
         set forth in this EXHIBIT M conflict with any terms or conditions in
         the General Terms & Conditions, the terms and conditions of this
         EXHIBIT M take precedence over any such conflicting terms and
         conditions in the General Terms & Conditions, as such terms and
         conditions apply to the Optical Products.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Product Attachment all capitalized terms, which
         are defined in the EXHIBIT A of the General Terms & Conditions,
         DEFINITIONS, shall have the same meaning in this Product Attachment.

3.       SCHEDULES

         The following Schedules which are attached hereto are an integral part
         of the Product Attachment and are incorporated herein by reference:

         Schedule A -  Products, Prices, and Fees
         Schedule B -  Services and Charges
         Schedule C -  Targeted Delivery Intervals

         The following Schedules which are attached hereto are an integral part
         of the Product Attachment are incorporated herein by reference and are
         applicable to Buyer only and do not apply to any IFN Affiliate:

         Schedule D -      Dedicated Engineer
         Schedule E  -     Pay as You Grow (PAYG)
         Schedule F  -     Installation and Test Services
         Schedule G -      [***] Network Overbuild

4.       PRICING

         4.1 The prices for engineering, installation and/or system line-up and
         testing ("SLAT") Services performed by Nortel Networks with respect to
         an accepted Order shall be included in the Optical Networks discount
         structure. Buyer may elect either to i) select Nortel Networks to
         perform these services or ii) elect to

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                                     PAGE 2 of 3

         contract the services from other providers, in which case, Nortel
         Networks would issue a credit in the form of an additional management
         discount, detailed on the specific project proposal. Buyer would be
         provided a [***] ([***]%) percent discount off the Product prices for
         installation services, and a [***] ([***]%) percent allowance for
         engineering as referenced in Schedule F, Section 1 of this Product
         Attachment.

5.       TERMS APPLICABLE TO BUYER ONLY

         5.1   During the Commitment Period, [***], as set forth in Schedule F,
         "Installation and Test Services", Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer
         installation and test Services for all projects Buyer awards to Nortel
         Networks that utilizes only Nortel Networks' Optical Equipment.

         5.2   During the Commitment Period, Nortel Networks shall provide one
         (1) dedicated systems engineer ("Systems Engineer") to aid Buyer with
         Optical projects and activities involving Nortel Networks. Such Systems
         Engineer shall be located at Nortel Networks' facility. Such System
         Engineer shall be responsible for implementing Optical projects between
         the parties per the guidelines set forth in Schedule D, Dedicated
         Engineer, attached hereto.

         5.3   In consideration of Buyer's Commitment Amount, Nortel Networks
         agrees to overbuild Buyer's network as defined in Schedule G, [***]
         Network Overbuild, of this Product Attachment.

         5.4   In consideration of Buyer's Commitment Amount, Nortel Networks
         shall offer to Buyer the option to purchase [***] Equipment, in
         accordance with Schedule E, of this Product Attachment, on a Pay as You
         Grow ("PAYG") basis.

6.       SOFTWARE

         6.1   Buyer shall have the option of receiving future Software Releases
         for all of Buyer's existing network elements on a per release basis
         [***]. Any future purchases of the same Equipment listed in Schedule A
         of this Product Attachment shall be eligible for all future Software
         Releases [***] beyond the pricing in Schedule A of this Product
         Attachment (where applicable) on a one time charge basis. Nortel
         Networks shall provide such Software Releases upon request. The
         Software shall be provided in tape or other suitable media format at
         the rate of four (4) tapes per Software load. Nortel Networks'
         Practices documentation package ("NTPs") shall be provided upon request
         to Buyer in CD format and Buyer shall receive (1) CD per OPC SOC. An
         additional four (4) paper copies will also be provided. The above items
         shall be provided [***] to Buyer on a per Software load basis. This
         shall not include Software features or hardware upgrades that have not
         been purchased on applicable Equipment. Any applicable services to
         install such hardware and/or Software shall be the responsibility of
         Buyer. Buyer may purchase additional tapes, CDs and/or paper
         documentation at pricing defined in Schedule A.

         6.2   Schedule A of this Product Attachment contains Nortel Networks'
         current Equipment list and an associated custom Software feature set
         package ("Custom Software Feature Set Package"). All features included
         in such Custom Software

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                                     PAGE 3 of 3

         Feature Set Package ordered and paid for by Buyer shall be licensed for
         use on each network element ("NE") within Buyer's networks. Other
         individual features may be offered on an optional basis at mutually
         agreed to prices. Optional individual features may require that Buyer
         purchase additional hardware.

         6.3   Each digital audio tape ("DAT") Software Release shall contain
         Software loads required to make the Equipment operational and may
         include all then currently available features and functions. Buyer
         shall use only those features in the Custom Software Feature Set
         Package and any other available features for which Buyer has paid the
         respective license fees, if applicable. Each Software Release shall be
         supported by the NTP, which shall include a section on Software feature
         description.

         6.4   Software updates can typically be performed in-service on the
         system without site visits.

         6.5      Software Maintenance Services shall include the following:

                  a)  Telephone consultation relative to the use and
                  troubleshooting of the Software,

                  (b) Notification to Buyer of the existence of coding errors,
                  bugs and other problems in the Software promptly after the
                  same first becomes known to Nortel Networks, and

                  (c) Use of reasonable efforts to correct any coding errors,
                  bugs and other problems in the Software brought to Nortel
                  Networks' attention by Buyer or any other source.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE A
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                   SCHEDULE A
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                           PRODUCTS, PRICING AND FEES

PART

         1                 OPTera Connect DX

         2                 OPTera LH-1600

         3                 OC-48 Classic

         4                 OC-48 Lite

         5                 OPTera Metro

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 1
                                                                     Page 1 of 9

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
***Information in this Schedule A Part 1 (pages 1-9) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 2
                                                                    Page 1 of 16

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A Part 2 (pages 1-16) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 3
                                                                    Page 1 of 11

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A Part 3 (pages 1-11) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 4
                                                                     Page 1 of 2

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
SECT         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 UNIT
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A Part 4 (pages 1-2) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 5
                                                                     Page 1 of 4
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM   PRODUCT                                          NORTEL            LIST
 NO.   DESCRIPTION                                      PEC CODE          PRICE
-------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (pages 1-4) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 5
                                                                     Page 1 of 6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (pages 1-6) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 5
                                                                     Page 1 of 6

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (pages 1-6) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                         Agreement No. ITC9701N
                                                      Optical Product Attachment
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                          Part 5
                                                                     Page 1 of 5

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
ITEM         PRODUCT                             NORTEL                 LIST
NO.          DESCRIPTION                         PEC CODE               PRICE
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A, Part 5 (pages 1-5) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE B
                                                                     PAGE 1 of 1

                                   SCHEDULE B
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                              SERVICES AND CHARGES

PART

         1                 Repair/Replacement Procedures

         2                 Equipment Support

         3                 Service Charges

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 6

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                          REPAIR/REPLACEMENT PROCEDURES

1.       GENERAL

         Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center located in
         Nashville, Tennessee, handles all repairs for Optical Equipment.
         Optical Equipment processed through Nortel Networks is typically
         handled on a "Replacement-Repair" basis.

2.       REPAIR SERVICES - EQUIPMENT

         2.1      Normal Replacement Intervals

                  Normally, Nortel Networks will ship a replacement unit within
                  thirty (30) calendar days after receipt of a defective unit.

         2.2      On-Site Repair

                  The nature of some Equipment may make it more feasible to
                  affect the repairs on the Buyer's premises. These arrangements
                  will be made through the Nortel Networks' Global Product
                  Support ("GPS") group serving the Buyer's area.

         2.3      Emergency Replacement

                  Defective Equipment vital to the call processing ability of a
                  system qualifies for emergency service. This service is not
                  intended to take the place of normal replacement service.
                  Emergency replacement will be provided under the following
                  conditions:

                  a.       The last spare circuit pack has been used to replace
                           a defective pack in a system and all similar packs in
                           the system are carrying live traffic.

                  b.       Nortel Networks' ETAS group advises that an emergency
                           situation exists and certain Equipment is required to
                           correct the situation.

                  Nortel Networks provides emergency replacement Equipment (new,
                  repaired, or functionally equivalent) at the service charges
                  set forth in Section 4 of this Schedule within twenty-four
                  (24) hours of a verbal request from the Buyer. This service is
                  available twenty-four (24) hours a day, including holidays.
                  Upon receiving verbal request, a replacement unit will be
                  shipped to the Buyer. Written confirmation of the verbal
                  request must be forwarded to Nortel Networks within three (3)
                  working days of the verbal request for replacement. To request
                  emergency replacement service, phone 1-800-251-1758, option 8
                  or 1-800-423-9658.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 6

         2.4      Upgrade to a Later Vintage Level

                  If requested by the Buyer, an upgrade may be applied to a
                  Buyer's unit submitted to Nortel Networks for repair, provided
                  that the Equipment is upgradeable to the requested vintage.
                  Typically, the Buyer will be billed at normal repair prices
                  for this service. The Buyer shall make prior arrangements with
                  the appropriate service center to obtain this service.

         2.5      Vendor Products (OEM)
                  The repair of most OEM equipment can be coordinated through
                  the Replacement-Repair Service Center in Nashville, Tennessee.
                  Upon receipt from the Buyer of defective OEM equipment, Nortel
                  Networks will arrange the repair and return of these units by
                  the OEM vendor.

3.       SOFTWARE SERVICE

         3.1      New Software Updates

                  New Software Updates will be introduced via Nortel Networks'
                  established Product Change Notice (PCN) routine. At least
                  sixty (60) days prior to field introduction, notification of
                  these changes will be provided to Buyer by Nortel Networks in
                  writing.

         3.2      Software Updates

                  Software updates can be performed in-service on the system
                  without site visits. The policy for compatibility over time is
                  that a single step in-service update will be supported for a
                  period of two (2) years from the general availability date of
                  the product release. Upgrading a system to the most recent
                  update from a product release beyond the two (2) year window
                  may involve an intermediate step (i.e., upgrading the system
                  to an intermediate update) and the purchase by Buyer of
                  additional Equipment.

         3.3      Software Update Fees

                  Updates, which are classified as Enhancements by Nortel
                  Networks, will be made available to Buyer at a price
                  determined by Nortel Networks at the time such Software Update
                  is offered to Buyer. Updates, which are classified as ISUs by
                  Nortel Networks, will be provided at no cost to the Buyer.
                  Notwithstanding the foregoing, ISUs and Enhancements shall not
                  include the cost of any associated hardware that may be
                  required.

4.       BUYER PROCEDURE FOR REPLACEMENT-REPAIR SERVICE

         Two types of Replacement-Repair services are offered to Buyer:

         a.       Direct mail-in Replacement-Repair

         b.       Advance Authorization Replacement-Repair

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 6

                  Buyer may have Replacement-Repair service pre-authorized and
                  initiated within Nortel Networks by a telephone call to Nortel
                  Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center.

         The decision on which procedure to use is the Buyer's. (Emergency
         service is handled as Advance Authorization Replacement-Repair only).
         Regardless of the procedure selected, certain guidelines as prescribed
         below are to be followed.

         4.1      Direct Mail-In Procedure for Replacement-Repair

                  a.       For each defective unit, failure tags should be
                           completed and attached to the Equipment.

                  b.       Two copies of Nortel Networks' mail-in form, or an
                           equivalent form approved by Nortel Networks, should
                           be completed and enclosed with each shipment.

                  c.       The following data must be provided on the mail-in
                           form:

                           o        Buyer's shipping address and phone number to
                                    contact in case of a shipping discrepancy;

                           o        Buyer's billing address, billing contact,
                                    and phone number;

                           o        Buyer's Order number and authorization;

                           o        Shipping instructions;

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks Product
                                    Engineering Code);

                           o        Quantity of units;

                           o        Date shipped.

                  d.       Defective units are to be packaged for shipment
                           following the procedures outlined in Section 4.3 and
                           shipped to Nortel Networks in accordance with Section
                           4.4.
                  e.       Defective units are to be shipped to:

                                    Nortel Networks Nashville Service Center
                                    917 Air Park Center Drive, Dock F
                                    Nashville, Tennessee 37217
                                    Attention:       Repair and Return

                  Any discrepancy in the above procedure will be brought to the
                  attention of the Buyer upon Nortel Networks' receipt of the
                  defective Equipment.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 4 OF 6

                  Buyer's inquiries related to Direct Mail-In service must
                  reference the Buyer's Order number.

         4.2      Advance Authorization Procedure for Replacement-Repair

                  a.       Upon Buyer's identification of defective units,
                           Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service Center
                           can be contacted as follows:

                           o        Monday through Friday, excepting holidays,
                                    from 7:00 am to 6:00 pm, central standard
                                    time, telephone 1-800-251-1758, option 8 or
                                    1-800-423-9658. The call will be received
                                    directly by a Customer Service
                                    Representative.

                  b.       The following information must be provided by the
                           Buyer when calling:

                           o        Buyer's ship to address;

                           o        Buyer's billing address;

                           o        Buyer's Purchase Order number and
                                    authorization number;

                           o        Urgency of request (normal or emergency);

                           o        Shipping instructions;

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks Product
                                    Engineer Code);

                           o        Quantity of units.

                  c.       A unique repair order identification number will be
                           issued by Nortel Networks' Replacement-Repair Service
                           Center for each order. Please reference this number
                           on all inquiries.

                  d.       Failure tags should be completed and attached to each
                           defective unit.

                  e.       Defective units are to be packaged and shipped in
                           accordance with the procedures outlined in the
                           following Sections. The repair order identification
                           number should be clearly marked on the outside of
                           cartons and on all paperwork.

         4.3      Packaging

                  Defective Equipment should be packaged in anti-static
                  containers, preferably of standardized design for circuit
                  packs. (Buyer shall consult

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 5 OF 6

                  with Nortel Networks' Customer Service Representative for
                  information on approved containers.)

                  Note:        Neither bubble pack nor styrofoam chips should be
                               used as packaging material. Use of such material
                               may generate static electricity, which could
                               severely damage a circuit pack. Use of this
                               material may, at Nortel Networks' discretion,
                               result in shipments being refused and/or
                               warranties being voided.

                  Failure tags should be completed and attached to each unit.
                  Each unit should be wrapped individually.

                  Note:        Failure tags should be attached to the lock latch
                               of a circuit pack. Please do not attach the tag
                               to any component on the circuit pack as this
                               could result in damage to the Equipment.

                  A copy of the packing list should be placed inside each box to
                  further ensure proper receipt of a multiple box shipment.

         4.4      Basic Shipping Procedure

                  a.       Buyer shall bear risk of loss and damage on shipments
                           to Nortel Networks. Nortel Networks shall bear risk
                           of loss or damage on shipments to Buyer.

                  b.       The Mail-In Form or a packing list (where advance
                           authorization is required) must be included. The
                           following information is required by Nortel Networks:

                           o        Repair order identification (if advance
                                    authorization replacement-repair service is
                                    used);

                           o        Buyer's Order number;

                           o        Buyer's name, ship to address, and telephone
                                    number to contact in case of a shipping
                                    discrepancy;

                           o        Buyer's bill-to address, contact person, and
                                    telephone number;

                           o        Date shipped;

                           o        Unit identification (Nortel Networks'
                                    Product Engineering Code);

                           o        Quantity shipped.

                           Note:       Failure to provide the above information
                                       could result in a delay in processing the
                                       Order.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 6 OF 6

                  c.       Buyer shall select an appropriate carrier based upon
                           the weight and size of shipment.

         4.5      Shipping Costs

                  a.       In Warranty and Out of Warranty

                           1.       Buyer shall return defective Equipment to
                                    Nortel Networks prepaid.

                           2.       Nortel Networks shall ship the replacement
                                    Equipment to Buyer prepaid using an
                                    appropriate surface carrier. Arrangements
                                    can be made for air shipments at Buyer's
                                    expense.

         4.6      Unrepairable Equipment

                  a.       In Warranty

                           In the event Equipment under warranty is returned to
                           Nortel Networks and is judged by Nortel Networks to
                           be beyond repair due to faulty material or
                           workmanship, Nortel Networks will replace the
                           defective Equipment with a new, repaired, or
                           functionally equivalent unit at no cost to Buyer.

                  b.       Out of Warranty

                           In the event Equipment not covered by warranty is
                           returned to Nortel Networks and is judged by Nortel
                           Networks to be beyond repair, it will be returned to
                           the Buyer. Nortel Networks will replace the defective
                           Equipment at Buyer's request, and invoice the Buyer
                           at the then current price for such new Equipment.

         4.7      Non-Return of Defective Units - Buyer Responsibility

                  When Nortel Networks has shipped a replacement unit to Buyer
                  after verbal notification of a defective unit, Buyer is
                  responsible for returning the associated defective Equipment
                  to Nortel Networks within thirty (30) calendar days of the
                  shipping date of its replacement. If Buyer's defective
                  Equipment is not received within such thirty (30) calendar day
                  period, Buyer shall be invoiced the then current price of new
                  Equipment plus fifteen percent (15%). Consequently, an open
                  Purchase Order number must be provided by the Buyer when
                  obtaining a Return Authorization number.

5.       BUYER PROCEDURE FOR SOFTWARE UPDATES

         Software updates are to be handled via the normal Advanced
         Authorization Procedure as set forth in Section 4.2. The Basic Shipping
         procedure contained in Section 4.4 shall be followed except that the
         Software license(s) shall be returned to Nortel Networks via registered
         mail.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 1 of 5

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                           EQUIPMENT/SOFTWARE SUPPORT

1.       WARRANTY SUPPORT

         1.1      Remote (off-site) Assistance

                  Technical support offered [***] to Buyer during the Warranty
                  Period includes Remote (off-site) assistance to Buyer's
                  trained personnel in resolving Equipment and Software
                  operational and compatibility problems.

                  Remote (off-site) assistance consists of one or more of the
                  following:

                  a.       Over-the-phone consultations and guidance at
                           1-800-275-8726.

                  b.       Interrogation and analysis of systems over data lines
                           from Nortel Networks' service facility.

                  c.       Other activity directly related to problem
                           resolution, where Nortel Networks travel is not
                           involved.

                  If after investigation, Nortel Networks determines that the
                  problem was caused by equipment, software, or conditions not
                  attributable to Nortel Networks then such technical assistance
                  shall be billable to Buyer in accordance with Nortel Networks'
                  current rates and procedures as set forth in Section 3 of this
                  Schedule.

                  Calls to Nortel Networks' service facilities during Nortel
                  Networks' off-hours shall be limited to Equipment or Software
                  failures directly affecting service that Buyer could not
                  resolve by following standard troubleshooting procedures,
                  covered by NTPs.

         1.2      Local (on-site) Assistance

                  Local (on-site) assistance by Nortel Networks field engineers
                  is also available as part of the warranty support. To qualify
                  for Local (on-site) assistance without charge, the following
                  efforts must have been exhausted prior to the field trip:

                  a.       Buyer has determined that the Equipment or Software
                           is the source of the problem; and

                  b.       Buyer was unable to resolve the problem by using
                           standard troubleshooting procedures covered by
                           applicable NTP's; and

                  c.       Nortel Networks' engineer could not resolve the
                           problem remotely with full cooperation of Buyer's
                           personnel.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 2 of 5

                  Local on-site assistance, provided at Buyer's request, that
                  does not meet above requirements is billable in accordance
                  with Nortel Networks' current rates and procedures as set
                  forth in Section 3 of this Schedule. If after investigation,
                  Nortel Networks determines that the need for Local (on-site)
                  assistance was not caused by the Equipment, Software nor
                  conditions attributable to Nortel Networks then, such
                  technical assistance and associated travel and living expenses
                  shall be billable to Buyer at Nortel Networks' current rates
                  and procedures as set forth in Section 3 of this Schedule.

                  The following types of assistance fall outside the scope of
                  warranty support and are billable;

                  a.       Local (on-site) assistance with system verification
                           and pre-service testing, where required by the Buyer.

                  b.       Local (on-site) assistance for Software upgrades,
                           where required by the Buyer.

                  c.       Analysis to determine origins of the fault and
                           resolution of technical problems associated with
                           equipment or software not furnished by Nortel
                           Networks.

                  d.       Non-emergency calls for technical assistance during
                           Service Center off-hours.

                  e.       Consultation in excess of 1/2 hour on matters that
                           are adequately covered by standard documentation
                           and/or for which training programs are available,
                           including Software upgrades.

2.       OUT-OF-WARRANTY SUPPORT

         Technical assistance as set forth in Section 1 of this Schedule is
         available for out-of-warranty Equipment and is billable at the current
         rates and procedures as set forth in Section 1 of this Schedule.

3.       TECHNICAL SERVICE RATES

         All billable technical services are billed at hourly rate plus expenses
         as defined herein.

         Billable expenses include travel, meals and lodging costs for Nortel
         Networks' service representatives, long distance telephone and data
         link charges and other costs, which are directly related to the service
         effort. These expenses shall be augmented by fifteen percent (15%)
         handling and administration charge.

         For Local (on-site) assistance service, both work and travel time are
         included and charged as applicable. Minimum charge for Local (on-site)
         assistance service is eight (8) hours plus expenses.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 3 of 5

         Minimum charge for Remote assistance service shall be one (1) hour,
         billable according to the rate structure listed below.

         The following standard rates are in effect for these procedures:

         i)       REGULAR WORKING HOURS (STD)        -        $[***] per hour
         ii)      OVERTIME 1 RATE (OT1)              -        $[***] per hour
         iii)     OVERTIME 2 RATE (OT2)              -        $[***] per hour

 Buyer's Local Time      0000           0800           2200               2400
                         Midnight       8:00 a.m.      10:00 p.m.     Midnight
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         MON-FRI                OT1          STD                    OT1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         SAT                           OT1                          OT1
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
         SUN/HOLIDAYS                                   OT2
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
NOTE:    Nortel Networks observed holidays are: New Year's Day, Memorial Day,
         Independence Day, Labor Day, Thanksgiving Day and the day after, and
         Christmas week.

The telephone number for the Broadband Technical Support Group is as follows:

         Non-Emergency Support:       1-800-ASK TRAN    (1-800-275-8726)
         Emergency Support:           1-800-ASK ETAS    (1-800-275-3827)

4.       TECHNICAL PROBLEM RESOLUTION OBJECTIVES

         As different types of problems require different levels of reaction, a
         Nortel Networks Priority Classification system is set up to establish a
         relationship between the reported problems and appropriate level of
         reaction and resolution. The Priority System is based upon problem's
         direct or potential effect upon subscriber service. Each reported
         problem is assigned priority rating accordingly.

         The Priority System has five levels:

                  E1   -   Emergency:        Severe Degradation or Outage

                  E2   -   Emergency:        Potential Degradation or Outage

                  S1   -   Non-Emergency:           Service-Affecting Problem

                  S2   -   Non-Emergency:    Intermittently Service Affecting

                  NS - Non-Service Affecting Problem

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 4 of 5

         The resolution objective for E1 or E2 Emergency classification is
         immediate and continuous assistance until the service level is restored
         to preincident operation. For assistance in such E1 or E2 Emergency,
         please call 1-800-275-3827. The Buyer may request a higher level
         Priority Classification if they disagree with the Priority
         Classification assigned by Nortel Networks Technical Assistance
         Engineer. Based on the reason for the change in Priority
         Classification, such change may result in additional charges for
         services performed to resolve the problem. The resolution objective for
         non-emergency condition is to provide a status response in two (2)
         weeks and solution to the problem in four (4) weeks for S1
         Classification or eight (8) weeks for S2. The resolution objective for
         non-service affecting condition is to provide a status response in six
         (6) weeks and a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for future
         standard hardware, software or documentation update or revision.

         THESE OBJECTIVES DO NOT CONSTITUTE CONTRACTUAL OBLIGATION UPON NORTEL
         NETWORKS, BUT ARE GENERALLY IN SUPPORT OF THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF
         THIS AGREEMENT. NORTEL NETWORKS RESERVES THE RIGHT TO EXERCISE JUDGMENT
         ON THE ECONOMIC OR STRATEGIC BENEFITS OF EXECUTING ACTIONS ON ALL
         REPORTED OR ANTICIPATED PROBLEMS. THIS MAY RESULT IN AN ACTION
         DIFFERENT FROM THOSE DESCRIBED. IN SUCH CASE, THE CUSTOMER WILL BE
         INFORMED.

         The following is a detailed description of priority ratings:

                  E1  -  Emergency:  Severe Degradation or Outage

                           i)       System ceased call processing
                           ii)      10% or more subscribers out of service;
                           iii)     50% or more trunk circuits out of service;

                  E2  -  Emergency:  Potential Degradation or Outage

                           i)       Redundant Common Equipment inoperable
                           ii)      20% or more trunk circuits out of service;

                  S1  -  Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Problems directly and continuously affecting
                                    subscriber service, not specified under E1
                                    or E2;
                           ii)      Problems that will seriously impair service
                                    after in-service date;

                  S2  -  Intermittently Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Software and hardware faults that only
                                    intermittently affect service;
                           ii)      Documentation errors that result or lead to
                                    service impairments;

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 2
                                                                     PAGE 5 of 5

                           iii)     Problems where operating company can show
                                    significant impact upon plant and traffic
                                    operations

                  NS  -  Non-Service Affecting Problem

                           i)       Service analysis, operational measurements,
                                    or system-related documentation inaccuracies
                                    that do not affect call processing or
                                    revenue collection capabilities;
                           ii)      Non-service affecting software
                                    inconsistencies;
                           iii)     Loss of test facilities for which manual
                                    procedures or alternate test equipment can
                                    be readily substituted.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                       EXHIBIT M
                                                              SCHEDULE B, PART 3
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                               SCHEDULE B, PART 3
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                                 SERVICE CHARGES

1.       REPAIR/REPLACEMENT - EQUIPMENT
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                               IN-WARRANTY*      OUT-OF-WARRANTY*
<S>     <C>                                    <C>               <C>
         Normal Service                        No charge         Standard unit charges
         (30 days)                                               per current price list

         Emergency Service (24 hours)

         1.       Requested 8:00 AM -          $50 surcharge     $50 surcharge
                  6:00 PM EST weekdays         per unit          per unit plus standard
                                                                 unit charges per
                                                                 current price list

         2.       Requested weekends,          $100 surcharge    $100 surcharge
                  holidays, and weekdays       per unit          per unit plus standard
                  6:01 PM - 7:59 AM EST                          unit charges per
                                                                 current price list
</TABLE>

*Maximum charge is $250 for items on the same Order requiring emergency service.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE C
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                                   SCHEDULE C

                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS

                             TARGETED DELIVERY DATES

       PRODUCT                      FORECASTED                UNFORECASTED

                                     OC-192

DWDM Transmitters               10    Weeks                14    Weeks
Receivers                        6    Weeks                10    Weeks
OPTera Dx/LH Common Equip       10    Weeks                14    Weeks
OC-48 Tribs                      8    Weeks                12    Weeks
OC-3/12 Tribs                    4    Weeks                 8    Weeks

                                  OPTICAL AMPS

MOR                              4    Weeks                 8    Weeks
MOR Plus                        15    Weeks                19    Weeks

                                  OC-48 CLASSIC

DWDM Transmitters                8    Weeks                12    Weeks
Wide Band Transmitters           6    Weeks                10    Weeks
OC-48 Common Equipment           6    Weeks                10    Weeks

                                    COUPLERS

200GHz Couplers                  8    Weeks                12    Weeks
100GHz Couplers                  8    Weeks                12    Weeks

                                  OPTERA METRO

3400                             2    Weeks                 6    Weeks
3500                            10    Weeks                14    Weeks

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                        AGREEMENT NO.ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE D
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 2

                                   SCHEDULE D
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                         DEDICATED ENGINEER ("ENGINEER")

1.0      ENGINEER

         Nortel Networks shall provide, exclusively to Buyer, a dedicated
         Engineer, [***], to work on all Nortel Networks' Optical and Transport
         Equipment Projects. As requested, such Engineer shall travel to work on
         site in West Point, Georgia, to assist Buyer's engineering staff during
         Business Hours. Such Engineer shall take direction from and coordinate
         all activities with Buyer's systems engineering management.

2.0      ENGINEER'S RESPONSIBILITIES

         2.1      VALIDATION OF PROPOSALS AND INSTALLATION PACKAGES

         Such Engineer shall work with Nortel Network's sales engineer and
         individual Buyer's project engineers as follows:

                  o        Review and understand each project as quoted, to
                           ensure both Nortel Networks and Buyer mutually agree
                           on the design intent of each build,
                  o        Review each proposal for accuracy or areas of concern
                           in the design of Buyer's network,
                  o        Validate all installation packages for accuracy
                           pertinent to all network builds with Nortel Networks
                           Equipment content,
                  o        Review all MOPs and WAPS required for upgrades,
                           modifications or changes to Buyer's SONET network,
                           and
                  o        Support and assist in coordinating Software upgrades
                           in Buyer's network, including pre-diagnostics to
                           ensure hardware and network upgrades are identified
                           prior to implementation. However, such Engineer will
                           not be responsible for implementation of Software
                           upgrades.

3.0      TECHNICAL SUPPORT

         Such Engineer shall be the primary liaison between Nortel Networks and
         Buyer on technical issues related to Buyer's network, except, for ETAS
         related issues, such as trouble shooting in-service systems. Buyer
         shall contact the ETAS Service Organization for assistance with these
         questions.

         Such Engineer shall be available to be on site, if requested, during
         the commissioning and testing of networks. This includes network builds
         involving new technology, such as, but not limited to: DWDM, Optical
         Amps, OPTera LH and DX systems.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

<PAGE>

                                                        AGREEMENT NO.ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE D

4.0      REPORTS

         Such Engineer shall create and provide a weekly update all of Buyer's
         issues and concerns ("Account Action Item Register"). This Account
         Action Item Register shall include:

                  o        All action items,
                  o        The current status of each action item,
                  o        The individual or individuals responsible for the
                           action,
                  o        The committed date of resolution, and
                  o        It will contain both Nortel Networks and Buyer
                           commitments.

The Account Action Item Register will be reviewed on a mutually agreed to basis
and updated weekly. Distribution will include, but not be limited to: Buyer's
engineering and engineering management, Nortel Networks' sales engineering and
account representatives.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE E
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 2

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                          [***] PAY AS YOU GROW (PAYG)

1.0      DESCRIPTION - For all [***] builds including [***] ("PAYG Equipment"),
         Nortel Networks shall offer Buyer and IFN Affiliates, the option to
         purchase such PAYG Equipment under the terms described in this Schedule
         E. Buyer or IFN Affiliate shall not use funds from a lease purchase
         program offered by Nortel Networks or its Affiliates to purchase PAYG
         Equipment.

2.0      PRICING AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE - The pricing for PAYG projects is based
         on the pricing specified in Exhibit G-1 of the Agreement. [***]

         If Buyer elects to purchase PAYG Equipment under this Schedule E, Buyer
         will issue an order for PAYG Equipment [***], in [***] Increment(s). An
         [***] Increment shall mean any tributary mix of [***].

         "Base [***] Equipment" shall mean the [***].

         Buyer's initial Order for PAYG Equipment shall consist of [***] and
         [***]which are priced separately. Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer
         or an IFN Affiliate for [***] Base [***] Equipment [***] as set forth
         as follows.

         [***]. Issuance and payment of invoices for Base [***] Equipment and
         each [***] Increment will be pursuant to Section 6, Terms of Payment,
         of the General Terms & Conditions.

3.0      TRIBUTARY AND SUBTENDING EQUIPMENT FOR INITIAL DEPLOYMENT - Buyer shall
         provide Nortel Networks with a list of tributary requirements for the
         base [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE E
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 2

         build for PAYG Equipment. These may be supplied in different
         increments, including without limitation, [***] and provided with the
         initial Order or subsequent Orders. Tributary and subtending equipment
         is not included in the price for PAYG Equipment.

4.0      NETWORK AUDITING - Nortel Networks reserves the right to audit Buyer's
         or IFN Affiliates' PAYG Equipment by logging into such PAYG Equipment
         via remote access or by physical inspection. Such audits shall be
         conducted at a mutually agreed upon time. Nortel Networks' right to
         audit PAYG Equipment shall terminate once such PAYG Equipment is [***].

5.0      ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

         5.1   Notwithstanding anything in Section 23.4 of the Agreement, Buyer
         or IFN Affiliate shall not pass title, assign, or grant any interest in
         Base [***] Equipment sold under this Schedule E to another entity until
         the final payment for such Base [***] Equipment has been made. In those
         instances where Buyer or IFN Affiliate has purchased Base [***]
         Equipment under this Schedule E and Buyer or IFN Affiliate desires to
         assign or grant any interest in any Base [***] Equipment to another
         entity prior to the final payment for Base [***] Equipment, Buyer or
         IFN Affiliate shall request Nortel Networks' prior written approval of
         such assignment. In the event such assignment is approved by Nortel
         Networks, Nortel Networks shall immediately invoice Buyer or IFN
         Affiliate for any remaining unpaid Base [***] Equipment and such
         invoice shall be paid pursuant to Section 6, Terms of Payment, of the
         General Terms & Conditions.

         5.2   Title for PAYG Equipment shall transfer to Buyer or IFN Affiliate
         when the final payment for such PAYG Equipment has been made.

         5.3   Buyer or IFN Affiliate's obligation to pay for Base [***]
         Equipment and the prohibition set forth in Section 5.1 above shall
         survive any termination of this Agreement until final payment has been
         made for such Base [***] Equipment. If the Agreement terminates or
         expires ("Termination Date") for any reason whatsoever, Buyer or IFN
         Affiliate shall within [***] ([***]) [***] of such Termination Date
         complete payments for the Base [***] Equipment whether or not such Base
         [***] Equipment is [***].

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 1
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 1

                               SCHEDULE F, PART 1

                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS

                         INSTALLATION AND TEST SERVICES

Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer all Engineering, Installation and Test
services for all Nortel Networks/Buyer Optical Network projects. This service is
offered for all builds consisting of no less than one (1) Network Element (NE).

The scope of services are defined and governed by the Scope of Work set forth in
Schedule F, Part 2. Any Engineering, Installation and Test services, which
deviate from such Scope of Work, may be performed upon mutual agreement of the
parties and shall be subject to additional negotiated charges.

Buyer must provide a minimum of four (4) weeks notice of the build prior to the
start of any installation. Buyer must supply Nortel Networks' Engineering,
Installation and Test teams adequate and reasonable time to complete each job
required.

Equipment is assumed to be delivered to a Buyer controlled warehouse.
Warehousing and transportation of equipment to Buyer's designated sites is not
included but may be provided at an additional negotiated charge.

Engineering services shall be calculated at a rate of [***] ([***]%) percent of
the total Nortel Networks Equipment price per quoted project. Installation and
Test services shall be calculated at a combined rate of [***] ([***]%) percent
of the total Nortel Networks Equipment price per quoted project.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall have the option of contracting such
Services from other providers. Should Buyer elect to use outside providers,
Nortel Networks shall provide to Buyer a [***] ([***]%) percent engineering
management discount of Nortel Networks' Equipment and a [***] ([***]%) percent
installation and test discount for Installation and Testing. Each proposal
quoted shall provide such discount at time of Order. An Order for Equipment
Only, matching the value of the above mentioned proposal shall be issued to
Nortel Networks.

Should Buyer require Nortel Networks to provide Engineering Services for any
given project after the discount has been provided, Buyer will issue a
supplementary Order for [***] ([***]%) percent, plus [***] ($[***]) dollars per
frame associated with the project for "1 Lot" of IRM Materials. This IRM
material is for materials to mount and power each bay. It is not intended to
include additional cable and ladder rack, panduit, conduit or fiber troughs.
These materials may be provided at an additional fee.

Should Buyer require Nortel Networks to provide Installation Services for any
given project after discount has been provided, Buyer shall submit a
supplementary Order for [***] ([***]%) percent of Equipment as indicated in the
original proposal.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 1 OF 12

                               SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                          ENGINEERING AND INSTALLATION
                       SCOPE OF WORK FOR OPTICAL NETWORKS

1.0      GENERAL DESCRIPTION

         The following sections outline the Scope of Work ("SOW") for Nortel
         Networks' Engineering and Installation Services of Optical Equipment in
         the Buyer's site ( Central Office / CEV / Hut / Buyer Premise). This
         SOW will govern all Engineering Packages and Installations performed by
         Nortel Network's personnel for Buyer.

         1.1  ENGINEERING

         Generate custom site installation documentation package with:

1.       Site specific installation details, Front Equipment, Shelf Layout, and
         Network Configuration. DSX, Power and Timing (ESI) Assignments.
2.       Cable running list and Equipment Inter-connect drawings.
3.       Project coordination and Engineering telephony consultation through
         project completion.
4.       Updating paper copies of the Customers Office records.
5.       Does not include Updating Customer Electronic Database.

         1.2  INSTALLATION:

1.       Perform all Installation activities per the Nortel Networks
         Publications(NTP) and the Nortel Networks Installation Quality Manual
         (IQM-01).
2.       Nortel Networks personnel will review with the Buyer's personnel, prior
         to the installation, all aspects of the installation activities and
         define details of inter-company procedures and SOW changes.
3.       Nortel Networks' personnel will adhere to Buyer's
         ENGINEERING/INSTALLATION GUIDELINES as defined in paragraphs A-L of
         this SOW.
4.       Perform Installation and test, in general this will include:

         A.  SITE ACCESS/NOC REQUIREMENTS

         1.       All site access shall be arranged/coordinated through Buyer's
                  Engineering and/or Operations NOC. NOC : 1-800-374-2350

         2.       Contractor shall contact Buyer's NMC immediately upon entrance
                  into any site at which equipment is to be installed or work is
                  to be done. Reason for access must be given.
                  NMC : 1-800-374-2350
         3.       Contractor shall contact Buyer NOC just prior to leaving any
                  site at which equipment installation or work is being done or
                  has been completed.     NMC : 1-800-374-2350
         4.       Upon leaving a site, a brief status shall be given to NMC on
                  work completed, work remaining to complete the job at that
                  site, and approximate time the contractor will return to
                  complete the work at that site, for each job. NMC:
                  1-800-374-2350

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***

<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 2 OF 12
         5.       When leaving a site, the Contractor shall provide NMC any
                  critical information, which would be needed by anyone other
                  than the contractor.

                  This should include items such as: 1) 72-Hour test in
                  progress, Test-set not to be touched. 2) Loose cabling, fiber,
                  or other items on which installation may not be completed. 3)
                  Rack not mounted, loose, or installation incomplete. 4) Reason
                  for site not being left clean or unorganized, Etc. Also, signs
                  should be used when necessary to warn others entering the site
                  of this type of information. NOC : 1-800-374-2350
         6.       Contractors, which perform work, must at all times make Buyer
                  NMC aware of the work, which is proceeding.
         7.       It is Buyer's requirement that all Fiber, and Power work be
                  coordinated in advance, and must be performed during
                  Maintenance hours: 00:01-06:00 hours. This includes any work,
                  which requires the FDP to be opened/accessed, or any power
                  work, which could possibly affect live traffic on the system.
         8.       Any type of work which could possibly affect live traffic on
                  any system, must be coordinated in advance with Buyer
                  Engineering and Operations, and performed during planned
                  maintenance hours: 00:01-06:00 hours.

         B.  BAYS/RACKS

         1.       All bays/racks shall be both top and bottom supported, and
                  isolated from floor support and top support using appropriate
                  hardware.
         2.       All bays/racks shall be squared and leveled. Unleveled bays
                  will require shims to correct.
         3.       All bays/racks shall be labeled designating correct RR #.
                  Labeling shall conform to CO standard.
         4.       All equipment racks/frames shall be properly grounded using
                  frame ground connection at top of bay(s) and/or relay rack(s).
                  The frame ground will be cabled to the MGB, when available, or
                  grounded to CO aisle ground using a C-tap and proper crimp
                  tool. The C-tap will be protected with a plastic cover. The
                  Engineer shall specify the grounding technique.
         5.       Cable brackets (standoffs) shall be used for cable management
                  where necessary. The Engineer shall specify the technique.
         6.       Standard 7' x 23" aluminum or steel relay racks painted Newton
                  gray shall be used unless specified otherwise.
         7.       Nortel bays equipped with rear access "ironwork" shall use
                  lacing cord (9-cord) on all DS3 cables. Fiber paper shall be
                  used to protect cables from ironwork screws.
         8.       Testing shall be done on both A and B power feeds for
                  redundancy on 100% of new bays and/or equipment shelves. The A
                  and B feeds will be checked separately, by switching off the A
                  breaker, back on, then switching off the B breaker, and then
                  back on, to ensure that each bay/shelf (all equipment
                  contained therein) maintains complete functionality to all
                  respective parts while receiving A and B power feeds both
                  separately and together.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 3 OF 12
         C.  POWER CABLE/GROUNDING

         1.       All LIVE Power work/cuts must be performed during approved
                  maintenance hours, and scheduled in advance, with Buyer
                  Engineering, along with Operations approvals. It is not
                  permitted to access any live power systems during normal
                  operating hours.
         2.       RED 6 AWG stranded cable shall be used for -48VDC power,
                  unless cable run is greater than 60 feet. 4 AWG shall be used
                  in the case that the run is greater than 60 feet, unless
                  specified otherwise.
         3.       BLACK 6 AWG stranded cable shall be used for all battery
                  return cabling, unless cable run is greater than 60 feet. 4
                  AWG shall be used in the case that the run is greater than 60
                  feet, unless specified otherwise.
         4.       GREEN 6 AWG cable shall be used for frame grounding unless
                  specified otherwise.
         5.       Testing shall be done on both A and B power feeds for
                  redundancy on 100% of new bays and/or equipment shelves. The A
                  and B feeds will be checked separately, by switching off the A
                  breaker, back on, then switching off the B breaker, and then
                  back on, to ensure that each bay/shelf (all equipment
                  contained therein) maintains complete functionality to all
                  respective parts while receiving A and B power feeds both
                  separately and together.
         6.       Double-holed, crimped lugs shall be used unless specified
                  otherwise.
         7.       NO-OX shall be used on all Ground and Power terminations.
         8.       Heat shrink shall be used on all lugs/connectors unless
                  specified otherwise.
         9.       The main building ground and MGB cable shall be bonded using
                  Cad-weld method.
         10.      All power cabling shall be labeled with C-tag type labels.
         11.      All circuit breakers shall be labeled designating RR # using
                  P-touch labels.
         12.      Fiber paper shall be used to protect power cables from sharp
                  and blunt edges of ladder rack/cable raceway or other
                  obstacles.
         13.      C-tap type connectors/splices shall be used when splicing
                  smaller to larger power or grounding cables. C-tap's shall be
                  protected using plastic cover. Split-bolt connectors may be
                  used, but only if specified.
         14.      Grounds shall be grouped as ground type on the MGB: All surge
                  producers located on left side of MGB, absorbers and main
                  building ground in center of MGB, and rack/frame grounds on
                  right side of MGB.
         15.      Main building ground shall have only one entrance into the
                  building. This ground shall be connected to the center of the
                  MGB. Main aisle ground shall be used for rack/equipment
                  grounds where specified.

         D.  NODES/TERMINALS

         1.       All nodes/terminals or other equipment shelves shall be
                  properly bonded to the equipment rack/frame.
         2.       Testing shall be done on both A and B power feeds for
                  redundancy on 100% of new bays and/or equipment shelves. The A
                  and B feeds will be checked separately, by switching off the A
                  breaker, back on, then switching off the B breaker, and then
                  back on, to ensure that each bay/shelf (all equipment
                  contained therein) maintains complete

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 4 OF 12

                  functionality to all respective parts while receiving A and B
                  power feeds both separately and together.
         3.       At a minimum, all node/terminal covers shall be labeled with
                  the NE number, relay rack, shelf number, destination or system
                  name. Additional remarks may be listed on the cover as
                  specified by Engineer. Additional remarks may include DWDM
                  frequencies for that NE, OC or STS tributary path designation,
                  or others as specified by Engineer. 3/8" P-Touch labels shall
                  be used.
         4.       The NE number shall also be labeled within the shelf separate
                  from the NE cover in order to prevent any misplacement of
                  covers on wrong NE shelves.
         5.       The NE number shall also be labeled on the rear of the shelf
                  using 1" P-Touch label to allow NE identification from the
                  rear.
         6.       Tx/Rcv Modules for all Optics (G1/G2, EB/WB, etc.) shall be
                  labeled to designate G1/G2 (ADM or Terminal), or EB/WB (Regen)
                  and site destination (ex: BHAM, ATL, DAL, etc.)

         E.  FIBERS

         1.       All work requiring FDP access, must be performed during
                  approved maintenance hours and scheduled in advance with Buyer
                  Engineering and NOC/Operations approvals. It is not permitted
                  to access any FDP containing live fibers during normal
                  operating hours.
         2.       No tie wraps shall be used on fiber jumpers.
         3.       All fiber jumpers shall be properly ran within the fiber
                  raceway provided, or if required, new fiber raceway shall be
                  installed.
         4.       Fiber jumpers shall not be exposed. Spiral wrap should be used
                  in areas between panduit and flex innerduct or where
                  necessary.
         5.       All fibers shall be labeled using 3M or comparable labeling
                  method, designating NE #, Tx or Rcv, on both ends of fiber
                  jumpers.
         6.       There shall be no sharp bends or kinks in fiber, with a
                  minimum bend radius of 2".
         7.       All extra/slack fiber shall be stored in top of shelf, or in
                  storage trays whenever necessary.

         F.  ATTENUATORS

         1.       The Engineer shall specify attenuators used. Attenuator type
                  may vary depending on the type system. Normally, fixed
                  attenuators should be used.
         2.       All attenuators shall be placed accordingly. All voa type
                  attenuators shall be tied down and stored out of site on the
                  equipment shelves or racks.
         3.       Attenuators shall not be left hanging loose, causing excess
                  tension on fiber jumpers.

         G.  DS3 CROSS-CONNECT PANELS

         1.       Use Telect 010-0000-1401, 23" 24-position shelf, when
                  available, unless specified otherwise.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 5 OF 12

         2.       Use Telect 010-8401-0410, 6-hole DSX module, unless specified
                  otherwise.
         3.       All DSX panels shall be labeled with NE number, shelf number,
                  channel number (if applicable), and destination.
         4.       All DSX slot numbers shall be labeled.

         H.  DS3 CABLES

         1.       DS3 cables (mini-bundle) shall be tied to ladder rack/cable
                  raceway using lacing cord (9-cord) unless specified otherwise.
         2.       Nortel bays equipped with rear access "ironwork" shall use
                  lacing cord on DS3 cables. Fiber paper shall be used to
                  protect cables from ironwork screws. Cables shall be routed
                  per Nortel NTP instructions.
         3.       Service loops shall be included in cable runs on rear of
                  cross-connect panels for maintenance purposes unless specified
                  otherwise.
         4.       Heat-shrink shall be used on butted cable sheath, and lacing
                  cord (9-cord) running stitch used to tie cable to cross bar of
                  the panels, unless specified otherwise.
         5.       BNC center pins shall be soldered and/or crimped to the center
                  conductor as specified by the Engineer.
         6.       All DS3 cables shall be labeled as IN or OUT and with DS3 slot
                  number. All cables shall be labeled using tie-wrap flag-tags.
         7.       Fiber paper shall be used to protect all cables from sharp
                  edges of ladder rack or other obstacles.

         I.  LABELING

         1.       Labeling shall be done using Brother P-touch type labeler or
                  comparable, using white background with black lettering tape,
                  unless specified otherwise.
         2.       No stenciling shall be used, EXCEPT on the relay rack/bay
                  frame floor supports to designate location, unless specified
                  otherwise. Style should conform to CO standard.
         3.       All nodes/terminals shall be labeled with NE, RR, and shelf
                  numbers as well as the destination and/or system name.
                  Additional remarks may be listed on the cover as specified by
                  Engineer. Additional remarks may include DWDM frequencies for
                  that NE, OC or STS tributary path designation, or others as
                  specified by Engineer. 3/8" P-Touch labels shall be used.
         4.       C-tags attached with lacing cord (9-cord) shall be used to
                  designate all power cabling.
         5.       Tie-wrap flag-tags shall be used on all CNET, STS, and DS3
                  cables to designate those cables.
         6.       DC power circuit breaker positions shall be labeled on the BIP
                  panels as well as on the BDFB (Power distribution panel).
         7.       The NE number shall also be labeled within the shelf separate
                  from the NE cover in order to prevent any misplacement of
                  covers on wrong NE shelves.
         8.       The NE number shall also be labeled on the rear of the shelf
                  using 1" P-Touch label.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 6 OF 12

         9.       On each set of Optics Circuit Packs, (Transmitter and Receiver
                  pair), Group name and direction shall be labeled on each
                  individual circuit pack. (ex. G1 Tx ATL, G2 Rx BHM for
                  ADM/Terminal or EB/WB Tx/Rcv BHM/ATL for Regen, etc.)
         10.      All fibers shall be labeled using 3M or comparable labeling
                  method, designating NE #, Tx or Rcv, on both ends of fiber
                  jumpers.

         J. EQUALIZATION

         1.       Perform all Equalization of DWDM Transmitters on Nortel
                  Optically Amplified systems as described in appropriate NTP's.

         K. IN BAY TESTING

         1.       Verify continuity on all external cabling
         2.       Audible and Visual alarms to aisle terminal strip / alarm bay
         3        Optical fibers to Fiber Patch Panel
         4.       DSX 3 circuits to DSX Patch Panel
         5.       External Sync (ESI) to Bits Clock  Panel
         6.       Power-up bay verifying each load for "A" and "B" feeds to
                  Power Source per NTP procedures
         7.       Data-fill each Network Element System.

         L. END-TO-END SYSTEM LINE UP AND TEST

         1.       Verify Transmission signals for all equipped circuits between
                  each Network Element site
         2.       Optical fibers from Optical transmit card to Optical receive
                  card
         3.       DSX 3 circuits from DSX Patch Panel to DSX Patch Panel
         4.       External Sync (ESI) to Bits Clock  Panel
         5.       Ensure shelf clock setting is valid
         6.       Test the status of the CNET and LAPD communications
         7.       Force database backups for each network element
         8.       Checks for traps and/or swers
         9.       Perform test procedures per NTP
         10.      Complete 72 Hour Error Free BER Test.

         1.3  ACCEPTANCE

         In order to issue Nortel Networks an Installation Complete Notice
         ("ICN"), Nortel Networks and Buyer will complete site inspections and
         must complete the Buyer's POST ENGINEERING ACCEPTANCE punch list.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 7 OF 12

ITC/\DELTACOM ENGINEERING
POST INSTALLATION ACCEPTANCE
(INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR TO USE THIS FORM AS A JOB PUNCH LIST)

Site: _____________________

Date: _____________________

System Description: ______________________________

Installation Contractor: _________________________

BAYS

       _____ Placement is correct, as stated within the Engineering requirements
       _____ Leveled as necessary
       _____ Top supported correctly
       _____ Bottom supported correctly
       _____ Isolated correctly, top and bottom
       _____ Labeled correctly with RR designation
       _____ Frame grounded correctly

NODES/TERMINALS

_____ Node cover labeled with correct NE #, RR, shelf #, and destination/system
      name
_____ Node shelf is labeled with the correct NE # above slots 1,2 on Nortel
      label
_____ Equipment shelf is correctly bonded to rack/frame

POWER CABLE/GROUNDING

       _____ RED 6 AWG (min) cable used for -48VDC
       _____ BLACK 6 AWG (min) cable used for battery return
       _____ GREEN 6 AWG (min) cable used for frame grounding
       _____ Correct Lugs and Heat shrink used on all power and ground cabling
       _____ Bare wire not visible on any power or ground cables
       _____ Power cabling correctly labeled
       _____ A & B circuit breakers labeled on BIP panel designating breaker
             position
       _____ Fiber paper used to protect cabling where necessary
       _____ C-taps connections correctly installed and protected
       _____ Frame grounds correctly positioned on MGB

FIBERS/ATTENUATORS

       _____ Fiber jumpers correctly ran in protected enclosure from fiber
             equipment to FDP
       _____ Fiber jumpers not exposed
       _____ Fiber slack placed in storage trays or panduit (Do not store fiber
             slack in panduit)
       _____ Fiber jumpers have no sharp bends or kinks, with a minimum bend
             radius of 2"

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 8 OF 12

       _____ Attenuators correctly placed and properly secured

DS3 CROSS-CONNECT PANELS

       _____ Correct type panels and modules used
       _____ Panels installed and placed correctly
       _____ Panels labeled with correct NE#
       _____ Individual DSX3 modules labeled with Group ID and slot, ex. G9-3

DS3 CABLES

       _____ Lace used, no cable tie-wraps (No cross-stitches, please)
       _____ Cables properly routed and tied to ladder rack/cable raceway
             using correct CO method
       _____ Cables protected from obstacles as necessary using fiber paper
       _____ Service loops provided on rear of cross-connect panels
       _____ Correct BNC type used
       _____ DS3 cable BNC terminations properly crimped and seated

LABELING

       _____ Correct label type used (Brother P-touch type or comparable, should
             match CO standard)
       _____ Bays labeled designating RR # using stenciling or CO standard
       _____ All nodes/terminal shelves labeled with NE, RR, shelf # and system
             name or description
       _____ Power cabling correctly labeled using C-tags, A and B feeds
             designated
       _____ DS3 cabling labeled using flag-tags or labels designating IN and
             OUT and group #
       _____ All CNET, STS, DS3 and misc. cabling labeled using flag-tags or
             labels
       _____ DC Power circuit breaker positions labeled on the bay BIP panel and
             on BDFB; A and B
       _____ NE shelf labeled separately from cover above slots 1,2
       _____ NE shelf optics groups labeled correctly; G1/G2, Tx/Rx, and
             destination abbr.
       _____ DSX panels correctly labeled designating NE, RR, position, and all
             slot #'s for NE
       _____ Fiber Jumpers correctly labeled designating NE #, Tx or Rcv, on
             both ends.

NOTES/COMMENTS:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                    PAGE 9 OF 12
ITEMS TO BE COMPLETED:

System not to be accepted/signed off until Contractor completes all required
work including any clean-up work that remains to meet ITC/\DeltaCom Engineering
requirements.

ADDITIONAL WORK PENDING:  ___ YES    ___ NO

IF ADDITIONAL WORK PENDING (THIS WORK, IF ANY, TO BE LISTED ON SITE CHECK
SHEET), DATE TO BE COMPLETED BY: ___________________________

INSTALLATION CONTRACTOR: _____________________     DATE: _______________________

Engineering Sign-Off: (To be completed only after all install work completed):

ITC/\DeltaCom Project Engineer:  ____________________   Date:  ________________

SYSTEM DRAWINGS GIVEN TO OPERATIONS:  ___ YES   ___ NO: DATE OPERATIONS
RECEIVED: ____________

SPARES GIVEN TO OPERATIONS:  ___ YES   ___ NO: DATE OPERATIONS RECEIVED:
___________________

Operations Sign-Off:

OPERATIONS MANAGER: _________________________      DATE: _______________________

DATE SYSTEM INSTALLATION COMPLETED: _______________________

72-HOUR BER SYSTEM TEST COMPLETED:  ___ YES   ___ NO
IF NOT COMPLETED, DATE EXPECTED TO BE COMPLETED:  ___________________

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                   PAGE 10 OF 12

2.0      NORTEL NETWORKS' OBLIGATIONS

         With respect to any Services provided as part of this Agreement, Nortel
         Networks shall be responsible for the following:

1.       Providing all necessary tools and test equipment required for the
         equipment installation.
2.       Perform general site clean up to assure the sites are in a neat and
         "broom clean" condition following the completion of daily work
         activities.
3.       Provide security measures under the Buyer's Policies
4.       All long distance telephone service usage will be covered via Nortel
         Networks' long distance carrier's calling card agreements.

3.0      ITEMS EXCLUDED FROM THIS SOW

1.       Nortel Networks' Installation personnel shall not repair Equipment,
         whether or not the Equipment requiring repair is in warranty. Such
         repair shall be performed according to Nortel Networks' Standard Repair
         and Return Procedures.
2.       Any engineering or re-engineering of existing equipment, whether
         previously supplied by Nortel Networks or by another vendor.
3.       Any and all items which are not specifically described within this SOW
         as being provided by or the responsibility of Nortel Networks.
4.       Direct attachment of AC wires to circuits other than through an
         UL-approved connectorized electrical outlet or other work requiring an
         electrician.

4.0      DEFINITION OF WARRANTY

         Nortel Networks guaranties all labor to be free from defects and
         operate as contracted for a period of [***] ([***]) [***], from the
         date of installation completion. If the product fails to operate as
         specified within the warranty period, the Customer shall contact Nortel
         Networks' Technical Support.

5.0      ITC/\DELTACOM'S OBLIGATIONS

         If, Buyer elects to have Nortel Networks provide these Services, it is
         the obligation of ITC to provide these guidelines to the Nortel
         Networks Project Manager prior to installation. With respect to any
         Services provided as part of this Agreement, ITC DeltaCom shall be
         responsible, at no charge to Nortel Networks, for the following:

1.       Providing site access, pass, badges and escort (as required) to Nortel
         Network at such times as mutually agreed.
2.       Provide storage area for all equipment & material for delivery to site
         at the agreed to Installation start date.
3.       If Installation activities are suspended due to the site not being
         ready, or changes to the scope of the job, Buyer will notify Nortel
         Networks' field management when Installation may re-commence. Two
         week's notice is required by Nortel Networks' field management in order
         to allow scheduling of personnel. In this case, a re-mobilization
         charge of [***]($[***]) dollars

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                   PAGE 11 OF 12

         per Field Technician will apply which is in addition to all costs
         contained herein. Corresponding changes will also be made to the
         schedule for completion of the job.
4.       Quote assumes all Buyer facilities are ready and available at the start
         of installation. Should the unavailability of facilities cause Nortel
         to halt installation, a [***] ($[***]) dollars per Field Technician
         restart fee covering the additional travel costs will be charged.
         (Facilities: building access, outside plant connections between sites
         fiber/copper)

5.       Installation work performed outside this SOW will be charged at a
         negotiated rate per hour plus expenses if performed Monday-Friday
         8am-5pm. Also, delays outside of Nortel Networks' control that impede
         the progress of the installation will be charged at this rate. These
         items to be discussed and signed off by the Buyer appointed primary
         contact.
6.       Providing reasonable security and storage facilities at Buyer's expense
         as appropriate for equipment and tools used by Nortel Networks, as set
         forth in the General Terms & Conditions.
7.       Providing access to washroom facilities twenty-four (24) hours a day.
8.       All sites meet OSHA requirements.
9.       All sites are to be accessible by two (2) wheel drive vehicle.
10.      One Buyer representative will be assigned to the work site for security
         purposes unless agreed to and signed off by the Customer.
11.      Buyer is to make telephone service available at all sites for
         maintenance communications prior to, the start, and throughout the
         duration of Nortel Networks' installation activity in case of medical
         emergencies.
12.      Buyer is to provide unimpeded access to all on Business Days during
         Business Hours.
13.      Buyer is to arrange for110 VAC power at all sites during installation.
14.      If Engineering activities are suspended due to the site being
         cancelled, or changes to the scope of the job, Buyer will notify Nortel
         Project Engineer within twenty-four (24) hours. Buyer shall be charged
         for the Engineering cost incurred for the work activity completed plus
         a [***] ($[***]) dollars cancellation fee for any time and expense for
         travel incurred for the cancelled site.

6.0      GENERAL WORK ASSUMPTIONS

         This Agreement is based on the following assumptions:

1.       All work activity will be performed during the Business Hours of each
         Business Day. Hours worked outside Business Hours and/or above 8 hours
         will be charged at one and one half (1.5) times the rate Monday thru
         Friday, Saturdays double time and Sundays & Holidays triple time.
2.       Nortel Network requires a two week lead time notification to secure
         resources.
3.       Any Buyer supplied equipment is installed and ready for use as
         required. 4. NORTEL NETWORKS' PRICES ARE BASED ON ITS USE OF NON-UNION
         LABOR AT ALL SITES. WHEN REQUIRED, UNION LABOR WILL BE PROVIDED AT AN
         ADDITIONAL COST TO BUYER.
5.       Buyer is to make telephone service available at all sites for
         maintenance communications prior to, the start, and throughout the
         duration of Nortel Networks' installation activity in case of medical
         emergencies.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                                      EXHIBIT M,
                                                              SCHEDULE F, PART 2
                                                                   PAGE 12 OF 12

6.       Buyer is to provide unimpeded access to all sites during Business Hours
         on Business Days.
7.       Buyer is to arrange for 110 VAC power at all sites during installation.
8.       One individual shall be designated as Nortel Networks' point of
         contact; this individual shall have final say in all matters.
9.       Bays to be mounted on concrete floors. Raised floors may result in
         additional charges.
10.      There are no asbestos floor and ceiling tiles.
11.      All environmental conditions meet Nortel Networks' requirements of
         which Buyer shall be given written notice as soon as practicable.
12.      Unobstructed access for delivering equipment to the site location.
13.      No additional OEM equipment or hardware to be installed, moved, or
         removed other than what is listed in the agreed Scope of Work.
14.      Any Changes to the Scope of Work will require additional charges.
15.      No Installation Related Material (IRM) included.
16.      All work performed requires only standard installation tools and test
         equipment.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 1 OF 6

                                   SCHEDULE G
                                OPTICAL PRODUCTS
                             [***] NETWORK OVERBUILD

1.0      DESCRIPTION

         In consideration of Buyer's Commitment, Nortel Networks shall offer to
         overbuild Buyer's network as listed below with [***].[***]. Such
         overbuild will be completed prior to[***].

         Nortel Networks shall provide [***] and [***] equipment, as well as
         common equipment and IRM materials to mount the [***]for each
         overbuild. Such Equipment will interface with Buyer's existing optical
         rails consisting of [***] and [***] spaced to accommodate Nortel
         Networks'[***]. Nortel Networks shall engineer and provide Equipment
         required to condition the fiber for [***]such as [***]on Nortel
         Networks MOR and MOR Plus rails. Buyer shall be responsible for
         ensuring that any non-Nortel Networks optical rails will be [***]
         ready.

         The following twelve networks will be overbuilt ("Overbuild Project")
         as part of this offer:
         1. [***]
         2. [***]
         3. [***]
         4. [***]
         5. [***]
         6. [***]
         7. [***]
         8. [***]
         9. [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 2 OF 6

         10. [***]
         11. [***]
         12. [***]

2.0  NORTEL NETWORKS' SERVICES

         Nortel Networks shall provide full Engineer, Furnish and Install
         ("EF&I") Services for the Overbuild Project. Such services include
         Project Management, Engineering and Installation.

         2.1      PROJECT MANAGEMENT
         Nortel Networks, [***], will provide a full time Project
         Manager dedicated to the successful implementation of such Overbuild
         Project.

         THE PROJECT MANAGER RESPONSIBILITIES WILL INCLUDE:

o        Prime liaison of all Equipment and Service issues related to overbuild.
o        Coordinate and track all shipments of materials to ensure timely
         delivery with Nortel Networks' sales engineer and account relationship
         prime.
o        Working with Buyer and Nortel Networks engineering to coordinate and
         facilitate all site surveys.
o        Working with Buyer and Nortel Networks' engineering to ensure timely
         and accurate engineering packages, including review and approval of
         those packages.
o        Working with Buyer's NMC to schedule all installation and test
         activity.
o        Working with Nortel Networks installation team to coordinate and direct
         all Installation Activities and ensure that all Nortel Networks'
         installation personnel strictly adhere to Buyer's installation doctrine
         (as described in Schedule F).
o        Working with Nortel installation team to ensure the system passes
         Buyer's required 72 hour BER test.
o        After system testing, obtain acceptance signoff from Buyer for each
         system.
o        Working with Buyer to ensure routes with both Nortel Network's
         equipment and other vendor's equipment, are successfully implemented
         and tested.

     2.2 NORTEL NETWORKS ENGINEERING

         In consideration of Buyer's Commitment, Nortel Networks, [***], shall
         provide Engineering Services for the Overbuild Project. The Engineering
         Service provided for the Overbuild Project will be done in accordance
         to the Engineering Scope of Work described in, this Product Attachment,
         in Schedule F, Part 2.

         ENGINEERING RESPONSIBILITIES WILL INCLUDE:

o        Nortel Networks engineering shall coordinate all efforts with Nortel
         Networks' Project Manager.
o        Nortel Networks engineering shall assist in the creations of any MOPs
         or CAPs needed to perform the Overbuild Project. These efforts shall be
         coordinated with Nortel Networks' sales engineering, Dedicated Engineer
         and the Buyer.
o        Nortel Networks engineering shall work to answer any questions in
         assisting Nortel Networks installation in the timely build of this
         Network.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 3 OF 6

         2.3 NORTEL NETWORKS INSTALLATION AND TESTING
             2.3.1 NORTEL NETWORKS INSTALLATION

                  In consideration of Buyer's Commitment, Nortel Networks shall
                  provide installation for the Overbuild Project[***]. The
                  installation service provided for the Overbuild Project will
                  be done in accordance to the Installation Scope of Work
                  described in this Product Attachment, in Schedule F. Nortel
                  Networks installation will work under the direction of the
                  Nortel Networks' Project Manager.

                  Installation Responsibilities will include:

         o        Nortel Network's installation crews shall be responsible for
                  building all initial builds for the Overbuild Project
         o        Nortel Networks may, at a quoted price, add and test any
                  additional tributaries beyond the mutually agreed upon initial
                  requirements.

         o        Nortel Networks' installation teams will be responsible for
                  any equalization of Nortel Networks' Optical Amplifiers as the
                  [***]are added to each of the 12 networks.

              Nortel Network's personnel shall not work on any other vendor's
              equipment. Buyer shall be responsible for providing personnel
              expertise in any other vendor's equipment for interface and
              equalization of Nortel Networks' Equipment into the other vendor's
              equipment.

         2.3.2 NORTEL NETWORKS TESTING

         In consideration of Buyer's Commitment Amount, Nortel Networks shall
         provide testing for the Overbuild Project [***]. The testing Service
         provided for such Overbuild Project shall be done in accordance to the
         SOW in this Product Attachment, Schedule F and Nortel Network's NTP's.
         Nortel Networks testing shall work under the direction of the Nortel
         Networks Project Manager.

         Testing Responsibilities will include:

         o        Nortel's Networks Testing crews shall be responsible for
                  testing all initial builds for each of the twelve (12)
                  networks listed above in Section 1.0.
         o        Nortel Networks may, at a quoted price, test any additional
                  tributaries beyond the mutually agreed upon initial
                  requirements.

         2.3.3 ADDITIONAL ENGINEERING SUPPORT

         Nortel Networks, if requested, can provide quotations from the
         Professional Services organization should Buyer require additional
         Engineering support outside the SOW in Schedule F, Part 2 of this
         Product Attachment.

         2.3.4 WAREHOUSING

         Buyer shall provide warehousing space for all Equipment related to this
         Overbuild Project. Buyer shall grant access to Nortel Networks'
         personnel associated with this Overbuild Project on a mutually agreed
         upon schedule as coordinated between Nortel Network's Project Manager
         and Buyer's warehouse manager or representative.

3.0      PRICING AND PAYMENT SCHEDULE

         The pricing for each of these routes is based on the pricing discounts
         agreed to in the General Terms and Conditions in Exhibit G-1.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 4 OF 6

         3.1 BASE INITIAL EQUIPMENT DEPLOYMENT

         "[***]Overbuild Network Equipment" shall mean Equipment including, the
         [***]and [***] equipment, Services as described in Section 2.1 through
         2.3.2 of this Schedule G, a set of Spares for each System (a spares set
         = [***]% of the quantity of any card deployed, rounded to the next
         higher increment) and any "[***] Equipment" such as [***]. The prices
         for these systems shall not exceed the pricing in the following
         schedule:

                              --------------------------------------------------
---------------------------   Full        1st        2nd        3rd        4th
System   Route                Price      [***]%     [***]%     [***]%     [***]%
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   1     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   2     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   3     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   4     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   5     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   6     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   7     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   8     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
   9     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
  10     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
  11     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]
  12     [***]               $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]     $[***]

         3.1.1 TRIBUTARY EQUIPMENT FOR INITIAL DEPLOYMENT

         Buyer shall provide Nortel Networks a specific list of tributary
         requirements for the initial build for each of the twelve (12) networks
         listed above in Section 1.0 no later than twenty (20) weeks prior to
         the mutually agreed upon in-service date for each of those rings. If
         Buyer fails to provide specific requirements, Nortel Networks shall
         Order [***] tributaries with [***] nm interoffice optics and a
         subtending [***] Lite equipped with [***] ([***]) [***].

         3.1.2 IRM EQUIPMENT

         IRM equipment required will be determined at the time of the site
         survey. It will be ordered separately upon completion of the
         Engineering Package. A charge of [***]($[***]) dollars per [***]frame
         associated with the project for "1 LOT" of IRM Materials has been
         included in the price of the [***]Overbuild Network Equipment,
         described in Section 3.1 above. Such IRM material is for materials to
         mount and power each bay and does not include additional cable and
         ladder rack, panduit, conduit or fiber troughs, which may be provided
         for an additional fee.

         3.1.3 [***]PURCHASE ORDER

         Buyer will issue Nortel Networks a [***] ($[***]) dollar Order to
         initiate the Overbuild Project. [***].

         3.1.4 INVOICING AND PAYMENT OF BASE INITIAL EQUIPMENT

         Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer individually for each of the twelve
         (12) overbuild network routes listed in Section 1.0 above as quoted
         above in Section 3.1 [***]. [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 5 OF 6

         [***]

         "[***] Increment" shall mean any tributary mix of [***] or [***]
         equaling a total tributaries usage of [***] on any NE in a particular
         network.

         [***]

         Example: [***]

         3.1.5 INVOICING AND PAYMENT OF TRIBUTARY AND SUBTENDING EQUIPMENT

         Increments, tributary and subtending Equipment is not included in the
         price for [***] Overbuild Network Equipment. Payment for such
         increments, tributary and subtending Equipment shall be pursuant to
         Section 6, Payment Terms, of the General Terms and Conditions.

         3.1.6 PRODUCT CREDITS
                  [***].

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                       AGREEMENT NO. ITC2000NPPA
                                                      OPTICAL PRODUCT ATTACHMETN
                                                           EXHIBIT M, SCHEDULE G
                                                                     PAGE 6 OF 6

4.0      NETWORK AUDITING

         Nortel Networks reserves the right to audit Buyer's Overbuild Project
         for the purpose of [***] the system. Such audits shall be conducted at
         a mutually agreed upon time and Buyer shall allow a Nortel Networks
         representative to log into the system remotely, through the Buyer's
         [***] Management System or through physical inspection to determine the
         number of [***] equipped on each [***] of that route to track and
         ensure Buyer [***]. Nortel Networks' right to audit the Overbuild
         Project shall terminate once such Overbuild Project has been completed
         and the final payment has been made.

5.0      ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

         5.1   Notwithstanding anything in Section 23.4 of the General Terms and
         Conditions, Buyer shall not pass title, assign, or grant any interest
         in [***]Overbuild Network Equipment sold under this Schedule G to
         another entity until the final payment for such [***] Overbuild Network
         Equipment has been made. In those instances where Buyer has purchased
         [***]Overbuild Network Equipment under this Schedule G and Buyer
         desires to assign or grant any interest in any [***]Overbuild Network
         Equipment to another entity prior to the final payment for
         [***]Overbuild Network Equipment, Buyer shall request Nortel Networks'
         prior written approval of such assignment. In the event such assignment
         is approved by Nortel Networks, Nortel Networks shall immediately
         invoice Buyer for any remaining unpaid [***]Network Overbuild Equipment
         and such invoice shall be paid pursuant to Section 6, Terms of Payment,
         of the General Terms and Conditions.

         5.2   Title for [***]Overbuild Network Equipment shall transfer to
         Buyer when the final payment for such [***]Overbuild Network Equipment
         has been made.

         5.3   Buyer 's obligation to pay for [***]Overbuild Network Equipment
         and the prohibition set forth in Section 5.1 above shall survive any
         termination of this Agreement until final payment has been made for
         such [***]Overbuild Network Equipment. If the Agreement terminates or
         expires ("Termination Date") for any reason whatsoever, Buyer shall
         within [***]([***]) [***] of such Termination Date complete payments
         for the [***]Overbuild Network Equipment whether or not such [***]
         Overbuild Network Equipment is [***].

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 1 of 10

                               PRODUCT ATTACHMENT
                                    EXHIBIT N
                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS

1.       INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

         This Product Attachment, EXHIBIT N, Switching Products is attached to
         and made a part of the Network Products Purchase Agreement dated
         November 8, 2000, between ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc.,
         Interstate FiberNet, Inc., and Nortel Networks, Inc. ("General Terms &
         Conditions"). The terms and conditions provided below supplement the
         General Terms and Conditions only with respect to the specific Products
         set forth in this EXHIBIT N (including any future Products that may be
         added to this EXHIBIT N). To the extent any of the terms and conditions
         set forth in this EXHIBIT N conflict with any terms or conditions in
         the General Terms & Conditions, the terms and conditions of this
         EXHIBIT N take precedence over any such conflicting terms and
         conditions in the General Terms & Conditions, as such terms and
         conditions apply to the Switching Products.

2.       DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of this Product Attachment all capitalized terms, which
         are defined in EXHIBIT A of the General Terms & Conditions,
         DEFINITIONS, shall have the same meaning in this Product Attachment. In
         addition the following will apply to this Product Attachment:

3.       SCHEDULES

         The following Schedules which are attached hereto are an integral part
         of the Product Attachment and are incorporated herein by reference:

         Schedule A    -    Products, Prices, and Fees
         Schedule B    -    Services and Charges
         Schedule C    -    Delivery
         Schedule D    -    Documentation
         Schedule E    -    Maintenance Service Agreement
         Schedule F    -    Translations Support Service Agreement
         Schedule G    -    TIA

4.       SCOPE

         This section is in addition to Section 1,SCOPE of the General Terms and
         Conditions.

         4.1      Buyer may issue Orders for the following Products and/or
                  Services in order to satisfy the Commitment Amount. The IFN
                  Affiliates, as defined in the General Terms & Conditions,
                  EXHIBIT A and set forth in EXHIBIT E, may purchase any of the
                  following Product.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 2 of 10

                  4.1.1   In the event that Buyer sells, assigns, transfers or
                  conveys (i) any of the DMS-500 Satellite Remotes as described
                  in the attached Schedule A, Part I, during the Commitment
                  Period and/or (ii) an Affiliate, as set forth in EXHIBIT E of
                  the Agreement, which has purchased any of the DMS-500
                  Satellite Remotes described in Schedule A, Part I, Buyer shall
                  pay to Nortel Networks the difference between the purchase
                  price of the Host Switch and the purchase price of the DMS-500
                  Satellite Remote, as set forth in Schedule A, Part I. Nortel
                  Networks shall invoice and Buyer shall pay the difference in
                  full thirty (30) days from the date of invoice.

                  4.1.2   Buyer may issue an Order for the DMS-500 Satellite
                  Remote SN as described in the attached Schedule A, Part I,
                  Section 3.0 ("DMS-500 Satellite Remote SN"), for delivery and
                  installation in the Buyer's facilities to be designated by the
                  Buyer. The DMS-500 Satellite Remote SN shall be installed
                  within a [***] ([***]) mile radius of a DMS-500 Host Office
                  and must interface with a DMS-500 Host Office. Buyer shall pay
                  the prices, fees and charges set forth in the attached
                  Schedule A, Part I, Section 3.2, for the DMS-500 Satellite
                  Remote SN. In the event that the DMS-500 Satellite Remote SN
                  exceeds [***] [***] Ports, Buyer shall promptly notify Nortel
                  of such occurrence, the DMS-500 Satellite Remote SN shall be
                  redefined as a "DMS-500 Host Office SN" and Buyer shall pay an
                  additional [***] Dollars ($[***]) in Software licensing fees
                  for Software that was previously discounted based upon the
                  DMS-500 being a DMS-500 Satellite Remote SN. Nortel Networks
                  shall invoice, upon the occurrence of the DMS-500 Satellite
                  Remote SN exceeding [***] [***] Ports, and Buyer shall pay the
                  invoiced amount for the additional Software licensing fees in
                  full within thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice.

                  4.1.3   Buyer may issue an Order for the DMS-500 Initial
                  System (Core) as described in the attached Schedule A, Part I,
                  Section 2.0 ("DMS-500 Initial System"), for delivery and
                  installation in the Buyer's facilities to be designated by the
                  Buyer. Buyer shall pay the prices, fees and charges set forth
                  in the attached Schedule A, Part I, Section 2.2, for the
                  DMS-500 Initial System (Core).

                  4.1.4   Buyer may, during the Commitment Period, issue Orders
                  for any Extensions and Add-On Ports described in the attached
                  Schedule A, Part III, for delivery and installation in a
                  DMS-500 Initial System purchased under this Product
                  Attachment. Buyer shall pay the prices, fees and charges set
                  forth in the attached Schedule A, Part III, for the Extensions
                  and Add-On Ports.

                  4.1.5   Buyer may, during the Commitment Period, issue an
                  Order for an Initial Remote Switching Center System ("Initial
                  RSCS") or a Dual Remote Switching Center System ("Dual RSCS"),
                  as described in the attached Schedule A, Part IV, Section 1.0,
                  for delivery and installation in a DMS-500 Initial System
                  purchased under this Product Attachment. Buyer shall pay the
                  prices, fees and charges set forth in the attached Schedule A,
                  Part IV, Section 1.0, for the Initial RSCS and/or the Dual
                  RSCS. For purposes of this Agreement, the RSCS shall be
                  treated as an Extension.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 3 of 10

                  4.1.6   Buyer may, during the Commitment Period, issue Orders
                  for the Optional Software Line Extensions and Add-Ons as
                  described in the attached Schedule A, Part V, for delivery and
                  installation in a DMS-500 Initial System purchased under this
                  Product Attachment. Buyer shall pay the prices, fees and
                  charges set forth in the attached Schedule A, Part V, for the
                  Optional Software Line Extensions and Add-Ons.

         4.2      Buyer may issue Orders for the DMS-500 Optional Software
                  described in the attached Schedule A, Part VIII, Section 1.0
                  and Part X, Section 1.0 ("DMS-500 Optional Software"), during
                  the Commitment Period. With regard to the first DMS-500
                  Initial System purchased under this Product Attachment, Buyer
                  may apply up to [***] Dollar ($[***]) DMS-500 Optional List
                  Price Software Credit ("Credit") to the purchase of any
                  DMS-500 Optional Software for only that first DMS-500 Initial
                  System during the [***] ([***]) [***] after the date of
                  installation for that first DMS-500 Initial System.
                  Thereafter, all of the DMS-500 Optional Software ordered and
                  installed upon that first DMS-500 during the initial [***]
                  ([***]) [***] period of time following installation of the
                  DMS-500 Initial System, shall become part of the DMS-500
                  Standard Software Features, as set forth in Schedule A, Part
                  VII, for all DMS-500 Initial Systems subsequently Ordered
                  hereunder by the Buyer. The Buyer shall forfeit any unused
                  Credit. After the Buyer has used the entire Credit amount or
                  the Credit has expired with respect to the first DMS-500
                  Initial System and for all other DMS-500 Initial Systems
                  Ordered hereunder, Buyer shall receive a [***] percent
                  ([***]%) discount on the prices, fees and charges set forth in
                  the attached Schedule A, Part VIII, Section 1.0 and Part X,
                  Section 1.0, on any DMS-500 Optional Software Orders included
                  with the Buyer's Order for a DMS-500 Initial System to which
                  the DMS-500 Optional Software will be installed. Buyer shall
                  receive a [***] percent ([***]%) discount on the prices, fees
                  and charges set forth in the attached Schedule A, Part VIII,
                  Section 1.0 and Part X, Section 1.0, on any DMS-500 Optional
                  Software Orders issued at any other time during the Commitment
                  Period.

         4.3      Buyer may issue Orders for SS7 wired and equipped Interworking
                  Trunk Ports ("IWT Ports") [***] during the Commitment Period
                  for the DMS-500 Initial System (Core); the DMS-500 SuperNode
                  will be eligible for installation of the IWT Ports [***].
                  Buyer's receipt of the IWT Ports is subject to the following
                  terms and conditions:

                  4.3.1   The type of frame, which will be provided, is
                  described in Schedule A, Part I, Section 2.1, paragraph e.

                  4.3.2   After Buyer has received its initial one (1) SS7 IWT
                  frame, Buyer may order additional SS7 IWT frames as needed
                  [***]. All IWT frames must be at a minimum of [***] percent
                  ([***]%) capacity before ordering additional IWT frames.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 4 of 10

                  4.3.3   Buyer shall be responsible for configuring all of the
                  IWT Ports in specified frames and establishing a Common
                  Language Location Identifier ("CLLI") name that includes the
                  acronym of "IWT" for easy identification of the IWT Ports.

                  4.3.4   The IWT Ports shall be the sole and exclusive property
                  of Nortel Networks and upon the sale of the associated DMS-500
                  Initial System, the IWT Ports shall be returned to Nortel
                  Networks with the exception of [***] ([***]) IWT Ports which
                  Buyer may keep.

                  4.3.5   Buyer shall commit to use the IWT Ports for the sole
                  purpose of SS7 Interworking Trunk Ports on the respective
                  DMS-500 Initial Systems. If Buyer uses the IWT Ports for any
                  other purpose, including, but not limited to, using the IWT
                  Ports for standard switching ports, Buyer shall immediately
                  notify Nortel thereof. Upon the occurrence of such event,
                  Nortel Networks shall invoice and Buyer shall pay the full
                  invoiced amount of the extension port price for the ports
                  used, as set forth in the Schedule A, Part II, Section 2.1,
                  within thirty (30) days of the date of invoice. Buyer shall
                  thereafter take ownership of the ports.

                  4.3.6   Nortel Networks shall have the right to poll and audit
                  the IWT Ports in the Buyer's DMS-500 switching network during
                  the Commitment Period.

         4.4.     [***], Buyer may issue Orders for one (1) [***] Software
                  Upgrade to the next consecutive Software load, per DMS-500
                  Initial System purchased under this Product Attachment during
                  the Commitment Period.

5.       DMS-500 TESTBED

         5.1      For and in consideration of Buyer's commitment to purchase
                  Products and/or Services of at least the Commitment Amount,
                  Buyer may issue an Order for the DMS-500 Testbed, as described
                  in the attached Schedule A, Part I, Section 8.0 ("DMS-500
                  Testbed"), for delivery and installation in the Buyer's
                  facilities to be designated by the Buyer. However, the Buyer
                  Affiliates, as defined in the General Terms and Conditions,
                  EXHIBIT A and set forth in EXHIBIT E, shall not be entitled to
                  purchase the DMS-500 Testbed hereunder. Buyer shall receive
                  the DMS-500 Testbed for the Commitment Period, [***] subject
                  to the following conditions:

                  5.1.1   Prior to and after the passage of title from Nortel
                  Networks to the Buyer for the DMS-500 Testbed, Buyer shall use
                  the DMS-500 Testbed for the sole and exclusive purpose of
                  testing the features and/or services that Buyer wishes to
                  deploy into its network and not for the purpose of generating
                  and/or producing revenue. In the event that the Buyer, prior
                  to and/or after the passage of title, places the DMS-500
                  Testbed into revenue generating service, Nortel Networks shall
                  invoice and Buyer shall pay the full invoiced amount of [***]
                  Dollars ($[***]), which amount shall equal the value

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 5 of 10

                  of the Software license to use the standard Software features
                  installed upon the DMS-500 Testbed, which are described in the
                  attached Schedule A, Part VII, Section 1.0 or Part IX, Section
                  1.0, plus the value of the Software license for any optional
                  Software features, as described in the attached Schedule A,
                  Part VIII, Section 1.0 and Part X, Section 1.0, which are
                  installed upon the DMS-500 Testbed, less any applicable
                  discounts for the optional Software as set forth herein in
                  Section 3 (d), within thirty (30) days from the date of
                  invoice.

                  5.1.2   Title to the DMS-500 Testbed shall remain vested in
                  Nortel Networks until the earlier of (i) Buyer completing its
                  purchase of the Products and/or Services totaling at least the
                  Commitment Amount or (ii) Buyer paying for the DMS-500 Testbed
                  as specified above in subsections (1) and (2). Upon the
                  occurrence of either of these two conditions, title to the
                  DMS-500 Testbed Equipment shall automatically transfer from
                  Nortel Networks to Buyer and Nortel Networks agrees to provide
                  the necessary and appropriate documentation evidencing said
                  transfer and releasing any and/or all liens placed thereon by
                  Nortel Networks.

                  5.1.3   In the event that, during the Commitment Period, title
                  passes from Nortel Networks to Buyer for the DMS-500 Testbed
                  and Buyer continues to use the DMS-500 Testbed for the sole
                  and exclusive purpose of testing the features and/or services
                  of the DMS-500 Testbed and not for the purpose of generating
                  and/or producing revenue, Buyer may issue Orders for the new
                  products applicable to Buyer's network, as described in
                  Schedule A, Part II, to be installed upon the DMS-500 Testbed
                  [***].

                  5.1.4   In the event that, during the Commitment Period, title
                  passes from Nortel Networks to Buyer for the DMS-500 Testbed
                  and Buyer continues to use the DMS-500 Testbed for the sole
                  and exclusive purpose of testing the features and/or services
                  of the DMS-500 Testbed and not for the purpose of generating
                  and/or producing revenue, Buyer may issue Orders
                  for optional Software, as described in Schedule A, Part VIII,
                  Section 1.0 and Part X, Section 1.0, or as made generally
                  available by Nortel Networks to its customers during the
                  Commitment Period, to be installed upon the DMS-500 Testbed
                  [***].

                  5.1.5   In the event that Buyer issues an Order for a Software
                  upgrade during the Commitment Period, as described in the
                  attached Schedule A, Part VI, Section 1.0 ("Software
                  Upgrade"), for any DMS-500 Switching System purchased under
                  this Product Attachment, Nortel Networks shall install a
                  functionally equivalent Software Upgrade in the Buyer's
                  DMS-500 Testbed prior to the installation of the Software
                  Upgrade into one of Buyer's DMS-500 Switching Systems [***],
                  including [***] for the associated engineering and labor
                  costs, subject to the following provisions: (i) Buyer agrees
                  to install the Software Upgrade into at least one (1) of its
                  DMS-500 Switching Systems within one-hundred twenty (120) days
                  after the Software Upgrade is installed into the DMS-500
                  Testbed and functions properly according to Nortel Networks
                  design and intent; (ii) title to the DMS-500 Testbed has

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 6 of 10

                  passed from Nortel Networks to Buyer; and (iii) Buyer is using
                  the DMS-500 Testbed for the sole and exclusive purpose of
                  testing the features and/or services that Buyer wishes to
                  deploy into its network and not for the purpose of generating
                  and/or producing revenue.

                  5.1.6   In the event that Buyer issues an Order for an
                  Equipment upgrade during the Commitment Period, as described
                  in the attached Schedule A ("Equipment Upgrade"), for any
                  DMS-500 Switching System purchased under this Exhibit N,
                  Nortel Networks shall install a functionally equivalent
                  Equipment Upgrade in the Buyer's DMS-500 Testbed prior to the
                  installation of the Equipment Upgrade into one of Buyer's
                  DMS-500 Switching Systems [***], subject to the following
                  provisions: (i) Buyer agrees to install the Equipment Upgrade
                  into one of the DMS-500 Switching Systems Ordered under this
                  Product Attachment within ninety (90) days after the Equipment
                  Upgrade is installed into the DMS-500 Testbed; (ii) if, title
                  to the DMS-500 Testbed has passed from Nortel Networks to
                  Buyer; and (iii) Buyer is using the DMS-500 Testbed for the
                  sole and exclusive purpose of testing the features and/or
                  services that Buyer wishes to deploy into its network and not
                  for the purpose of generating and/or producing revenue.

                  5.1.7   Except as stated otherwise, the DMS-500 Testbed shall
                  be considered as an Initial System purchased by the Buyer from
                  Nortel Networks for the purposes of this Exhibit N, including,
                  but not limited to engineering, delivery, installation,
                  warranty and post-warranty support.

                  5.1.8   Notwithstanding the above, in the event that Nortel
                  Networks and Buyer mutually agree that Buyer may use the
                  DMS-500 Testbed in generating and/or producing revenue due to
                  a loss of service from one of

                  the Buyer's DMS-500 Switching Systems in the Buyer's network,
                  Nortel Networks and Buyer will mutually agree, on a case by
                  case basis, to a Software licensing fee to be charged to the
                  Buyer for the period of time that the DMS-500 Testbed is
                  placed into revenue generating service. Such Software
                  licensing fee will be based upon the Software content of the
                  DMS-500 Testbed at the time it is placed into revenue
                  generating service. If the DMS-500 Testbed is placed into
                  revenue generating service due to a complete outage of service
                  of an existing DMS-500 Switching System located in the Buyer's
                  network for a period of [***] ([***]) [***], Buyer will [***].

                  5.1.9   With regard to the Software load to be installed on
                  the DMS-500 Testbed, Nortel Networks shall install the
                  standard Software load that is made generally available to its
                  customers at the time Buyer issues its Order for the DMS-500
                  Testbed, as described in Schedule A, Part VII, Section 1.0 and
                  Part IX, Section 1.0. Nothing in this section shall obligate
                  Nortel Networks to make available to Buyer any Software loads,
                  which Nortel Networks does not make generally available to its
                  other customers during the Commitment Period.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 7 of 10

6.       ORDERING

         With respect to Section 3, ORDERING of the General Terms and Conditions
         the following additional terms shall apply:

         6.1      Buyer shall identify in each Order for Products whether the
                  Products constitute an Initial System, Extension, or
                  Merchandise. All Orders for Extensions, Merchandise, or any
                  Services other than engineering and installation Services
                  provided by Nortel Networks in connection with an Order for an
                  Initial System shall be subject to written agreement of Buyer
                  and Nortel Networks on the applicable prices, charges and fees
                  with respect thereto as required pursuant to Section 7,
                  PRICING, of this Exhibit N, Product Attachment.

         6.2      Notwithstanding EXHIBIT C to the Agreement, Buyer may by
                  written notice to Nortel Networks not less than six (6) weeks
                  prior to the delivery date of any Products set forth in an
                  Order and/or the Service Commencement Date of the applicable
                  Services, delay the delivery date of such Products and/or the
                  Service Commencement Date of such Services for a period which
                  shall not exceed ninety (90) days from the date such Products
                  were originally scheduled to be delivered or ninety (90) days
                  from the Service Commencement Date, subject to the
                  availability from Nortel Networks of the applicable Products
                  and/or Services after such period of delay.

         6.3      With respect to each Order for Products, which is accepted by
                  Nortel Networks, Buyer may make a written request at least
                  ninety (90) days prior to the scheduled shipment date of such
                  Products for a change ("Change") consisting of
                  certain addition(s) or deletion(s) to such Products. After
                  receipt of such request, Nortel Networks shall submit a Job
                  Change Order ("JCO") to Buyer for Buyer's approval with
                  respect to the requested Change, except that Nortel Networks
                  shall be under no obligation to submit such JCO to Buyer if
                  Nortel Networks determines that the Price applicable to such
                  Order would be reduced by more than ten percent (10%) as a
                  result of the implementation of the Change. Each JCO shall
                  state whether the requested Change shall increase or decrease
                  the Price and/or time required by Nortel Networks for any
                  aspect of its performance under the Agreement with respect to
                  such Order. Buyer shall accept or reject the JCO in writing
                  within ten (10) days of receipt thereof. Failure of the Buyer
                  to accept or reject the JCO in writing as described above
                  shall be deemed a rejection of the JCO by Buyer. In the event
                  an accepted JCO involves the return to Nortel Networks of any
                  Equipment, which shall have been previously delivered to
                  Buyer, Nortel Networks, may invoice and Buyer shall pay the
                  transportation costs and Nortel Networks' then-current
                  restocking charge for the returned Equipment.

         6.4      If Buyer rejects a proposed JCO, then the rights and
                  obligations of the parties with respect to the applicable
                  Order shall not be subject to Buyer's requested Changes,
                  provided that Buyer shall promptly pay to Nortel Networks all
                  of Nortel Networks' additional costs and expenses incurred
                  hereunder in accordance with Buyer's requested Changes and
                  Nortel Networks' additional costs and expenses subsequently
                  incurred in order that Nortel Networks may be able to perform
                  Nortel Networks' obligations without modification by the
                  requested Changes, and Nortel Networks shall be entitled to an
                  extension of the dates for performance of its obligations with
                  respect to the applicable Order as a result of any delays in
                  such performance which result from the foregoing.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 8 of 10

7.       PRICING

         7.1      Pricing for Nortel Networks Switching Products shall be as set
                  forth in Schedule A, of this Product Attachment. Pricing for
                  Initial System shall be held firm for the initial Commitment
                  Period.

         7.2      The prices for Equipment and the fees for the right to use the
                  Software included in any Extension, prices for any
                  Merchandise, and charges for any Services, other than
                  engineering and installation Services provided with any
                  Initial System shall be as subsequently agreed in writing by
                  Nortel Networks and Buyer.

         7.3      All transportation charges associated with the shipment of the
                  Products to Buyer for delivery are included in the prices,
                  fees and charges set forth in the attached Schedule A, of this
                  Product Attachment.

         7.4      Buyer shall receive a [***] percent ([***]%) discount on the
                  prices for Merchandise purchased.

8.       DMS-500 DIRECTORY AND OPERATOR SERVICES

         Buyer may, during the Commitment Period, issue Orders for DMS Tops
         Translations Support Services as defined in Schedule F of this EXHIBIT
         N. Buyer shall pay the prices, fees and charges as set forth in the
         applicable price list referenced in Schedule E of this EXHIBIT N.

9.       ELECTRONIC SOFTWARE DELIVERY

         Buyer may elect to retrieve or receive Software loads using Electronic
         Software Delivery ("ESD") via limited security access. Nortel Networks
         will provide to Buyer ESD Customer Implementation Guide documentation
         detailing ESD process and procedures. Prior to initiation of ESD,
         Nortel Networks will transmit to Buyer's switch all (i) incremental
         Software updates ("ISUs"), designed to correct any nonconformance to
         the applicable Software specifications, and (ii) enhancements which
         will provide additional features or functionality ("Enhancements") via
         tape.

         9.1.     Technical Support Plan. It is Buyer's responsibility to
                  schedule and apply all switch Software by whatever method
                  delivered. Nortel Networks will provide and develop for Buyer
                  a mutually agreed upon Software update process technical
                  support plan. Buyer will review and approve the level of
                  Software update technical support required during the Warranty
                  Period. Buyer's technical support organization will be
                  notified of any changes according to the mutually agreed upon
                  Nortel Networks' Software update process technical support
                  plan. After the Warranty Period, Nortel shall provide to Buyer
                  software technical support for a fee or as part of a post
                  warranty maintenance service agreement and Buyer may select
                  the necessary level of technical support.

         9.2      "Convoy" is a Nortel Networks provided distribution mechanism
                  whereby Buyer stores, schedules and distributes software loads
                  utilizing Nortel Networks proprietary Software distribution
                  tools and industry standard hardware and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                    Page 9 of 10

                  Software. Convoy resides on either Buyer's wide area network
                  ("WAN") or Buyer's captive office local area network ("LAN").
                  Buyer may either download electronically to individual pre-
                  defined Buyer locations or cut tapes for Buyer's internal use.

         9.3.     ESD Options. Buyer shall select among the following options
                  for ESD:

                  a.       Pull option whereby Buyer pulls software loads from
                           Nortel Networks' Client Access Network; or
                  b.       Limited delivery option whereby Nortel Networks
                           delivers software loads to file server on Buyer WAN;
                           or
                  c.       End-to-End delivery option whereby Nortel delivers
                           Software loads directly to Buyer switch.

         9.4.     ESD Requirements. Buyer shall provide LAN access to Nortel
                  Networks for all Buyer sites, which Nortel Networks may use to
                  monitor the installation of transmitted Software by Buyer, and
                  in performing any necessary repairs or maintenance to
                  installed Software. Buyer shall provide the IP address of
                  Buyer WAN if Buyer selects the limited delivery option. Buyer
                  shall provide the IP address of Buyer's switch if pull option
                  or end-to-end options are selected by Buyer. When Buyer elects
                  to utilize the limited delivery option, Buyer shall maintain a
                  Software vault or repository to maintain and distribute
                  controlled copies of Software loads to individual Buyer sites
                  for Buyer's internal use only and not for resale or further
                  distribution.

         9.5.     Software Compatibility and Enhancements. Buyer shall report
                  ESD problems to Nortel Networks' technical representatives.
                  Nortel Networks shall maintain the Software, and, from time to
                  time, make additions, modifications or adjustments of the
                  current version in order to correct problems reported by Buyer
                  and Nortel Networks' other customers.

                  9.5.1   If the ESD problem is due to incompatibility between
                  the delivered Software and Buyer's Software load, which
                  incompatibility is due to Buyer's failure to maintain its
                  Software load within two releases of the current Software
                  release, Nortel Networks shall have no responsibility to
                  remedy any errors which would not exist if Buyer were to use
                  the current Software release.

                  9.5.2   Should Nortel Networks and Buyer agree that Nortel
                  Networks will remedy any incompatibility under 9.5.1, Buyer
                  shall bear the entire expense for this work, including but not
                  limited to expenses for required Software loads, reasonable
                  travel expenses (consistent with the policies by which Buyer
                  reimburses its employees for such expenses) for Nortel
                  Networks personnel required to be on site to render
                  assistance, and the standard daily or hourly rate for onsite
                  technical assistance.

         9.6.     Security. Nortel Networks requires Buyer to maintain the
                  security of its connection with the Nortel Networks system at
                  all times. Although the Nortel Networks Software database may
                  be accessed by different customers, Nortel Networks makes
                  every effort to protect the integrity of customer specific
                  information on these servers. This protection is limited to
                  the capabilities of the hidden directory structures used on
                  the servers and password protection. Under no circumstances
                  will Nortel Networks disclose the identity of one customer's
                  server

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                   Page 10 of 10

                  to another. Buyer must indicate its awareness of and intention
                  to provide all necessary security measures if it wishes to
                  utilize an Ethernet Interface Unit.

         9.7.     Taxes and Other Charges. Buyer is responsible for all state or
                  federal taxes, transfer fees, and/or usage charges which may
                  arise from its election to receive software via ESD.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                          Agreement No. ITC2000N
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                      Schedule A
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                           PRODUCTS, PRICING AND FEES

PART

1             DMS-500 Initial Systems

2             DMS-500 Hardware Programs

3             DMS-500 Extensions & Add -Ons

4             DMS-500 Standard Software

5             DMS-500 Optional Software

6             DMS-500 Recommended Spares List

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 1 of 6

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                                   SCHEDULE A
                         PART I. DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEMS

1.0      Nortel Networks shall engineer the DMS-500 Initial System provided
         hereunder in accordance with Nortel Networks' standard engineering
         practices and procedures. After Nortel Networks has engineered each
         DMS-500 Initial System ordered by Buyer hereunder, Nortel Networks
         shall provide Buyer with a detailed list of the components of such
         DMS-500 Initial System.

2.0      DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM (CORE)

         A DMS-500 Initial System (Core) shall consists of the following
         configuration of major Equipment and Software:

         a)       [***]:

                           [***]

                           [***]

                           [***]

                           [***]

                           [***]

        *[***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 2 of 6

                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]
                  [***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]

         b)       [***]

         c)       [***]

         d)       [***]

         e)       [***]

                  [***]                  [***]

                  [***]                  [***]
                  [***]                  [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 3 of 6

2.1      DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM ([***]) PRICING

         The price for the DMS-500 Initial System (Core) is dependent on the
         number of [***] ports ordered with the DMS-500 Initial System (Core).
         Using the table below, the DMS-500 Initial System (Core) is priced
         based on the sum total of [***] wired and equipped ports excluding all
         Interworking ports. Core pricing below is based on [***] Processing
         Architecture.

                  Non-Interworking
                  Port Total              DMS-500 Initial System (Core) Pricing

                  [***] - [***]           [***] Dollars    ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]           [***] Dollars    ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]           [***] Dollars    ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]           [***] Dollars    ($[***])
                  [***] +                 [***] for [***]

         In addition to the above pricing, a [***] price of [***] Dollars
         ($[***]) will be added for the [***] Based Software included in the
         DMS-500 Initial System.

2.2      DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM (CORE) WITH [***]

         2.2.1    [***] ARCHITECTURE

         The [***] architecture shall be based on having the following list of
         equipment:

                  [***]

         Further details available as [***] gets closer to becoming Generally
         Available ("General Availability").

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 4 of 6

         2.2.2    DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM ([***]) PRICING

                  The price for the DMS-500 Initial System ([***]) is dependent
                  on the number of [***] ports ordered with the DMS-500 Initial
                  System ([***]). Using the table below, the DMS-500 Initial
                  System ([***]) is priced based on the sum total of [***] wired
                  and equipped ports excluding all Interworking ports. Core
                  pricing below is based on [***] Processing Architecture.

                  Non-Interworking

                  Port Total                DMS-500 Initial System ([***])
                                            Pricing

                  [***] - [***]             [***] Dollars
                                            ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]             [*** ] Dollars
                                            ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]             [***] Dollars
                                            ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]             [***] Dollars
                                            ($[***])
                  [***] - [***]             [***] Dollars
                                            ($[***])
                  [***] +                   [***]

                  In addition to the above pricing, a [***] price of [***]
                  Dollars ($[***]) will be added for the [***] Based Software
                  included in the DMS-500 Initial System.

                  Buyer may purchase an Initial System as defined in 2.1 And 2.2
                  above under [***] pricing in lieu of [***] starting [***]. If
                  [***] is not yet generally available, the switch would be
                  installed with [***] but would later be upgraded to [***]
                  [***] upon General Availability of [***].

                  Nortel Networks reserves the right to review and make price
                  reductions to the pricing in 2.2.2 Above once [***] becomes
                  Generally Available.

3.0      DMS-500 SATELLITE REMOTE SN SYSTEM ([***] PORT MODEL)

         3.1      DMS-500 SATELLITE REMOTE SN INCLUDES:

                  A DMS-500 Satellite Remote System ([***] Port Model) shall
                  consists of the following configuration of major Equipment and
                  Software:

                  a)       [***]:
                           o        [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 5 of 6

                           o        [***]
                           o        [***]
                           o        [***]
                           o        [***]
                           ->            [***]

                           ->            [***]

                 *[***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]

                           o        [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part I
                                                                     Page 6 of 6

                  b)       [***]:

                           o        [***]
                           ->            [***]
                           ->            [***]

                           [***]

                           o        [***]
                           ->            [***]

                           [***]

                  c)       [***]

                  d)       [***]

                  e)       [***]

                  f)       [***]

         3.2      DMS-500 SATELLITE REMOTE SN ([***] PORT MODEL) PRICING

                  The price for the DMS-500 Satellite Remote ([***] Port Model)
                  is [*** ]Dollars ($[***]).

                  In addition to the above pricing, a [***] price of [***]
                  Dollars ($[***]) will be added for the [***] Software included
                  in the DMS-500 Initial System.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>
                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part II
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                                   SCHEDULE A
                           PART II. HARDWARE PROGRAMS

1.0      DMS-500 UPGRADES

         1.1      DMS-500 [***] TO [***] UPGRADE

                  1.1.1    [***] ARCHITECTURE

                  The [***] architecture shall be based on having the following
                  list of equipment:

                  [***]

                  Further detail available as [***] gets closer to General
                  Availability.

                  1.1.2    [***] TO [***] UPGRADE PRICING

                  Upon the General Availability of the [***] architecture for
                  the DMS-500 platform, Buyer may purchase the [***] to [***]
                  Upgrade for an incremental price of [***] Dollars ($[***]).
                  Nortel Networks shall assume rights to all replaced hardware.

                  Nortel Networks reserves the right to review and make price
                  reductions to the pricing in 1.1.2 above once [***] becomes
                  Generally Available.

2.0      [***] UPGRADE

         The [***] processor shall replace the [***] and [***] processor within
         a [***] module. Buyer shall have the option to buy the upgrade on a per
         [***] module basis or on a Network Commitment basis as defined below.
         Nortel Networks assumes title of all replaced equipment.

         The [***] processor shall be included with all [***] port purchases
         when the [***] becomes Generally Available. The [***] shall replace the
         [***] and [***] cards for all [***] ports purchased starting [***] when
         the [***] becomes Generally Available. Nortel Networks assumes title of
         all replaced equipment.

         2.1      [***] PRICING

                  The standard price for upgrading to the [***] processor shall
                  be [***] Dollars ($[***]) per [***]/[***] module excluding
                  Engineering and Installation costs, which will be quoted per
                  job. A module is defined as one-half of a [***] frame. Upon
                  execution of this Agreement for the commitment

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part II
                                                                     Page 2 of 3

                  level specified, the [***] upgrade pricing shall be reduced
                  and priced as indicated in sections 2.1.1 and 2.1.2 below.

                  2.1.1    PER MODULE
                           The price for upgrading to the [***] processor shall
                           be [***] Dollars ($[***]) per [***] or [***] module
                           excluding Engineering and Installation costs, which
                           will be quoted per job.

                  2.1.2    NETWORK COMMITMENT FOR [***]
                           For the purposes of this Agreement, a Network
                           Commitment for [***] shall be defined as a commitment
                           by Buyer to upgrade all existing [***] modules with
                           the [***] processor by [***]. The price for upgrading
                           to the [***] processor shall be [***] Dollars
                           ($[***]) per [***] or [***] module with the Network
                           Commitment excluding Engineering and Installation
                           costs, which will be quoted per job.

3.0      [***] REPLACEMENT OF [***]

         3.1      [***] REPLACEMENT OF [***] PRICING
                  [***] ports may be purchased at [***] dollars ($[***]) per
                  [***] port when replacing [***] ports. Nortel Networks assumes
                  title of all replaced [***] ports and associated hardware.
                  [***] ports must be purchased in increments of [***]. The
                  total number of [***] ports purchased in excess of [***] ports
                  replaced will be priced at the [***] extension level pricing
                  as set forth in Schedule A, Part III, Section 1.1. [***]
                  functionality has additional costs as set forth in Schedule A,
                  Part III, Section 1.1.

4.0      SUPERNODE DATA MANAGER (SDM)

         The SuperNode Data Manager (SDM) may purchased in addition to any
         Initial or Existing DMS-500 System and shall consist of the following
         major Hardware and Software:

         4.1      SDM HARDWARE

                  THE FOLLOWING MAJOR HARDWARE SHALL BE PROVIDED WITH EACH SDM
                  PURCHASED:

                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part II
                                                                     Page 3 of 3

                  o        [***]
                  o        [***]

         4.2      SDM SOFTWARE

                  4.2.1    STANDARD SDM SOFTWARE

                  The following software packages/functionality shall be
                  included with each SDM purchased by Buyer. The most recent SDM
                  generally available base software at the time of SDM
                  installation may be provided. The following software is based
                  on the [***] load.

                  Order Code     Description

                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]
                      [***]         [***]

                  4.2.1 OPTIONAL SMD SOFTWARE

                  The following optional SDM Software packages are available for
                  each SDM purchased by Buyer.

                  Order Code        Description                List Price

                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]

                  There is [***] to upgrade from [***] to [***] or from [***] to
                  [***].

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 1 of 7

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                                   SCHEDULE A
                     PART III. DMS-500 EXTENSIONS & ADD-ONS

1.0      ADD-ON PORTS

         As used in this Schedule A, an "Add-On Port" shall mean the addition to
         the Initial System of the following:

         a)       [***]

         b)       [***]

         c)       [***]

         d)       [***]

         e)       [***]

         1.1      ADD-ON PORT PRICING

                  In the event Buyer desires to order Add-On Ports for any
                  Initial Systems purchased hereunder, either before or at the
                  time of the placement of Buyer's Initial Order, such Add-On
                  Ports shall be purchased by Buyer in a minimum total of
                  [***]([***]) Add-On Ports per Initial System. The Add-on Port
                  Price includes engineering, installation and/or testing
                  associated with such Add-On Ports. The Add-On ports must be
                  purchased in increments as indicated below and may be combined
                  to meet the minimum total. [***] type ports must be purchased
                  in increments of [***] ports. [***] ports must be purchased in
                  an amount equal to no less than [***] ports per frame. [***]
                  ports must be purchased in increments of [***] ports.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Type    Minimum        $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            Plug-In
             Increment      Commitment        Commitment       Commitment        Commitment       Commitment        Port
             (ports)        Wired &           Wired &          Wired &           Wired &          Wired &           (per
                            Equipped (per     Equipped (per    Equipped (per     Equipped (per    Equipped (per     port)
                            port)             port)            port)             port)            port)
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]          $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]          $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]          $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]          $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]           $[***]          $[***]
----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 2 of 7

                  All [***] will be equipped with [***] ([***]) for
                  re-origination and [***]([***]). [***] will be equipped with
                  [***]([***]) to provide for tone detection and re-origination
                  capability.

                  Any [***] required for use as external routers in conjunction
                  with [***] ports will be provided [***].

                  For PRI functionality to be added to an [***], additional
                  charges apply on a per [***] Module Basis. An [***] module is
                  defined as [***] ports.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Product            $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
                           Commitment         Commitment         Commitment         Commitment        Commitment
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         The [***] used is the [***]. The price is consistent between the [***]
         and [***].

2.0      EXTENSION PORTS

         2.1      As used in this Schedule A, an "Extension Port" shall mean the
                  post Initial Order and in addition to the Initial System
                  consisting of the following:

                  a)       [***]

                  b)       [***]

                  c)       [***]

                  d)       [***]

         In the event that Buyer purchases Extension Ports after Nortel
         Networks' receipt of Buyer's Initial Order for an Initial System, such
         Extension Ports shall be purchased in the minimum increments as
         indicated below. The Extension Port Prices include engineering,
         installation and/or testing. [***] type ports must be purchased in
         increments of [***] ports.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 3 of 7

         [***] ports must be purchased in an amount equal to no less than [***]
         ports per frame. [***] ports must be purchased in increments of [***]
         ports.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Port Type    Minimum        $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            Plug-In
             Increment      Commitment        Commitment       Commitment        Commitment        Commitment        Port
             (ports)        Wired &           Wired &          Wired &           Wired &           Wired &           (per
                            Equipped (per     Equipped (per    Equipped (per     Equipped (per     Equipped (per     port)
                            port)             port)            port)             port)             port)
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<S>          <C>            <C>               <C>              <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
[***]        [***]          $[***]            $[***]           $[***]            $[***]            $[***]            $[***]
-----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         All [***] will be equipped with [***]([***]) for re-origination and
         [***]([***]). [***] will be equipped with [***]([***]) to provide for
         tone detection and re-origination capability.

         Any [***] required for use as external routers in conjunction with
         [***] ports will be provided [***].

         For PRI functionality to be added to an [***], additional charges apply
         on a per [***] Module Basis. An [***] module is defined as [***] ports.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Product            $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
                           Commitment         Commitment         Commitment         Commitment         Commitment
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        <S>                <C>                <C>                <C>                <C>               <C>
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        [***]              $[***]             $[***]             $[***]             $[***]            $[***]
        ----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>

         The [***] used is the [***]. The price is consistent between the [***]
         and [***].

3.0      LINK PERIPHERAL PROCESSOR (LPP)

         3.1      LINK PERIPHERAL PROCESSOR EXTENSIONS

                  Link Peripheral Processor Extensions shall include the
                  following and shall be priced as set forth below. Nortel
                  Networks shall provide Channel Banks, if required:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 4 of 7

                  a)       [***]
                  b)       [***]
                  c)       [***]
                  d)       [***]

         3.2      LINK PERIPHERAL PROCESSOR EXTENSION PRICES

                  The price for a Link Peripheral Processor Extension installed
                  into an existing Initial System wired for [***]([***]) links
                  and equipped with [***] ([***]) links is [***] Dollars
                  ($[***]).

                  3.2.1    LINK INTERFACE UNIT (LIU) CARD EXTENSIONS TO EQUIP
                           WIRED LPP

                  The price per additional LIU7 for an existing LPP, excluding
                  installation, is [***] Dollars ($[***]).

                  3.2.2    ETHERNET INTERFACE UNIT (EIU) CARD EXTENSIONS TO
                           EQUIP WIRED LPP

                  The price per additional EIU for an existing LPP, excluding
                  installation, is [***] Dollars ($[***]).

4.0      FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED LINE ADD-ONS

         4.1      POTS LINE ADD-ONS FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED

                  "POTS" shall mean "Plain Old Telephone Service"; and "MBS"
                  shall mean "Meridian Business Set" or "P-Phone".

                  All prices for POTS Line Extensions are sold in minimum
                  increments of [***] ([***]) lines, are configured for POTS,
                  MDC, or MBS at Buyer's request and include the following:

                  a)       LGC and LCM hardware, POTS and/or MBS Line Cards, and
                           XPM+;
                  b)       CMR and UTRs;
                  c)       Any required ENET expansion (with the exception of
                           going from a single to dual ENET bay configuration),
                           MS, or processor memory expansions for the [***]
                           processor;
                  d)       Any required Service/Test Circuits;
                  e)       Any required Power Distribution Center (PDC)
                           Equipment; and
                  f)       Spare circuit packs, if required, based on Nortel
                           Networks' standard engineering sparing guidelines.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 5 of 7

         4.2      POTS/ MBS LINE ADD-ON PRICES

                  POTS /MBS lines have a one (1) time start-up price of [***]
                  Dollars ($[***]) for Host Lines to cover Host interface
                  equipment (i.e. LGC, LCM).

                  POTS/MBS lines must be purchased in minimum increments of
                  [***] ([***]) lines.

                           POTS LINES            MBS LINES
                           $[***] per line       $[***] per line

                  If MDC and MBS Software have not been licensed, Buyer shall
                  pay additional Software licensing fees listed in Schedule A,
                  Part V, Section 1.0.

         4.3      BRI LINE ADD-ONS FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED

                  "BRI" shall mean "Basic Rate Interface" or "ISDN". All prices
                  for BRI Line Add-Ons are sold in minimum increments of [***]
                  ([***]) lines, are configured for ISDN at Buyer's request and
                  include the following:

                  a)       LGCI and LCME hardware, BRI Line Cards, and XPM+;

                  b)       CMR;

                  c)       Any required ENET expansion ENET (with the exception
                           of going from a single to dual ENET bay
                           configuration), MS, or processor memory expansions
                           for the [***] processor;

                  d)       Any required Service/Test Circuits;

                  e)       Any required Power Distribution Center (PDC)
                           Equipment; and

                  f)       Spare circuit packs, if required, based on Nortel
                           Networks' standard engineering sparing guidelines.

         4.4      BRI LINE ADD-ON PRICES

                  BRI lines have a one (1) time start-up price of [***] Dollars
                  ($[***]) for Host Lines to cover Host interface equipment
                  (i.e. LGCI, LCM).

                  The price for each Host BRI line is [***] Dollars ($[***]) per
                  line. If BRI Software has not been licensed, then Buyer shall
                  pay additional Software licensing fees as listed in Schedule
                  A, Part V, Section 1.0.

5.0      FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED LINE EXTENSION

         5.1      POTS LINE EXTENSION FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED

                  "POTS" shall mean "Plain Old Telephone Service"; "MDC" shall
                  mean "Meridian Digital Centrex"; and "MBS" shall mean Meridian
                  Business Set" or "P-Phone".

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 6 of 7

                  All prices for POTS Line Extensions are sold in minimum
                  increments of [***] ([***]) lines, are configured for POTS,
                  MDC, or MBS at Buyer's request and include the following:

                  a)       LGC and LCM hardware, POTS and/or MBS Line Cards, and
                           XPM+,

                  b)       CMR and UTRs,

                  c)       Any required ENET expansion ENET (with the exception
                           of going from a single to dual ENET bay
                           configuration), MS, or processor memory expansions
                           for the [***] processor,

                  d)       Any required Service/Test Circuits;

                  e)       Any required Power Distribution Center (PDC)
                           Equipment, and

                  f)       Spare circuit packs, if required, based on Nortel
                           Networks' standard engineering sparing guidelines.

         5.2      POTS/ MBS LINE EXTENSION PRICES

                  POTS /MBS lines have a one (1) time start-up price of [***]
                  Dollars ($[***]) for Host Lines to cover Host interface
                  equipment (i.e. LGC, LCM). POTS/MBS lines must be purchased in
                  minimum increments of [***] ([***]) lines.

                           POTS LINES            MBS LINES
                           $[***]                $[***]

                  If MDC and MBS Software have not been licensed, then Buyer
                  shall pay additional Software licensing fees listed in
                  Schedule A, Part V, Section 1.0.

         5.3      BRI LINE EXTENSION FULLY WIRED AND FULLY EQUIPPED

                  "BRI" shall mean "Basic Rate Interface" or "ISDN". All prices
                  for BRI Line Extensions are sold in minimum increments of
                  [***] ([***]) lines, are configured for ISDN at Buyer's
                  request and include the following:

                  a)       LGCI and LCME hardware, BRI Line Cards, and XPM+,

                  b)       CMR,

                  c)       Any required ENET expansion ENET (with the exception
                           of going from a single to dual ENET bay
                           configuration), MS, or processor memory expansions
                           for the [***] processor,

                  d)       Any required Service/Test Circuits,

                  e)       Any required Power Distribution Center (PDC)
                           Equipment, and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                            Schedule A, Part III
                                                                     Page 7 of 7

                  f)       Spare circuit packs, if required, based on Nortel
                           Networks' standard engineering sparing guidelines.

         5.4      BRI LINE EXTENSION PRICES

                  BRI lines have a one (1) time start-up price of [***] Dollars
                  ($[***]) for Host Lines to cover Host interface equipment
                  (i.e. LGCI, LCM).

                  The price for the Host BRI lines is [***] Dollars ($[***]) per
                  line. If BRI Software has not been licensed, then Buyer shall
                  pay additional Software licensing fees as listed in Schedule
                  A, Part V, Section 1.0.

6.0      RSCS PRICING

         In the event Buyer desires to order a Single RSCS or Dual RSCS remote,
         the pricing shall be as follows:

                           SINGLE RSCS           DUAL RSCS
                           $[***]                $[***]

         Note: The prices above are the prices for the RSCS Equipment and
         contain no line pricing.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part IV
                                                                    Page 1 of 10

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                                   SCHEDULE A
                       PART IV. DMS-500 STANDARD SOFTWARE

1.0      DMS-500 STANDARD SOFTWARE FEATURES

         1.1      Nortel Networks may deliver Software ordered hereunder in a
                  single Software load, which may include Software, which Buyer
                  has not yet licensed ("Non-Licensed Software"). Except as set
                  forth in Section 1.2 below, Buyer shall not be entitled to use
                  such Non-Licensed Software, until such time as the applicable
                  right to use fees are paid by Buyer pursuant to Section 1.5.

         1.2      For the purpose of gathering market trial information and
                  prior to payment of any applicable right-to-use fees, certain
                  Non-Licensed Software may be placed in service by Buyer on a
                  limited, non-revenue generating, trial basis only ("Feature
                  Trial"). Buyer may request the right to evaluate such
                  Non-Licensed Software for a maximum period of [***] ([***])
                  [***] commencing as of the date of Nortel's written consent to
                  such Feature Trial. Nortel Networks shall respond to Buyer's
                  request as described above in writing. Within ten (10)
                  business days following expiration of the agreed to Feature
                  Trial period, Buyer shall notify Nortel Networks in writing of
                  its plans for activation or deactivation of such Non-Licensed
                  Software, and the corresponding number of units activated, if
                  applicable.

         1.3      Upon Buyer's placement of any Non-Licensed Software
                  in-service, Buyer shall pay the applicable right-to-use fees
                  for such Non-Licensed Software pursuant to this Agreement,
                  except as described in Section 1.2. Buyer shall also have the
                  option to pay the applicable right-to-use fees for any
                  Non-Licensed Software upon installation of a Software load
                  containing such Non-Licensed Software. For any Non-Licensed
                  Software that is installed and added pursuant to a product
                  computing module load ("PCL") and or non-computing module load
                  ("NCL"), if any, the right-to-use fees shall be the list price
                  for such feature in effect as of the date of activation.

         1.4      To ensure Buyer's proper activation and/or usage of the
                  appropriate Software, Buyer shall properly notify Nortel
                  Networks at the address specified in Section 9 of this Product
                  Attachment to the attention of Director, Sales Engineering,
                  prior to the activation and/or usage by Buyer of any Software.
                  Buyer shall identify all Software being activated and/or used
                  (including the number of units activated, if applicable) in
                  each Initial System.

         1.5      Nortel Networks shall promptly review notification from Buyer
                  provided pursuant to Section 1.4 above and identify any
                  applicable prerequisite Equipment or Software required by
                  Buyer prior to activation and/or usage of the applicable
                  Software. Nortel Networks shall respond to Buyer's written
                  notice by means of a price quotation. Such price quotation
                  shall include Nortel Networks' consent to activate and/or use
                  such Software or notification that such Software requires
                  engineering to determine whether the current switch
                  configuration will require additional Equipment prior to
                  activation and/or usage. Upon Buyer's written acceptance of
                  Nortel Networks' price quotation, Nortel shall grant its
                  consent to Buyer to activate and/or use such Software prior to
                  payment of

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part IV
                                                                    Page 2 of 10

                  the applicable right-to-use fees. However, under no
                  circumstances shall such Software be activated and/or used by
                  Buyer prior to Buyer's acceptance of Nortel Networks' price
                  quotation. Nortel Networks shall invoice Buyer for all
                  applicable right to use fees and associated feature activation
                  engineering charges. One hundred percent (100%) of such
                  invoiced right to use fees and engineering charges shall be
                  due and payable within thirty (30) days of the date of Nortel
                  Networks' invoice therefor.

         1.6      Notwithstanding the foregoing, Buyer shall not be required to
                  pay additional right to use fees associated with the Software
                  licensed prior to the initial date of this Product Attachment.

         1.7      Nortel reserves the right, every six (6) months to submit a
                  written report for each site containing a Software load. The
                  written report shall identify all Software activated and/or
                  used (including the number of incremental units activated, if
                  applicable) by Buyer during the applicable reporting period.
                  Buyer shall audit the report against Purchase Order(s) which
                  have been submitted by Buyer and accepted by Nortel during the
                  applicable period to determine the existence of any
                  discrepancies. Buyer shall submit such audited written report
                  to Nortel at the address specified in Section 9 of this
                  Product Attachment to the attention of Director, Sales
                  Engineering, within thirty (30) days from receipt of such
                  request.

         1.8      Nortel also reserves the right to access by remote polling or
                  to conduct an on-site inspection of any site in which a
                  Software load is installed and/or to perform an on-site review
                  of Buyer's books and records related to such site solely for
                  the purpose of verifying activation and/or usage of Software
                  with 5 Business Days prior written notice to Buyer.

         1.9      Nortel shall issue invoices, for any applicable prices,
                  charges or fees, in addition to those amounts previously
                  invoiced, as a result of Buyer's activation and/or usage of
                  any Software that does not appear on Nortel's written report
                  or that appear as a result of Nortel Networks remote polling
                  of an Initial Systems.

         1.10     Upon payment of the applicable right to use fees for Software
                  activated and/or used by Buyer, Buyer shall receive a
                  non-exclusive paid-up license to use such Software in
                  accordance with the provisions of this Agreement. Nortel may
                  immediately terminate the applicable license granted hereunder
                  for Buyer's failure to pay the applicable right to use fees
                  for such Software, which has been activated and/or used.

         1.11     The obligations of Buyer under this Section 1 shall without
                  limitation survive the termination of this Agreement and shall
                  continue if the Software is removed from service. Buyer agrees
                  to indemnify Nortel Networks or Third Party Software Vendors
                  as appropriate for any loss or damage resulting from a breach
                  of this Section 1 by Buyer.

2.0      [***] BASED SOFTWARE INCLUDED IN THE DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM

         The following represents the [***] Based Software packages that are
         included either in whole or in limited Right To Use (RTU) in the price
         of the DMS-500 Initial System (Core Model), as defined in Schedule A,
         Part I, Section

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part IV
                                                                    Page 3 of 10

         2.0 of this Product Attachment. The following is a list of Software
         only and does not include any and/or all of the required Equipment to
         provide feature functionality.

         2.1      DMS-500 [***] BASED INCLUDED SOFTWARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Feature/package       Description            Price        Note         Extended Price        Right
---------------       -----------            -----        ----         --------------        To Use
                                                                                             ------

<S>     <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>    <C>
[***]                     [***]              [***]        [***]             [***]             [***]
</TABLE>

***Information in this Schedule A, Part IV (pages 3-9) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part IV
                                                                    Page 9 of 10

         2.2      DMS-500 [***] BASED INCLUDED PACKAGE SOFTWARE      RTU

                  2.2.1    BRI LINE PACKAGE (SOFTWARE ONLY)          [***] LINES

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part IV
                                                                   Page 10 of 10

                  Basic Rate ISDN Software includes the following Software
                  packages.

                  o        NI000007 "ISDN Base"
                  o        NI000008 "Basic Rate Interface"
                  o        NI000010 "NI-1 Packet Services"

                  2.2.2    CENTREX LINE PACKAGE (SOFTWARE ONLY)      [***] LINES

                  Meridian Digital Centrex (MDC) Software includes the
                  following: Software packages.

                  o   MDC00001      "MDC Minimum"

                  2.2.3    CLASS LINE PACKAGE (SOFTWARE ONLY)        [***] LINES

                           Class Software includes the following Software
                           packages.

                  o        RES00003 "Display Functionality and Privacy"
                  o        RES00005 "Non-Display Services"
                  o        RES00032 "Selective Call Forwarding"
                  o        RES00033 "Selective Call Rejection"
                  o        RES00034 "Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting"
                  o        RES00035 "Selective Call Acceptance"
                  o        RES00023 "RES Calling Name Display "

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part V
                                                                    Page 1 of 21

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                               SCHEDULE A PART V.
                            DMS-500 OPTIONAL SOFTWARE
                                (DMS-500 SYSTEM)

1.0      DMS-500 OPTIONAL SOFTWARE

1.1      [***] BASED OPTIONAL SOFTWARE TO THE DMS-500 INITIAL SYSTEM

         The following represents the [***] Optional Software packages that are
         NOT included in the price of the DMS-500 Initial System (Core Model),
         as defined in Schedule A, Part I, Section 2.0 of this Product
         Attachment. The following Software represents those feature packages
         that may be ordered by Buyer at an additional price for a DMS-500
         Initial System and does not include any and/or all required Equipment
         to provide feature functionality. PRI feature packages purchased will
         not incur any per link charges.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Feature/ Package      Description          Price           Note          Extended Price        Right
----------------      -----------          -----           ----          --------------        To Use
                                                                                               ------

<S>                       <C>              <C>             <C>               <C>                <C>
[***]                     [***]            [***]           [***]             [***]              [***]
</TABLE>

***Information in this Schedule A, Part V (pages 1-18) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part V
                                                                   Page 18 of 21

2.0      PACKAGED LINE CARD OPTIONAL SOFTWARE FOR ADD-ONS

         The following Software represents various Optional Line Software
         Packages that are not included in the price of the DMS-500 Initial, as
         defined in Schedule A, Part I of this

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part V
                                                                   Page 19 of 21

         Product Attachment but which may be purchased by Buyer on a per line
         basis. The Software Packages may be ordered by Buyer at an additional
         price and do not include any and/or all required Equipment to provide
         feature functionality. Prices shown below are [***].

         2.1      "ADD-ON" BRI LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

         Basic Rate ISDN Software, which includes the following Software
         packages, will be priced at [***] dollars ($[***]) per line.

                  o        NI000007 "ISDN Base"
                  o        NI000008 "Basic Rate Interface"
                  o        NI000010 "NI-1 Packet Services"

         2.2      "ADD-ON" CENTREX LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

         Meridian Digital Centrex (MDC) Software, which includes the following
         Software packages, only, will be priced at [***] Dollars ($[***]) per
         line.

                  o        MDC00001 "MDC Minimum"

         2.3      "ADD-ON" CLASS LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

         Class Software, which includes the following Software packages, will be
         priced at [***] Dollars ($[***]) per line.

                  o        RES00003 "Display Functionality and Privacy"
                  o        RES00005 "Non-Display Services" o RES00032 "Selective
                           Call Forwarding"
                  o        RES00033 "Selective Call Rejection"
                  o        RES00034 "Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting"
                  o        RES00035 "Selective Call Acceptance"
                  o        RES00023 "RES Calling Name Display "

3.0      PACKAGED LINE CARD OPTIONAL SOFTWARE FOR EXTENSIONS

         The following Software represents various Optional Line Software
         Packages that are NOT included in the price of the DMS-500 Initial, as
         defined in Schedule A, Part I of this Product Attachment but which may
         be purchased by Buyer on a per line basis. The Software Packages may be
         ordered by Buyer at an additional price and do not include any and/or
         all required Equipment to provide feature functionality. Prices shown
         below are [***].

         3.1      BRI LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

                  Basic Rate ISDN Software, which includes the following
                  Software packages, will be priced at [***] Dollars ($[***])
                  per line.

                  o        NI000007 "ISDN Base"
                  o        NI000008 "Basic Rate Interface"
                  o        NI000010 "NI-1 Packet Services"

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part V
                                                                   Page 20 of 21

         3.2      CENTREX LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

                  Meridian Digital Centrex (MDC) Software, which includes the
                  following Software packages, only, will be priced at [***]
                  dollars ($[***]) per line.

                  o        MDC00001 "MDC Minimum"

         3.3      CLASS LINE EXTENSION (SOFTWARE ONLY)

                  Class Software, which includes the following Software
                  packages, will be priced at [***] Dollars ($[***]) per line.

                  o        RES00003 "Display Functionality and Privacy"
                  o        RES00005 "Non-Display Services"
                  o        RES00032 "Selective Call Forwarding"
                  o        RES00033 "Selective Call Rejection"
                  o        RES00034 "Distinctive Ringing/Call Waiting"
                  o        RES00035 "Selective Call Acceptance"
                  o        RES00023 "RES Calling Name Display"

4.0      PACKAGED CAIN SOFTWARE

         The following Software represents a grouping of Carrier AIN (CAIN)
         Software Packages that are NOT included in the price of the DMS-500
         Initial, as defined in Schedule A, Part I of this Product Attachment
         but which may be purchased by Buyer. The Software Packages may be
         ordered by Buyer at an additional price and do not include any and/or
         all required Equipment to provide feature functionality. This pricing
         and grouping of these software packages is premised on an Initial
         Purchase Order of [***] Dollars ($[***]) representing [***] (***) of
         these packaged software groupings as well as a Purchase Order for
         ServiceBuilder from Buyer to Nortel. [***], [***] and [***] are
         provided in this package contingent upon Buyer working with Nortel to
         VO the ServiceBuilder CAR05 software load as well as the [***] software
         feature currently scheduled for ServiceBuilder support on the
         ServiceBuilder NAM06 software load. After mutually agreed to acceptance
         between Buyer and Nortel of the [***] software feature, Nortel will
         deactivate and remove the Right To Use (RTU) for [***], [***] and
         [***].

         4.1      CAIN SOFTWARE LIST AND PRICING

                  The following software packages are included and the total net
                  price shall be [***] dollars ($[***]). These packages have no
                  further discounting.

                                     FEATURE
                  PACKAGE           DESCRIPTION                LIST PRICE
                  -------           -----------                ----------

                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule A, Part V
                                                                   Page 21 of 21

                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]

                  The following packages will also be included with the above
                  list whenever a DMS-500 is upgraded to the [***] load or
                  higher or is installed Initially with a [***] load or higher.

                                     FEATURE
                  PACKAGE           DESCRIPTION                LIST PRICE
                  -------           -----------                ----------

                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]
                  [***]             [***]                      $[***]

5.0      SOFTWARE UPGRADES

         The following Software upgrades may be purchased at the prices below.
         These prices reflect software only and do not include any hardware
         required or otherwise. All prices are [***]. Software upgrades may only
         be performed after Nortel Networks has declared the specific load
         "Generally Available" or if Nortel Networks and Buyer have agreed to
         "VO" the load.

                  UPGRADE FROM      UPGRADE TO                 PRICE

         DMS-500
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]*
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]*
                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]*

         *Note: prices include charge for One Night Process ("ONP")

         DMS-250 (for the [***] switch)

                  [***]             [***]                      $ [***]

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                             Schedule A, Part VI
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS
                              SCHEDULE A, PART VI
                     RECOMMENDED INITIAL DMS-500 SPARES LIST
                         Includes [***] Hardware Spares
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
   Quantity       Pec Code        CPC Code                       Description

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

***Information in this Schedule A, Part VI (pages 1-3) has been omitted pursuant
to a request for confidential treatment. The omitted portions have been filed
separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.***
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule B
                                                                     Page 1 of 2

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS

                                   SCHEDULE B

                              SERVICES AND CHARGES

ENGINEERING

1.       Nortel Networks shall engineer each System furnished hereunder in
         accordance with Nortel Networks' engineering practices applicable to
         such Initial System at the time such engineering is performed.

2.       Nortel Networks' charges for engineering each Initial System are
         included in the prices and fees for the Initial System set forth in
         Schedule A.

3.       The provision of any other engineering by Nortel Networks and the
         charges associated therewith shall be as subsequently agreed in writing
         by Nortel Networks and Buyer.

INSTALLATION

1.       Nortel Networks shall install each Initial System furnished hereunder
         at the applicable Installation Site in accordance with Nortel Networks'
         installation practices applicable to such Initial System at the time
         such installation is performed.

2.       Nortel Networks' charges for performance of such installation are
         included in the prices and fees for the Initial System set forth in
         Schedule A.

3.       The provision of any other installation by Nortel Networks and the
         charges associated therewith shall be as subsequently agreed in writing
         by Nortel Networks and Buyer.

CUTOVER SUPPORT

1.       Nortel Networks shall provide to Buyer, at the applicable Installation
         Site, a Cutover Specialist whom shall provide a maximum of [***]
         ([***]) hours of cutover support and hands-on DMS-switch support in
         accordance with Nortel Networks' cutover practices applicable to such
         Initial System at the time such cutover support is performed.

2.       The cutover support shall include, but not be limited to, hands-on
         operation of the DMS Initial System and an explanation by the Cutover
         Specialist to Buyer's operations staff of the DMS Initial System setup.

3.       Nortel Networks' charges for the cutover support provided for each
         Initial System are included in the prices and fees for the Initial
         System set forth in Schedule A.

4.       The provision of any other cutover support by Nortel Networks and the
         charges associated therewith shall be as subsequently agreed in writing
         by Nortel Networks and Buyer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule B
                                                                     Page 2 of 2

ADDITIONAL SERVICES

1.       All other services to be furnished hereunder shall be subject to
         written agreement of the parties which shall set forth the terms and
         conditions applicable to the provision of such services and a
         description of such services and the charges for such services.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule C
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS

                                   SCHEDULE C

                              TARGET DELIVERY DATES

PRODUCT                             FORECASTED                NOTES
-------                             ----------                -----

Initial DMS-500                     9-10 Weeks

Large Extensions                    9-10 Weeks                15 Frames or More

Extensions                          8-9 Weeks                 15 Frames or Less

Packfill Only                       6-7 Weeks

Notes:
1.       All After Receipt of Order ("ARO") intervals are based on standard type
         Product.

2.       Actual intervals may vary depending upon the number of lines, trunks,
         and other Hardware included with the switching system.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule D
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                               SWITCHING PRODUCTS

                                   SCHEDULE D

                                  DOCUMENTATION

Certain documentation with respect to the Products may be made available to
Buyer on CD-ROM and in paper format pursuant to the terms and conditions set
forth below.

In addition, Nortel Networks may furnish to Buyer such other documentation with
respect to the Products as Nortel Networks deems appropriate.

HELMSMAN TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.       DEFINITIONS

"CD-ROM" shall mean a compact disk with read-only memory.

"CD-ROM Software" shall mean the computer programs, which provide basic logic,
operating instructions or user-related application instructions with respect to
the retrieval of CD-ROM Documentation, along with the documentation used to
describe, maintain and use such computer programs.

"CD-ROM Documentation" shall mean the documentation that Nortel Networks makes
available to its customers on CD-ROM with respect to DMS-500 Systems.

"Paper Documentation" shall mean the CD-ROM Documentation in paper format.

2.       SCOPE

With the delivery of each Initial System ordered by Buyer, Nortel Networks shall
deliver a CD-ROM on which the appropriate CD-ROM Documentation is contained and
a user manual which shall set forth the procedures by which Buyer may use the
CD-ROM Software to access to the CD-ROM Documentation.

Buyer shall be solely responsible for obtaining, at its cost and expense, any
computer or other equipment and software required to use the CD-ROM, CD-ROM
Software and/or CD-ROM Documentation.

Buyer may order additional CD-ROMs from Nortel Networks at Nortel Networks' then
current fees therefor, and any such additional CD-ROMs shall be subject to these
terms and conditions.

In the event that the Buyer orders the Paper Documentation, Buyer shall pay the
purchase price of [***] Dollars ($[***]) per each set, which is due and payable
thirty (30) days from the date of delivery.

3.       LICENSE

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule D
                                                                     Page 2 of 3

Upon delivery of the CD-ROM and/or the Paper Documentation, Nortel Networks
shall grant to Buyer a non-exclusive, non-transferable and non-assignable
license, subject to these terms and conditions:

(a)      to use CD-ROM Software solely to access to the CD-ROM Documentation;
         and

(b)      to use the CD-ROM Documentation and/or Paper Documentation solely to
         operate and maintain the Initial System with which it was delivered.

Buyer acknowledges that, as between Nortel Networks and Buyer, Nortel Networks
retains title to and all other rights and interest in the CD-ROM Software,
CD-ROM Documentation and Paper Documentation. Buyer shall not modify, translate
or copy the CD-ROM Software, CD-ROM Documentation or Paper Documentation without
Nortel Networks' prior written consent. Buyer shall hold secret and not disclose
to any person, except Buyer's employees with a need to know, any of the CD-ROM
Software, CD-ROM Documentation or Paper Documentation.

Buyer shall not sell, license, reproduce or otherwise convey or directly or
indirectly allow access to the CD-ROM Software, CD-ROM Documentation or Paper
Documentation to any other person, firm, corporation or other entity.

Except to the extent expressly set forth in this Schedule D, Nortel Networks
shall have no obligations of any nature whatsoever with respect to the CD-ROM
Software, the CD-ROM Documentation or the Paper Documentation.

4.       DISCLAIMER OF WARRANTY AND LIABILITY

NORTEL NETWORKS MAKES NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER
WITH RESPECT TO THE CD-ROM, CD-ROM SOFTWARE, CD-ROM DOCUMENTATION, PAPER
DOCUMENTATION OR ANY INFORMATION CONTAINED ON ANY OF THE FOREGOING OR ANY
RESULTS OR CONCLUSIONS REACHED BY BUYER AS A RESULT OF ACCESS TO OR USE THEREOF
WITH RESPECT TO THE CD-ROM and paper documentation, WHETHER STATUTORY, EXPRESS
OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT. NORTEL NETWORKS SHALL
NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR CONSEQUENTIAL
DAMAGES OF ANY NATURE WHATSOEVER WHICH MAY ARISE OUT OF THE USE OF OR INABILITY
TO USE OR ACCESS THE CD-ROM, THE CD-ROM SOFTWARE, THE CD-ROM DOCUMENTATION THE
PAPER DOCUMENTATION, AND FURTHER INCLUDING LOSS OF USE, REVENUE, PROFITS OR
ANTICIPATED SAVINGS REGARDLESS OF HOW SUCH DAMAGES MAY HAVE BEEN CAUSED.

5.       GENERAL

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule D
                                                                     Page 3 of 3

Nothing contained in this Schedule D shall limit, in any manner, Nortel
Networks' right to change the CD-ROM Software CD-ROM Documentation, the Paper
Documentation or the design or characteristics of Nortel Networks' Products at
any time without notice and without liability.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Page 1 of 9

                                   SCHEDULE E
                         DIRECTORY AND OPERATOR SERVICES
                        NAV MAINTENANCE SERVICE AGREEMENT

1.0      DEFINITIONS

As used in this Maintenance Service Agreement, all capitalized terms shall have
the following meanings as specifically defined below:

"AGGREGATE MONTHLY MAINTENANCE CHARGES" or "AMMC" shall be an amount equal to
the Basic Monthly Maintenance Charge as defined below, plus any premium charges
resulting from Buyer's selection of any Optional Maintenance Services. The AMMC
shall not include Hourly Service Charges as hereinafter defined.

"BASIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES" shall mean those maintenance services described on
Appendix One, which Buyer may elect to purchase pursuant to a Contract Order.

"BASIC MONTHLY MAINTENANCE CHARGE" or "BMMC" shall be an amount equal to Nortel
Networks' recurring monthly maintenance charge for the contracted level of
service as specified in Buyer's Order for such services, on a location by
location basis. The BMMC shall not include charges for any Optional Maintenance
Services, Hourly Service Charges. The BMMC is set forth in Appendix 1 Part B
attached hereto for the Maintenance Services described herein.

"CONTRACT ORDER" shall mean the Order submitted by Buyer to Nortel Networks
specifying the level of Maintenance Service required for the applicable Sites
pursuant to this Agreement.

"DATE OF INSTALLATION" shall mean the date on which each Unit is installed and
certified by Nortel Networks as having successfully completed standard
diagnostic routines. If a Unit is not installed by Nortel Networks, the Date of
Installation shall be deemed to be the date ten (10) Business Days after
Delivery of such Unit.

"DIAGNOSTIC SOFTWARE" shall mean the Software programs, or any portions thereof,
provided by Nortel Networks under this Agreement, used for the express purpose
of installing, maintaining or testing Nortel Networks Systems. Diagnostic
Software may consist of Nortel Networks proprietary and/or Third Party Software
programs provided under license by Nortel Networks. Diagnostic Software includes
permitted reproductions made by Buyer and all updates and documentation provided
by Nortel Networks.

"EMERGENCY CONDITION" shall mean a Product Failure classified as "Critical" as
such is defined by Nortel Networks' standard fault classifications attached
hereto as Appendix Three.

"EMERGENCY SERVICE" shall mean the Remedial Maintenance required to correct
Emergency Conditions in the contracted systems.

"EQUIPMENT" shall mean the items of hardware installed at Sites, which are
maintained by Nortel Networks pursuant to the terms and conditions of this
Agreement.

"HOURLY SERVICES" shall mean any Maintenance Services performed by Nortel
Networks at Buyer's request, on an hourly or time and expense basis, which are
in addition to the

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 2 of 9

Maintenance Services provided by Nortel or which are non-Emergency Services and
performed outside the PPM.

"HOURLY SERVICE CHARGES" shall mean those charges associated with the
performance of Maintenance Services not included in the AMMC or BMMC which are
provided by Nortel Networks to Buyer on an hourly basis.

"MAINTENANCE SERVICE" shall mean the level of maintenance services, including
Basic Maintenance Services and Optional Maintenance Services, Buyer elects to be
provided by Nortel Networks pursuant to the Contract Orders or Work Orders.

"OPTIONAL MAINTENANCE SERVICE" shall mean those Maintenance Services, other than
those included in Appendix Two, for the applicable level of Maintenance Services
purchased by Buyer in the applicable Work Order.

"ORDER" shall mean, either individually or collectively, Contract Orders and
Work Orders.

"PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE" shall mean the periodic inspection, cleaning,
adjustment and, as needed, refurbishment and/or replacement of parts or
components of the Product by Nortel Networks in order to keep the Product
functioning in accordance with the applicable Specification.

"PRICE LIST" shall mean Nortel Networks' pricing for Maintenance Services as
initially set forth in Appendix 1 attached hereto and updated from time to time
as provided for herein.

"PRINCIPAL PERIOD OF MAINTENANCE" or "PPM" shall mean a contiguous nine (9) hour
period, beginning at 8:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00 p.m., local Site time, on
Business Days.

"PRODUCT" shall mean the Equipment and/or Software listed in Appendix 1 of this
Schedule E, attached hereto, either individually or collectively.

"PRODUCT FAILURE" shall mean any condition, which causes a Product to not
conform to the applicable Specifications. Classifications of Product Failures
are set forth in Appendix Four attached hereto.

"PRODUCT LIST" shall mean the list of Products set forth in Schedule 1 to the
Switching Product Attachment, either individually or collectively.

"REMEDIAL MAINTENANCE" shall mean the reactive and corrective action provided by
Nortel Networks in order to correct a Product Failure and restore proper
functioning according to the applicable Specifications.

"REMOTE DIAL-IN CAPABILITY" shall mean a modem access point into Buyer's network
or systems. The modem access point may be referred to as a Point of Presence
(POP). Routing between the POP and all Buyer System networks maintained by
Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement must be enabled.

"REPLACEMENT PRODUCTS" shall mean those Products, which have been repaired or
replaced by Nortel Networks pursuant to Buyer's selection of Nortel Networks
Maintenance Service.

                   CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 3 of 9

"SITE" shall mean any location of Buyer for which Nortel Networks Maintenance
Service has been purchased pursuant to the applicable Contract Order.

"SPARE PARTS" shall mean those component parts, which are sold or otherwise
provided by Nortel Networks to Buyer pursuant to the terms and conditions of
this Agreement. Spare Parts furnished under this Agreement shall either be new
or "refurbished and warranted as new" by Nortel Networks at Nortel Networks'
sole discretion.

"SPECIFICATIONS" shall mean the published documentation of Nortel Networks
and/or the applicable Equipment manufacturer or Third Party Software licenser
that describe the features, functionality and performance characteristics of the
applicable Product.

"SYSTEM" shall mean the collection of individual Products and related network
equipment, which is designed to perform as a functional entity under the control
of one or more CPUs.

"THIRD PARTY GOODS" shall mean those portions of the Equipment that contain or
are derived from equipment or documentation provided to Nortel Networks by third
party licenser(s) and which are therefore sublicensed by Nortel Networks to
Buyer.

"THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE" shall mean those portions of the Software that contain or
are derived from software or documentation provided to Nortel Networks by third
party licenser(s) and which are therefore sublicensed by Nortel to Buyer.

"UNIT" shall mean an individual item of Equipment, designated by a discrete
model and/or part number.

"WORK ORDERS" shall mean the Order submitted by Buyer to initiate Optional
Maintenance Service or other Maintenance Services, which may be subject to
Hourly Service Charges.

2.0      ORDERING

         2.1      MAINTENANCE SERVICES ORDER CONTENTS

                  Orders for Maintenance Services issued pursuant to this
                  Schedule E shall contain, at a minimum, the following
                  information:

         A.       The reference number of the General Terms and Conditions
                  Agreement ("ITC2000NPPA");
         B.       A complete list of the level of Maintenance Services to be
                  provided, specifying the quantity, type and description of the
                  Products to be supported and the applicable charges;
         C.       A description of the Software licensed;
         D.       The location where the invoice shall be rendered for payment;
         E.       The Site name and address at which Maintenance Services shall
                  be rendered;
         F.       The Site at which the Equipment is or will be installed; and
         G.       Any special terms and conditions agreed upon by the Parties.

         2.2      CHANGE ORDERS

                  Buyer may submit a change to Buyer's Contract or Work Order
                  for Maintenance Services (hereinafter "Maintenance Change
                  Order") requesting additions or modifications to the Equipment
                  and/or Software as

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 4 of 9

                  set forth on Appendix 1. Nortel Networks shall either
                  accept or reject such Maintenance Change Order and provide
                  notice of such acceptance or rejection as soon as practicable,
                  but not later than thirty (30) days after receipt of such
                  Maintenance Change Order. In the event Nortel Networks accepts
                  such Maintenance Change Order, the BMMC applicable to such
                  additions or modifications shall commence as of the date such
                  changes are first implemented by Nortel Networks. As new
                  Equipment is ordered, a Quote will be provided for the
                  Installation and Maintenance fees. Actual charges will only be
                  charged after expiration of Warranty.

                  Equipment may only be deleted from Appendix 1 of this Schedule
                  E hereunder for Maintenance Services effective as of the
                  expiration of any term of this Agreement or if the Equipment
                  to be deleted is replaced by other Nortel Networks Products.

         2.3      TERM OF AN ORDER

                  Buyer shall issue one (1) Contract Order, which shall be in
                  effect for the Commitment Period of this Agreement. Work
                  Orders shall be in effect for the period of time required for
                  Nortel Networks to complete the requested Maintenance Service.

3.0      MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES AND OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

         3.1      PROBLEM NOTIFICATION

                  The primary Nortel Networks contact(s) set forth in Appendix 2
                  of this Schedule E shall be notified by Buyer in the event of
                  a Product Failure.

         3.2      PROBLEM CLASSIFICATIONS

                  Upon receipt of notice by Buyer of a Product Failure, Nortel
                  Networks shall categorize such failure into the applicable
                  Nortel Networks Problem Classification set forth in Appendix
                  Three. Upon such classification, Nortel Networks shall use all
                  reasonable efforts to correct such Product Failure in
                  accordance with the applicable Nortel Networks Resolution
                  Target.

         3.3      SYSTEM CONFIGURATION CHANGES

                  In the event changes are made by Buyer to the System
                  configuration, Buyer must notify both the Nortel Networks
                  contact set forth in Appendix 2 of this Schedule E and the
                  contact set forth in Section 10 entitled "Notices" five (5)
                  days prior to modifying such System configuration.

         4.4      OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

                  For every level of Maintenance Services selected by Buyer,
                  Buyer must perform the following obligations in addition to
                  those set forth in this Agreement and in the applicable
                  Appendix:

         A.       Maintain Site conditions within environmental operating ranges
                  as specified by Nortel Networks and/or the applicable Third
                  Party equipment vendor, including but not limited to, adequate
                  working space, heat, light, ventilation, telephone and
                  electric current outlets;
         B.       Follow and utilize Nortel Networks' alert and escalation
                  procedures as referenced in Section 9 of this Schedule E; and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 5 of 9

         C.       Maintain the application Software within two (2) releases of
                  the then current Nortel Networks Software Release level by
                  upgrading the application Software to the latest generally
                  available Software Release within ninety (90) days of the
                  general availability date of each new Software Release.

4.0      PRICING

         4.1      MAINTENANCE CHARGES

                  Pricing set forth in Appendix 1 of this Schedule E entitled
                  "Prices" shall be specific to those Maintenance Services set
                  forth therein.

         4.2      CHANGES IN MAINTENANCE CHARGES

         A.       The BMMC shall commence as of the effective date of Buyer's
                  Contract Order (hereinafter "Order Effective Date") for the
                  applicable Maintenance Service and shall, be invoiced as set
                  forth in Section 6.0 for each month during the Commitment
                  Period. Thereafter, the BMMC may be changed by Nortel Networks
                  at any time, no more often than once in any calendar year.
         B.       Hourly Service Charges shall be billed per Nortel Networks'
                  current published rates and charges as initially set forth on
                  Appendix 1. Hourly Service Charges are subject to change by
                  Nortel Networks at any time, but no more often than once in
                  any calendar year.
         C.       In no event shall the BMMC and/or Hourly Service Charges paid
                  by Buyer exceed Nortel Networks' then-current published
                  pricing for such BMMC and/or Hourly Service Charge.

5.0      HOURLY SERVICE POLICY

         5.1      HOURLY SERVICES

                  At the request of Buyer, Nortel Networks shall perform Hourly
                  Services pursuant to Work Orders issued by Buyer. Hourly
                  Services shall be charged in accordance with Nortel Networks'
                  then current Hourly Service Charges. Except as set forth in
                  the attached Appendixes, Remedial Maintenance performed at the
                  request of Buyer outside the PPM shall deemed Hourly Services.

         5.2      ORAL REQUESTS FOR HOURLY SERVICE

                  Buyer agrees that oral requests for Hourly Service made by an
                  Authorized Representative shall be deemed to be valid Work
                  Orders, governed by the terms and conditions of this
                  Agreement, and that Buyer will pay any charges associated with
                  such Hourly Service furnished by Nortel Networks in good faith
                  in response to such oral requests. Buyer shall submit a
                  written Work Order corresponding to such oral request for
                  Hourly Service within forty-eight (48) hours of making such
                  oral request.

6.0      INVOICING

         Charges for Basic Maintenance Services will be invoiced one (1) month
         in advance, and are due upon the first day of the month for which
         Maintenance Services are to be provided. In the event the term of an
         Order for Maintenance Service shall commence or terminate on other than
         the first day of a period, all

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 6 of 9

         amounts due for such month shall be prorated on the basis of a thirty
         (30) day month. All invoices for Maintenance Services other than Basic
         Maintenance Services are due and payable within thirty (30) days of the
         date of invoice.

7.0      WARRANTY

         7.1      SERVICE WARRANTY

                  So long as this Maintenance Service Agreement remains in
                  effect, Nortel Networks warrants that it will perform
                  contracted Maintenance Service in a professional and first
                  class manner, and in accordance with generally accepted
                  industry practices in effect at the time the Maintenance
                  Service is performed. If within [***] ([***]) [***] of
                  performance, such Services are found to be deficient in
                  accordance with the standard set forth above, Buyer will
                  notify Nortel Networks in writing of the deficiency and Nortel
                  Networks will re-perform such Maintenance Services that are
                  shown to be deficient, at no additional charge to Buyer.

         7.2      REMEDY

                  Nortel Networks' sole obligations under this warranty shall be
                  to re-perform such Maintenance Services that Buyer has
                  promptly reported to Nortel Networks as defective in material
                  or workmanship and upon investigation, have been reasonably
                  determined by Nortel Networks to be defective.

         7.3      RESTRICTIONS

                  The above warranties are for the benefit of and apply only to
                  Buyer and will not apply if the defect arises out of:
                  accident; neglect; misuse; failure of electric power, air
                  conditioning, humidity control; causes other than ordinary
                  use; or causes beyond Nortel Networks' control.

         7.4      WARRANTY LIMITATIONS

                  7.4.1   THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALL WARRANTIES
                  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                  MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL
                  OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF NORTEL NETWORKS, ITS
                  SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS OR LICENSERS, FOR DAMAGES,
                  INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
                  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
                  MAINTENANCE SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDEROR ANY DAMAGES
                  WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS,
                  ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT OR THE
                  PERFORMANCE OF ANY MAINTENANCE SERVICES HEREUNDER, WHETHER IN
                  A CONTRACT OR TORT ACTION INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE EVEN IF NORTEL
                  NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

                  7.4.2   The total liability of Nortel Networks for breach of
                  this Warranty shall be limited to a refund of the AMMC
                  applicable to said defective Maintenance Services for the
                  period said Maintenance Services were reported and determined
                  to have been defective.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 7 of 9

8.0      THIRD PARTY GOODS AND SOFTWARE

         8.1      THIRD PARTY GOODS

                  With respect to Third Party Goods provided by Nortel Networks
                  pursuant to an Order placed under this Agreement, all support
                  and warranty obligations with respect to the Goods, including
                  any Third Party Goods will be provided exclusively by Nortel
                  Networks.

         8.2      THIRD PARTY SOFTWARE

                  Third Party Software may, at Nortel Networks' sole discretion,
                  be incorporated into the Software, or sublicensed on a
                  stand-alone basis. Buyer acknowledges that, as to such Third
                  Party Software, each third party licenser is an intended
                  beneficiary of those provisions of this Agreement that relate
                  to the grant of licenses, license limitations, termination,
                  warranty disclaimers and limitations of remedies. All support
                  and warranty obligations with respect to the Software,
                  including any Third Party Software will be provided
                  exclusively by Nortel Networks.

9.0      DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE

         9.1      ESCALATION PROCEDURE

                  Buyer and Nortel Networks agree to follow an alert and
                  escalation procedure as agreed upon from time to time, in
                  order to ensure that both parties are fully apprised of all
                  System problems/issues in a timely manner and that
                  problems/issues are handled in an expedient fashion. Any
                  issues Buyer has with respect to level of service,
                  responsiveness, or other issues associated with Nortel
                  Networks' performance of Maintenance Services shall initially
                  be referred to the applicable Nortel Networks Customer Service
                  Manager as detailed in Appendix 2. Any issues Nortel Networks
                  has with respect to problems/issues concerning Buyer's
                  obligation in connection with Maintenance Services shall be
                  initially referred to the applicable Buyer Operations Manager
                  as detailed in Appendix 2.

         9.2      RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

         A.       If in the opinion of either party, the other party has failed
                  to comply with the requirements of this Product Attachment
                  Schedule E, or to perform its obligations under this Schedule
                  E in a satisfactory manner, then the dispute resolution
                  procedure set forth in this Section 9 shall be invoked.
         B.       In order to expedite the prompt resolution of any disputes
                  that may arise hereunder, Nortel Networks and Buyer mutually
                  agree that the dispute resolution procedure set forth herein
                  will be employed by both parties prior to either party
                  availing itself of any legal remedies (except for injunctive
                  relief provided hereunder) against the other party. The
                  dispute resolution procedure shall provide a course of action,
                  and appropriate contacts within Nortel Networks and Buyer's
                  respective organizations in order to successfully resolve any
                  on-going problems.
         C.       Nortel Networks and Buyer agree that the dispute resolution
                  process will begin upon either party providing the other party
                  with a dispute notice as set forth in Section 12 below.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 8 of 9

         9.3      FIRST LEVEL REVIEW

                  In the event a dispute arises between the parties, then the
                  aggrieved party shall initially contact the applicable person
                  as defined by the parties' escalation procedure referenced in
                  Section 9.1. In the event such procedure does not provide
                  adequate resolution, the aggrieved party shall provide the
                  other party with a dispute notice, and said problem will
                  initially be referred to the "First Level" representatives of
                  the parties identified in Section 9.6. below. The First Level
                  representatives agree to use all reasonable efforts to meet
                  within fifteen (15) Business Days from receipt of a dispute
                  notice, at a mutually acceptable time and place, in order to
                  effectuate a resolution to the dispute.

         9.4      FINAL LEVEL REVIEW

                  In the event a given problem has not been resolved at the
                  First Level, or a corrective plan of action has not been
                  mutually agreed upon, within thirty (30) calendar days of said
                  meeting of the First Level representatives or within
                  forty-five (45) calendar days of the giving of the dispute
                  notice, then either party shall have the option of escalating
                  the dispute to the "Final Level" representatives identified in
                  Section 9.6 below, by means of a written notice of escalation
                  to the other party.

         9.5      FINAL LEVEL RESOLUTION

                  The Final Level representatives agree to use all reasonable
                  efforts to meet within thirty (30) calendar days from receipt
                  of such notice of escalation, at a mutually acceptable time
                  and place, in order to effectuate a resolution to the dispute.
                  If the dispute has not been resolved, or a corrective plan of
                  action has not been mutually agreed upon within sixty (60)
                  days of said meeting of the Final Level representatives, or
                  within ninety (90) days of date of the notice of escalation to
                  said Final Level, then either party may pursue any legal
                  remedies it may have.

         9.6      DESIGNATED REPRESENTATIVES

                  The following Designated Representatives are to be contacted
                  when there is an issue that needs to be escalated as detailed
                  in Appendix 2 of this Schedule E:

                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  LEVEL             FOR NORTEL NETWORKS:             FOR BUYER:
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  First             Senior Manager
                                    Customer Service
                  -------------------------------------------------------------
                  Final             Director
                                    Customer Service
                  -------------------------------------------------------------

10.0     NOTICES

                  All notices to be given hereunder shall be in writing and be
                  personally delivered, sent by facsimile or by registered or
                  certified mail. Notices shall be deemed to have been given
                  when received by the party to whom said notice is addressed.
                  Either party may from time to time change the address to which
                  notices to it are to be sent by giving notice of such change
                  to the other party.
                  If to Nortel Networks:

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                     Page 9 of 9

                  Primary Addressee:              With a Copy to:

                  Nortel Networks Inc.            Nortel Networks Inc.
                  Customer Service Division       Customer Service Division
                  97 Humboldt Street              97 Humboldt Street
                  Rochester, New York 14609-7493  Rochester, New York 14609-7493
                  Fax: (716) 654-2180             Fax: (716) 654-2180
                  Attn.: Director, Customer       Attn.: Director, Marketing
                  Services                        Operations

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 1 of 5

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                  APPENDIX ONE

         NORTEL NETWORKS BASIC MAINTENANCE SERVICE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.0  -   NORTEL NETWORKS MAINTENANCE SERVICE DESCRIPTION

         1.1      BASIC MAINTENANCE SERVICES PROVIDED

                  Nortel Networks shall provide the following Basic Maintenance
                  Services during the PPM for the Sites upon the Order for such
                  Maintenance Services and the subsequent payment for such
                  Maintenance Services for the Products and Systems set forth in
                  Schedule 1 to the Switching Product Attachment:

                  A.       Four (4) hour response support to all call-in service
                           requests in order to maintain and troubleshoot all
                           hardware and software problems on the Systems covered
                           by contracted Maintenance Services. Nortel Networks
                           shall respond to non-emergency service requests
                           within four (4) hours, and shall respond to emergency
                           (system down) call-in service requests as soon as
                           practicable, but not later than four (4) hours,
                           regardless of whether such emergency service request
                           was received during the PPM. Response time shall
                           include a one (1) hour telephone response measured
                           from the time the call is received by Nortel Networks
                           until a return call is received by Buyer from a
                           Nortel Networks technician;

                  B.       Administration of the established problem escalation
                           plan including resolving system problems and
                           submitting problem reports to Nortel Networks
                           technical support groups for final resolution;

                  C.       Preventive Maintenance, for which the frequency and
                           estimated length of time required shall be determined
                           by Nortel Networks, to be performed during the PPM ;

                  D.       Remedial Maintenance required to correct Product
                           deficiencies, as further described in Section 3.0 of
                           this Appendix One;

                  E.       Assistance in the resolution of network problems;

                  F.       Assistance in the joint planning of maintenance
                           activities, including, but not limited to, System and
                           Software upgrades;

                  G.       Assistance in administration of configuration
                           databases and technical assistance in developing and
                           implementing system administration procedures;

                  H.       Installation during the PPM of updates to Software
                           releases, speechware, and Products, which have been
                           either purchased by Buyer or provided at no charge by
                           Nortel Networks pursuant to the terms and conditions
                           of this Agreement. Software Releases increasing the
                           features or functionality of the Systems are
                           available to Buyer at Nortel Networks' then current
                           pricing;

                  I.       Installation of minor hardware extensions;

                  J.       One (1) copy of all applicable maintenance releases
                           to correct Software defects to be installed by Nortel
                           Networks during the PPM;

                  K.       Develop Methods of Procedure (MOP);

                  L.       Monthly conferences/meetings with Buyer's operations
                           management during PPM to review Service Site status,
                           System performance, problem resolution, future
                           service activity and other maintenance and support
                           topics;

                  M.       Management of spares inventory;

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 2 of 5

         1.2      REPLACEMENT PARTS

                  In consideration of Buyer's payment of the applicable BMMC,
                  Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with any replacement parts
                  for Products which have been repaired or replaced, at Nortel
                  Networks' discretion, which are deemed necessary by Nortel
                  Networks; provided Buyer pays to Nortel Networks the
                  additional charges set forth in Section 1.3, below.
                  Replacement Parts shall be new or be equivalent to new in
                  performance. Title to the removed parts which have been
                  replaced by Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement shall
                  vest in Nortel Networks.

         1.3      ADDITIONAL CHARGES FOR MAINTENANCE SERVICES

                  Certain Maintenance Services may be provided by Nortel
                  Networks to Buyer, which incur Hourly Service Charges as a
                  result of such Maintenance Services being outside the scope of
                  Maintenance Services as set forth in Section 1.1 of this
                  Appendix One. Such Maintenance Services include but are not
                  limited to those Maintenance Services for Remedial Maintenance
                  as described in section A. below, and those Maintenance
                  Services which are not contemplated by Remedial Maintenance
                  and are considered to be "Non-Standard" as defined below.

                  A. REMEDIAL MAINTENANCE SERVICES

                     Outside of the PPM, Remedial Maintenance Services which are
                     provided by Nortel Networks to support a non-Emergency
                     Condition as determined by Nortel Networks, shall be
                     provided at Nortel Networks' Hourly Service Charges,
                     subject at all times to a two (2) hour minimum charge. In
                     the event Products or Systems must be replaced or repaired
                     due to the causes listed below, such repair or replacement
                     shall be at Nortel Networks' then current pricing for such
                     Products or Systems.

                     Causes:

                     1) Negligent acts or omissions of Buyer, its employees or
                        third parties;

                     2) Modification of Products where such modification was not
                        previously authorized in writing by Nortel Networks;

                     3) Connection of the Equipment by mechanical or electrical
                        means to Third Party Goods or devices not authorized in
                        writing by Nortel Networks.

                  B. NON-STANDARD SERVICES

                     1) All Maintenance Services performed outside the PPM,
                        other than those specifically required to remedy an
                        Emergency Condition, as reasonably determined by Nortel
                        Networks, shall be charged by applying the standard
                        Nortel Networks Hourly Service Charges plus reasonable
                        expenses (reimbursed in accordance with the policies
                        Buyer reimburses is employees for such expenses), unless
                        otherwise determined by Nortel Networks.

                     2) In the event Buyer does not provide a Remote Dial-in
                        Capability, Nortel Networks shall charge Buyer Hourly
                        Charges for each hour or part thereof Nortel Networks is
                        involved.

                     3) Any Services which Nortel Networks is required to
                        perform due to the inactions or negligence of Buyer
                        pursuant to Section 2 below.

         2.0      OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 3 of 5

         2.1      PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES

                  In addition to the obligations of Buyer set forth in the
                  Agreement, Buyer understands and agrees that it is Buyer's
                  sole responsibility to perform the following for all Sites:

                  A.       Provide adequate storage space for facilities use by
                           Nortel Networks' personnel during periods of
                           installation and/or maintenance within a reasonable
                           distance of each System being so installed or
                           maintained;

                  B.       Prevent persons other than Nortel Networks'
                           authorized personnel from performing maintenance and
                           repairs to Products and/or Systems, unless such
                           maintenance and repairs have been expressly
                           authorized by Nortel Networks in writing;

                  C.       Make the Products and Systems available to Nortel
                           Networks at reasonable times during the PPM to
                           perform Maintenance Services;

                  D.       Employ, train and maintain adequate, experienced
                           personnel to perform all System administration and
                           operator functions, including but not limited to
                           backups, daily updates, and audits;

                  E.       Take any required precautions including but not
                           limited to the making of appropriate back-up tapes to
                           ensure the security of Buyer's data;

                  F.       Monitor all contracted Systems for alarm conditions;

                  G.       Utilize the Nortel Networks Maintenance Service
                           telephone number for notification and requests for
                           Maintenance Services as set forth in Appendix 2 of
                           this Schedule E;

                  H.       Provide Nortel Networks local and/or remote
                           maintenance and diagnostic access (remote modem
                           access) to the Systems in order to facilitate System
                           investigation.

                  I.       Provide Nortel Networks software access, at the
                           required level, to perform System investigative work,
                           including root access in such a way as to allow
                           Nortel Networks full maintenance access; and

                  J.       Perform all System and database administration tasks.

         2.2      ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

                  A.       Buyer agrees to follow the procedures set forth in
                           this Agreement in order to ensure that Nortel
                           Networks is fully apprised of all System
                           problems/issues in a timely manner.

                  B.       Buyer shall permit Nortel Networks to perform
                           Maintenance Services and installation related site
                           audits at Nortel Networks' reasonably requested times
                           during Business Hours (or at such other times as is
                           consistent with Buyer's request for Maintenance
                           Services and/or Emergency Service), provided that
                           Nortel Networks notifies Buyer at least twenty-four
                           (24) hours prior to performing such activities.

         2.3      NORTEL NETWORKS RESPONSE

                  In the event that Buyer does not perform the obligations as
                  set forth above, Nortel Networks may defer performing Nortel
                  Networks Maintenance Services until such obligations have been
                  completed by Buyer, without liability hereunder for such delay
                  in Nortel Networks' performance.

3.0  -   REMEDIAL MAINTENANCE

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 4 of 5

         3.1      NOTIFICATION

                  Nortel Networks shall perform Remedial Maintenance during the
                  PPM after Buyer notifies Nortel Networks of a Product Failure.
                  Nortel Networks shall provide Buyer with designated
                  twenty-four (24) hour per day point(s) of contact and
                  applicable telephone number(s) to enable Buyer to give such
                  notification. Buyer must provide Nortel Networks a valid Work
                  Order number for any Remedial Maintenance performed outside
                  the PPM unless such Remedial Maintenance is being performed
                  during the Service Continuation Period as defined and set
                  forth below or is classified by Nortel Networks as an
                  Emergency Condition.

         3.2      SERVICE CONTINUATION PERIOD

                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, if
                  Remedial Maintenance which was initiated during the PPM, but
                  is not completed during the PPM, Nortel Networks will continue
                  to provide Remedial Maintenance beyond the end of the PPM for
                  up to one (1) hour at no additional cost to Buyer (hereinafter
                  "Service Continuation Period"). If Buyer requests that such
                  Remedial Maintenance continue beyond the Service Continuation
                  Period, Buyer shall be charged pursuant to Nortel Networks'
                  Hourly Service Policy for actual time spent performing such
                  Service beyond the Service Continuation Period.

         3.3      RESPONSE TIME

                  A Nortel Networks Customer Service Engineer will respond to
                  Buyer's requests for Remedial Maintenance as soon as
                  practicable, but not later than four (4) hours after Nortel
                  Networks' receipt of such request.

         3.4      MAINTENANCE WINDOW

                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
                  Buyer may elect to defer the performance of Emergency Service
                  to Buyer's schedule period for Preventive Maintenance or other
                  period in which Buyer performance maintenance on its network
                  ("Maintenance Window"). If Emergency Service is deferred by
                  Buyer to Buyer's Maintenance Window, Nortel Networks accepts
                  no responsibility for such lost service and expressly
                  disclaims any liabilities associated with such deferral. In
                  addition, Nortel Networks shall not be penalized by Buyer in
                  any reporting or grading of Nortel Networks' Systems,
                  including but not limited to any Buyer report cards, as a
                  result of any such deferrals.

4.0  -   MOVEMENT OF EQUIPMENT

         4.1      CONDITIONS FOR CONTINUATION OF SERVICE

                  In the event Buyer desires to move Products from one location
                  to another location, Nortel Networks shall continue to provide
                  Maintenance Service with respect to such Products provided
                  that Buyer has notified Nortel Networks of such move in
                  writing and Nortel Networks has mutually agreed to such move
                  in writing within thirty (30) days from receipt of Buyer's
                  request.

                  All risk of loss and damage, and all expenses associated with
                  the actual movement of Products (including, but not limited
                  to; rigging, drayage, transportation, insurance, and any parts
                  and labor required to reinstall the Product at the new
                  installation site) shall be borne by Buyer. Furthermore, in
                  the event Buyer requests Nortel Networks to supervise any such
                  move, Nortel Networks shall do so at Nortel Networks' then
                  applicable Hourly Service Charge and shall not be

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 5 of 5

                  liable for any incidental, consequential, or direct damages
                  caused by Buyer's personnel or third parties assisting in any
                  such move; provided, however, Nortel Networks shall not be
                  relieved of liability for any direct damages caused by its
                  negligent or willful acts or omissions in performing such
                  supervisory function (including any instructions provided to
                  Buyer or its contractors). At Buyer's request, Nortel Networks
                  will provide a quotation for the movement of Products by
                  Nortel Networks, including but not limited to the
                  deinstallation at the current location and reinstallation at
                  the new location.

         4.2      SERVICE CHARGES

                  AMMC for relocated Products will be subject to change Nortel
                  Networks' prevailing charge and other applicable terms and
                  conditions. There shall be no abatement in the AMMC with
                  respect to the relocated Products during the time in which
                  such relocated Products are in transit.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix Two
                                                                     Page 1 of 2

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                  APPENDIX TWO

                  NORTEL NETWORKS MAINTENANCE SERVICE OPTIONAL
                                  ENHANCEMENTS

A.       OPTION 1 - ON-SITE MAINTENANCE SERVICE

1.       Description of On-Site Maintenance Services

         In consideration of Buyer's payment of the applicable premium in
         addition to the BMMC associated with the Nortel Networks Maintenance
         service option, Nortel Networks shall provide the optional, On-Site
         Maintenance Services as described below in addition to the Basic
         Maintenance Services specified in Appendix One, Section 1. On-Site
         Maintenance Services enhances the Nortel Networks Basic Maintenance
         Service by the addition of the following Services:

         a.       On-Site support to maintain and troubleshoot all System and
                  network related problems on the Systems covered by On-Site
                  Maintenance Services;

         b.       Nortel Networks assumes responsibility as the prime for the
                  escalation and tracking of Product problem reports to all
                  Nortel Networks technical support groups for resolution of
                  System problems and issues; and

         c.       Provision of technical assistance in developing and
                  implementing appropriate System administration procedures; and

         d.       Assistance in the configuration of additional Software on the
                  System after installation; and

         e.       Assistance in the support of the network; and

         f.       Assistance in performing System and Database Administration
                  tasks.

2.       Obligations of Buyer

         Buyer understands and agrees that, in addition to the obligations set
         forth in Section 2 above, it is the sole responsibility of the Buyer to
         provide facilities, within a reasonable distance of the System, for
         Nortel Networks' "On-Site" personnel who are assigned to Buyer's
         location pursuant to Buyer's selection of On-Site Maintenance Services.

B.   -   OPTION 2 - EXTENDED MAINTENANCE PERIOD OPTION

1.       Additional Service Provided:

         In consideration of Buyer's payment of the applicable premium set forth
         below in addition to the BMMC associated with Nortel Networks
         Maintenance Support, Nortel Networks will provide Remedial Maintenance
         outside the PPM during the Extended Maintenance Period selected by
         Buyer. Buyer, upon payment of the appropriate fee specified below, may
         designate that the Extended Maintenance Period encompass periods of
         twelve (12), sixteen (16), or twenty-four (24) hours per day, five (5)
         days per week, excluding holidays. Buyer may further elect to have the
         Extended Maintenance Period include coverage on Saturday only, or both
         Saturday and Sunday. If Buyer has selected Extended Maintenance Period
         coverage to include seven (7) days per week, Holiday coverage is
         provided by Nortel Networks at no additional expense to Buyer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                    Appendix Two
                                                                     Page 2 of 2

2.       Restrictions

         The Extended Maintenance Period Option applies only to Remedial
         Maintenance. Preventative Maintenance, installation of Product Change
         Notices and the installation of Equipment and Software are not covered
         by this option and are performed during the PPM (i.e., between 8:00
         a.m. and 5:00 p.m., local time for the applicable Site). Extended
         Maintenance Period hours of coverage selected for Saturday or Sunday
         must not be greater than the contracted hours of coverage during the
         week.

3.       Applicable premiums

                                                   Percentage of Appropriate
             Hours of Coverage                 Basic Monthly Maintenance Charge
         ----------------------------------------------------------------------

         Monday - Friday
                Twelve (12) hours                           [***]%
                Sixteen (16) hours                          [***]%
                Twenty-Four (24) hours                      [***]%
         Saturday or Sunday
                Nine (9) hours                              [***]%
                Twelve (12) hours                           [***]%
                Sixteen (16) hours                          [***]%
                Twenty-Four (24) hours                      [***]%

         The premiums for the Extended Maintenance Period Option are additive.
         (E.G. IF WE WANT 12 HOURS M-F, AND NINE ON S/S, THE PREMIUM IS [***]%]

C.       OPTION 3 - SCHEDULED SERVICES OPTION

1.       Description of Scheduled Services Option

         In consideration of Buyer's payment of the applicable premium set forth
         below in addition to the BMMC associated with Basic Maintenance
         Services, Nortel Networks will perform the following Scheduled Services
         during the hours specified in subparagraph 2., below:

         o        Preventative Maintenance,
         o        Installation of any modifications required by Product Change
                  Notices,
         o        Installation of Equipment and Software and field upgrades at
                  Nortel Networks' standard installation charges. Movement of
                  Equipment, subject to separate charges as set forth under
                  standard Nortel Networks Maintenance Services.

2.       Scheduled Services Hours

         Scheduled Services will be performed within four (4) hours of the
         conclusion of the PPM, regardless of whether or not Buyer has
         contracted for the Extended Maintenance Period Option (Option 2 above).
         That is, Services provided pursuant to the Scheduled Services Option
         will be performed within the four (4) hour period, which begins at 5:00
         p.m. and ends at 9:00 p.m. local time.

3.       Applicable Premium

         The applicable Scheduled Services Option Premium is [***] percent
         ([***]%) of the appropriate Basic Monthly Maintenance Charge.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                 APPENDIX THREE

                              EMERGENCY CONDITIONS

E1       SERVICE OUTAGE OR SERVICE DEGRADATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E1 degradation and/or outage.

         o        Loss of service capability (call processing originations or
                  terminations) for more than 30 seconds

         o        Any manual or system initiated restart (warm, cold, reload or
                  image reload) which causes a loss of service capability for a
                  period in excess of 30 seconds

         o        Services degraded for reasons such as, but not limited to:

                  1.       All incoming, outgoing and/or two way trunks are
                           lost.

                  2.       A 100% link failure disrupting connections between
                           any two points in the network, where the disrupted
                           traffic demand exceeds the alternate routing
                           capability.

                  3.       Percentage of the total number of audio ports are
                           out-of-service, causing the disrupted traffic demand
                           to exceed the alternate audio traffic capability.

                  4.       Consistently slow dial tone (8 second delay or
                           greater).

         E1 Resolution Objective: IMMEDIATE and continuous effort until the
         service level is restored to pre-incident operation. Continuous effort
         must be maintained until the problem is resolved or a work-around is
         implemented. If a work around is implemented, the condition will be
         downgraded to E3.

E2       POTENTIAL SERVICE OUTAGE OR SERVICE DEGRADATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E2 potential degradation and/or outage.

         o        Loss of the duplex function for any equipment that is
                  duplicated

         o        Loss of greater than 10% percent (but less than 100%) of
                  terminals unable to login within a given bureau

         o        More than 50% (but less than 100%) loss of hardware facilities
                  in any area of the system that would not create a loss of
                  service, but a degradation (limited) of service with no data
                  loss through the node (e.g., slow search response)

         o        Inability to perform critical maintenance procedures

         E2 Resolution Objective: IMMEDIATE and continuous effort until the
         service level is restored to pre-incident operation. Continuous effort
         must

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 2 of 3

         be maintained until the problem is resolved or a work-around is
         implemented. If a work around is implemented, the condition will be
         downgraded to E3.

E3       OUTAGE FOLLOW-UP SR CLASSIFICATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E3 outage follow-up.

         o        Generated by the Nortel Networks Technical Support prime
                  following resolution and closing of an E1 (outage) call
                  report.
         o        Automatically generated when a final fix must be implemented
                  in response to an E1 or E2 work-around condition.
         o        Problem and action text copied over from the E1 and E2 call
                  reports to the E3 call report when opened
         o        Used to document further investigations and analysis to
                  determine the cause of the outage and steps taken to prevent
                  the same problem in the future

         E3 Resolution objective: 30 DAYS; Upon the completion of the
         investigation, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a future
         standard software, hardware, or documentation update or revision.

S1       CONTINUOUSLY SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the S1 service-affecting problems.

         o        Software errors or hardware troubles directly and continuously
                  affecting any subscriber's service or the operating company's
                  ability to collect revenue
         o        System or process core dumps (more than twice a day)
         o        Loss of operator statistics collection
         o        Any peripheral module out of service

         S1 Resolution objective: 30 DAYS; status response in two weeks, with a
         fix or work-around solution applied within four weeks. If a work around
         is implemented, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a future
         standard software, hardware, or documentation update or revision.

S2       INTERMITTENTLY SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the S2 intermittently service-affecting
         problems. Software or hardware faults that only intermittently affect
         service to one or more classes of subscribers System related
         documentation errors, which categorically result in, or lead to,
         service impairment

         o        Problems where the operating company can show significant
                  impact on plant and traffic operations and upon its ability to
                  plan office extensions
         o        Office alarm unit out-of-service
         o        Core equipment diagnostic failures (less than two per day)

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 3 of 3

         S2 Resolution Objective: 30 DAYS; status response in four weeks, with a
         fix or work-around solution applied within eight weeks. If a work
         around is implemented, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a
         future standard software, hardware, or documentation update or
         revision.

NS       NON SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the NS non-service affecting problems.

         o        Service analysis, operational measurements, maintenance
                  program or network management problems, or system related
                  documentation inaccuracies, which do not affect call
                  processing
         o        Non-service affecting software inconsistencies
         o        Peripheral equipment diagnostic failures, not already defined
                  above, which cannot be corrected by the customer's technicians
         o        Equipment failures which do not result in an E1 or E2
                  condition
         o        Undefined system alarms

         NS Resolution Objective: 182 DAYS, Status response in six weeks. Upon
         the completion of the investigation, a fix, if applicable, will be
         scheduled for a future standard software, hardware, or documentation
         update or revision.

B1       BUSINESS CRITICAL CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the B1 non-service affecting problems.

         o        Any problem that would create a service effecting condition if
                  the system was live and in-service. B1 conditions are used
                  only for pre-launch problems.
         o        A problem that will seriously affect subscriber service, at
                  in-service (IS) date

         B1 Resolution Objective: 30 DAYS, Status response in two weeks or daily
         if the service launch date is within two weeks.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                   Appendix Four
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                   SCHEDULE E
                                  APPENDIX FOUR

                     NORTEL NETWORKS PROBLEM CLASSIFICATIONS
                         PRODUCT FAILURE CLASSIFICATIONS

In order to classify errors and problems, the following categories /
classifications will apply. Buyer agrees to utilize the below classifications
for all trouble reports and requests for service.

CRITICAL
The problem is very CRITICAL in nature. The problem has created a system outage.
No known work-around exists or a work-around has not been implemented. This
problem should be worked immediately and continuously until resolved. All E1 and
E2 conditions. This classification is always considered an Emergency Condition.

MAJOR
The problem is of MAJOR severity. This problem needs to be resolved quickly, but
not necessarily worked continuously. All E3, S1, S2 and B1 conditions.

MINOR
The problem is of MINOR severity. Any problems that create inconsistencies or
irregularities. This problem needs to be resolved, but is not of major concern
at this time. All E4 and NS conditions.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                      Agreement No. ITC 2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule E
                                                                          Part A
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                               SCHEDULE E- PART A
                                    PRODUCTS

PRODUCT LISTING (While this list is believed to be complete and accurate, any
inadvertent omissions from this list will not cause a lack of support coverage
for the omitted items) All Hardware and Software is located in [***].

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NORTEL NETWORKS / NETWORK INFORMATION SERVICES
                 SCHEDULE 1 PART A - EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ORDER

          [X] Initial Order [ ] Addition [ ] Deletion         Page # _1_ of _3_
                                                      Excessing Invoice Number:
                             ITC-DELTACOM ISN/DA NAV
                                HARDWARE/SOFTWARE

Line                                                                            Total                    Total     Monthly
Item            Model                                            Core System  Core System  Peripheral  Peripheral  Software  Install
 #      Qty     Number        Description                        Unit (BMMC)   Unit BMMC     (BMMC)      (BMMC)    Support   Charges
                              ISN/DA NAV HARDWARE
<S>      <C>    <C>           <C>
 1     [***]    NTZZ51AA      CONTROLER BAY BUILDING BLOCK
 2     [***]    NTZZ52AA      LAN BAY BUILDING BLOCK
 3     [***]    NTZZ51DA      OPERATIONS CONTROLLER SHELF
 4     [***]    NTZZ51EA      SERVICE CONTROLLER SHELF
 5     [***]    NTZZ42MA      INVERTER BUILDING BLOCK
 6     [***]    NTZZ42LA      IOC RS 232 BUILDING BLOCK
       [***]    NTZZ51GA      MODEM SHELF KIT
 7     [***]    NTZZ51HA      STD DTL BUILDING BLOCK
 8     [***]    NTAR10AF      ASN RTR OPT
 9     [***]    A0630835      ASN DUAL SYNC NET MODULE
10     [***]    A0630834      ASN DUAL ETHERNET NET MODULE
11     [***]    A0600472      DIALUP RACK MOUNT MODEM
12     [***]    NTZZ51GA      MODEM SHELF KIT
13     [***]    A0609601      UNIVERSAL MODEM - RACK MOUNT
14     [***]

15     [***]                  ISN/DA NAV SOFTWARE
16     [***]    NAV-0S-2001   Oper sys per OC, IC, & SC Shelf
17     [***]    NAV-0S-2002   Logs and Alarms per OC "OR"IC shelf
18     [***]    NAV-0S-2003   General for every Shelf
19     [***]    NAV-0S-2004   PSOS+ Licnese per RSP(187/197)
20     [***]    NAV-0S-2005   Object Time Lic. per RSP (187/197)
21     [***]    NAV-0S-2006   Kermit S/W License OC shelf
22     [***]    NAV-0S-2007   Network S/W per56KB Port (DS0)
23     [***]    NAV-0S-2009   FVR License per FVSIR Port
24     [***]    S600/100      Audio: Standard DA Announceements
25     [***]    S400/510      ADACC: Auto Collect & Auto Complete
26     [***]    S400/520      ADACC: ASR Support
27     [***]    S600/150      Audio: DACC Branding
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40

             Notes:                                    MONTHLY CORE SYSTEM =  SEE ANNUAL

Core System: Central processors, memories, disks, tape units,                MONTHLY PERIPHERAL TOTAL: SEE ANNUAL

                                                                       TOTAL MONTHLY HARDWARE CHARGES: SEE ANNUAL

Peripheral: All other Equipment Units
                                                                                         MONTHLY SOFTWARE CHARGES: SEE:ANNUAL

The Software Maintenance column may include monthly
Software support chcontrollers,tand systemtconsole.                                          ONE TIME INSTALLATION CHARGE: =  $[***]
Management charges.

The Install charges column may include Software or                     Equipment Location:            Billing Address:
Hardware Installation charges.
                                                                       ITC-DeltaCom                   ITC-DeltaCom

                                                                       [***]                          [***]

                                                                       [***]                          [***]

                                                                                                      ATTN: Kathy Strickland

01/25/00 Ltg
</TABLE>

                                     Page 1

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NORTEL NETWORKS / NETWORK INFORMATION SERVICES
                 SCHEDULE 1 PART A - EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ORDER

          [X] Initial Order [ ] Addition [ ] Deletion         Page # _2_ of _3_
                                                      Excessing Invoice Number:
                             ITC-DELTACOM ISN/DA NAV
                                HARDWARE/SOFTWARE

Line                                                                            Total                    Total     Monthly
Item           Model                                             Core System  Core System  Peripheral  Peripheral  Software  Install
#      Qty     Number         Description                        Unit (BMMC)   Unit BMMC     (BMMC)      (BMMC)    Support   Charges
<S>     <C>    <C>            <C>
 1    [***]                   B. & A.S. NAV HARDWARE
 2    [***]    NTFY10AA       Local X11 Terminal Kit
 3    [***]    NTFY10AF       Printer Kit
 4    [***]    NTFX84GA       24 Port Hub Kit
 5    [***]    NTZZ52AA       LAN Building Block
 6    [***]    NTZZ42MA       Inverter Building Block
      [***]    NTZZ51GA       Modem Shelf Kit
 7    [***]    A0600472       V.3229 Dialup Rack Mt Modem
 8    [***]    NTFXX76CA      Sys Proc 55MHZ/64MBCP
 9    [***]    NTFX64BA       Enhanced MTL
10    [***]    NTFX78AA       Speech Recognition Proc.
11    [***]    NTZZ51HA       STD DTL Kit Building Block
12    [***]    NTZZ51AB       NAV Controller Bay
13    [***]    NTZZ51EC       Service Controller Shelf
14    [***]    NTFX61JA       9GB Disk/Disk Module
15    [***]    NTFX65AA       TSIMDS
16    [***]    NAV10009       Unix Base License-197 Proc
17    [***]    NTFX61HA       9GB Disk/12GB DAT Module
18    [***]    NTZZ51DG       Operations Controller Shelf
19    [***]    NTZZ42LA       IOC RS232 Building Block
20    [***]    NAV20001       S/W Operations Controller
21    [***]    NAV20004       Informix OC License
22    [***]

23    [***]                   B&AS SOFTWARE
24    [***]    NAS-S-0136     Legato V5.0, LSP1.02,TURBOPA
25    [***]    S200/001       Directory One CAMS Base
26    [***]    S580/000       EBAS Base Application
27    [***]    S580/001       Basic Speech Recognition-Eng
28    [***]    S580/100       AABS Base Application
29    [***]    S580/003       Basic Speech Recognition-Span
30    [***]    S580/009       Enhanced Branding
31    [***]
32    [***]
33    [***]
34    [***]
35    [***]
36    [***]
37    [***]
38    [***]
39    [***]
40    [***]

             Notes:                                    MONTHLY CORE SYSTEM =  SEE ANNUAL

Core System: Central processors, memories, disks, tape units,                MONTHLY PERIPHERAL TOTAL: SEE ANNUAL

                                                                       TOTAL MONTHLY HARDWARE CHARGES: SEE ANNUAL

Peripheral: All other Equipment Units
                                                                                         MONTHLY SOFTWARE CHARGES: SEE:ANNUAL

The Software Maintenance column may include monthly
Software support chcontrollers,tand systemtconsole.                                          ONE TIME INSTALLATION CHARGE: =  $[***]
Management charges.

The Install charges column may include Software or                     Equipment Location:            Billing Address:
Hardware Installation charges.
                                                                       ITC-DeltaCom                   ITC-DeltaCom

                                                                       [***]                          [***]

                                                                       [***]                          [***]

                                                                                                      ATTN: Kathy Strickland

</TABLE>

                                     Page 2

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 NORTEL NETWORKS / NETWORK INFORMATION SERVICES
                 SCHEDULE 1 PART A - EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE ORDER

                    ORIGINAL CONTRACT EFFECTIVE DATE:                  1/1/2000
Sys. Number: ITC-NAV
P.O. Number:        Effective Date of this transaction (Billing Date): 1/1/2000

                                                                               Core
                                                                               System           Peripheral

BASIC MONTHLY HARDWARE MAINTENANCE BMMC)
<S>                                                                          <C>                    <C>                <C>

       Core System Total BMMC  (From Part A)                                 $[***]

       Peripheral Total BMMC  (From Part A)                                                         $[***]

                                  Enter appropriate Percentage: [***]
       EXTENDED MAINTENANCE PERIOD OPTION: (Appropriate % X BMMC)            $[***]                 $[***]

       SCHEDULED SERVICES OPTION (7% X BMMC)

       TWO HOUR RESPONSE TIME   (15% X BMMC)

       MONTHLY HARDWARE MAINTENANCE SUBTOTAL:                                $[***]                 $[***]      =      $[***]

       TOTAL MONTHLY HARDWARE MAINTENANCE:                                                                             $[***]

       MONTHLY SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE SUBTOTAL: (From Part A and/or Option 4)                                            $[***]

       TOTAL MONTHLY SOFTWARE MAINTENANCE:

                                                                                                                       $[***]
       TOTAL MONTHLY MAINTENANCE CHARGES
                                                                                                                       $[***]
       TOTAL ANNUAL MAINTENANCE CHARGES
                                                                                                                       $[***]
       TOTAL WAIVED CHARGES
                                                                                                                       $[***]
       TOTAL ANNUAL MAINTENANCE FEES DUE

                                                                                                                       $[***]
       INSTALLATION CHARGES (Hardware/software one-time charge from Part A)

      CUSTOMER'S SELECTION

      Customer, by its signature, hereby extends the Maintenance
      Service Agreement and selects the option(s) listed below, for
      premium charges listed below. This schedule modifies and
      supplements the Maintenance Service Agreement made as of the
      EFFECTIVE DATE of the schedule and the terms of the Maintenance
      Service Agreement, this schedule shall control.

      SELECTIONS:   [  ] EXTENDED MAINTENANCE PERIOD OPTION
                    [  ] TWO HOUR RESPONSE TIME OPTION
                    [  ] SCHEDULED SERVICES OPTION
                    [  ] SOFTWARE SUPPORT SERVICES OPTION

Northern Telecom - Network Information Services                     Customer

By:                                                                 By:

Title:        Director, Customer Service                            Title:

Date:                                                               Date:

NOTE: SCHEDULE 1, PART A(S) MUST BE ATTACHED IN ALL CASES..
</TABLE>

                                     Page 3

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule E, Part B
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                            SCHEDULE PART B - PRICES

                       COMPUTING PLATFORM SUPPORT PRICING

Nortel Networks Maintenance Support Services Maintenance Charges:
                                                       Annual Maintenance Charge
ISN DA NAV and AABS NAV                                         $[***]

BMMC: CONTRACT FOR ABOVE SYSTEMS
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
     Nortel Networks
       Maintenance
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
        Quarterly                                               $[***]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
          Annual                                                $[***]
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                             2000 STANDARD RATE SCHEDULE

                                          ----------------
                                               Nortel
                                              Networks
                                             Maintenance
----------------------------------------------------------
8 AM to 5 PM                                [***]/hour 1,2
Mon - Fri.
----------------------------------------------------------
Overtime                                    [***]/hour 1,2
----------------------------------------------------------
Daily rate                                    [***] per
8 business hours                              8 hours, 3
----------------------------------------------------------

NOTES:
         1.       Minimum 2 hour billing plus mileage at $.31/mile.
         2.       All billing is based on a portal-to-portal basis.
         3.       Does not include travel and living expenses ("T&L"). Buyer
                  shall be charged any such additional T&L expenses on the
                  applicable invoice associated with such Order.
         4.       All rates are in US dollars.
         5.       For all billings, time beyond 8 hours per day, and contiguous
                  to the 8 hour day, will be billed at the overtime rate without
                  a minimum billing requirement.
         6.       Rate schedule billings will be applied for services rendered
                  outside the scope of the individual Buyer contract and stated
                  warranty.
         7.       All rates are based on per Nortel Networks Engineer /
                  Technician.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                              Schedule E, Part C
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                          SCHEDULE E-PART C - CONTACTS

                    NORTEL NETWORKS AND ITC/\DELTACOM CONTACTS

1.  -    NORTEL NETWORKS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Title                          Name                Phone Number        Address

24 hour per day Contact

Senior Manager,                Larry Gooch
Customer Service

<S>                            <C>                 <C>                 <C>
Director,                      Sam Delibert        716-654-3177        97 Humboldt Street
Customer Service                                                       Rochester, NY
                                                   fax 716-654-2180    14609-7493
</TABLE>

2.  -    ITC/\DELTACOM

Title                          Name                Phone Number        Address

System                         TBD                 TBD                 TBD
Administrator

Manager                        TBD                 TBD                 TBD
Operations

Senior Manager Operations      TBD                 TBD                 TBD

Director Network Operations    TBD                 TBD                 TBD

VP Network Engineering         TBD                 TBD                 TBD
and Operations

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                      Schedule F
                                                                     Page 1 of 9

                     TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICE AGREEMENT

This Translations Support Service Agreement ("TSS Agreement") is made as of the
first day of July, 1999 (hereinafter the "Effective Date") by and between
Northern Telecom Inc. ("Nortel Networks") who has changed its name to Nortel
Networks Inc., a Delaware corporation with offices at 97 Humboldt Street,
Rochester, New York 14609 and Interstate FiberNet, Inc. ("IFN") and its
subsidiary ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc. (formerly DeltaCom, Inc.),
(each considered a "Buyer"), with principal offices located at 206 West 9th
Street, West Point, Georgia 31833.

                                   WITNESSETH:

WHEREAS, Nortel Networks and Buyer desire to confirm the terms and conditions
under which Nortel Networks will provide certain Translations Support Services,
as defined herein for the Nortel Networks DMS TOPS owned by Buyer and installed
at Buyer's location(s) (hereinafter "Site(s)"). The provision of such
Translations Support Services shall be governed only by the terms and conditions
as provided in this TSS Agreement and the designated Sections and Schedules,
each of which is attached hereto and incorporated fully herein and made a part
of this TSS Agreement.

NOW, THEREFORE, the parties agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS

Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined shall have the meaning
given such terms in EXHIBIT A to the Network Products Purchase Agreement dated
November 8, 2000, between Nortel Networks and Buyer ("NPPA"). As used in this
TSS Agreement, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings set forth
below, and to the extent such definitions vary for the same term set forth in
the NPPA, these definitions shall control for purposes of this TSS Agreement:

         1.1.     "ACTIVE SOFTWARE" shall mean any Software which is currently
                  deployed at one or more Sites; which has been succeeded by a
                  new Software release (Production Software); and which is not
                  Retired Software, as hereinafter defined.

         1.2.     "AUTHORIZED CALLERS" shall mean those Buyer personnel who are
                  authorized by Buyer to contact Nortel Networks for the purpose
                  of placing Orders or receiving support as set forth in
                  Appendix One to this Agreement.

         1.3.     "ANNUAL TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT CHARGE" or "ATSC" shall mean an
                  amount equal to Nortel Networks' recurring annual Translations
                  Support Service charge for the contracted level of service as
                  specified in Buyer's Order for such services, on a
                  network-wide basis. The ATSC does not include charges for any
                  on-Site Translations Support Services. The ATSC is set forth
                  in Part A to this Schedule F for the Translations Support
                  Services described herein.

         1.4.     "CONTRACT ORDER" shall mean the Order submitted by Buyer to
                  Nortel Networks specifying the Translations Support Service
                  ordered pursuant to this Agreement.

         1.5.     "EMERGENCY CONDITION" shall mean a Product Failure classified
                  as "Critical" as such is defined by Nortel Networks' standard
                  fault classifications attached hereto as Appendix 2.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                                       Exhibit N
                                                                      Schedule F
                                                                     Page 2 of 9

         1.6.     "ORDER" shall mean, either individually or collectively,
                  Contract Orders, Purchase Orders, Repair Order, Spare Parts
                  Orders, and Work Orders.

         1.7.     "PRICE LIST" shall mean Nortel Networks' pricing for
                  Translations Support Services as initially set forth in
                  Schedule A, and updated from time to time as provided for
                  herein.

         1.8.     "PRINCIPAL PERIOD OF MAINTENANCE" or "PPM" shall mean the nine
                  (9) hour period, beginning at 8:00 a.m. and ending at 5:00
                  p.m., Eastern standard time, Monday through Friday, excluding
                  holidays observed by Nortel Networks.

         1.9.     "PRODUCT" shall mean the equipment and/or Software
                  specifically sold/licensed by Nortel Networks and operating as
                  a part of Nortel Networks DMS TOPS, either individually or
                  collectively.

         1.10.    "PRODUCT FAILURE" shall mean any condition that causes a
                  Product to not conform to the applicable Specifications.
                  Classifications of Product Failures are set forth in Appendix
                  2.

         1.11.    "PRODUCTION SOFTWARE" shall mean any Software release that is
                  generally available. Software releases remain "Production
                  Software" until the next subsequent Software release is
                  generally available. When a new Software release becomes
                  generally available, the previous Production Software release
                  is designated as "Active Software" for a time period not to
                  exceed two years from general availability of the new Software
                  release.

         1.12.    "REMOTE DIAL-IN CAPABILITY" shall mean a modem access point
                  into Buyer's network or Systems, which access point may also
                  be referred to as a Point of Presence (POP). Routing between
                  the POP and all Buyer System networks supported by Nortel
                  Networks pursuant to this Agreement must be enabled. The POP
                  must provide a TCP/IP encapsulation protocol, either Serial
                  Line Interface Protocol (SLIP) or Point-to-Point Protocol
                  (PPP). Network security must not exclude telnet, ftp, X11,
                  ping, or specific Nortel Networks traffic (i.e.: orbix,
                  Gemstone, OSSI) protocols. The POP should be ISDN where
                  available, and the minimum acceptable hardware baud rate is
                  28.8K.

         1.13.    "RETIRED SOFTWARE" shall mean any Software release that has
                  been designated as Active Software for two years. All Nortel
                  Networks Software achieves "Retired" status two (2) years
                  after the date the next subsequent Software Release is
                  designated as generally available or Production Software.
                  Retired Software is no longer in Production or Active Software
                  status.

         1.14.    "SOFTWARE" shall mean the computer programs (i.e., the
                  instructions for controlling the operation of a central
                  processing unit {"CPU"}) licensed for use on a specific CPU.
                  Software consists of Nortel Networks proprietary and/or third
                  party Software computer programs provided under license by
                  Nortel Networks. Software shall include all firmware and logic
                  instructions in machine-readable code residing in, or intended
                  to be loaded in equipment memories that provide basic logic,
                  operating instructions and user-related application
                  instructions, as well as associated documentation used to
                  describe, maintain and use the programs, and all updates
                  thereto. Software furnished hereunder is provided in
                  machine-readable (object) form only; no Software source
                  programs are licensed hereunder.

         1.15.    "SOFTWARE RELEASE" shall mean a release by Nortel Networks of
                  a new Software load that delivers new features or
                  functionality to Products.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 3 of 9

         1.16.    "SPECIFICATIONS" shall mean the published documentation of
                  Nortel Networks and/or the applicable equipment manufacturer
                  or third party Software licensor that describe the features,
                  functionality and performance characteristics of the
                  applicable Product.

         1.17.    "SYSTEM" shall mean the collection of individual Products and
                  related network equipment that is designed to perform as a
                  functional entity under the control of one or more CPUs.

         1.18.    "TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICE" shall mean the level of remote
                  telephone technical support services offered by Nortel
                  Networks' DMS TOPS translations engineers to Buyer's
                  designated personnel relating to the Software datafill of a
                  DMS TOPS required for Operator Services, as further described
                  in Appendix One. The contracted level of Translations Support
                  Service selected by Buyer shall be identified in the
                  applicable Order.

         1.19.    "WORK ORDERS" shall mean the Order submitted by Buyer to
                  initiate Optional Translations Support Service or other
                  Translations Support Services which may be subject to Hourly
                  Service Charges.

2.       EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND RENEWAL

         2.1.     This TSS Agreement is effective November 1, 1999 through
                  December 31, 2002 (hereinafter "Initial Effective Period")
                  unless extended through a written renewal of this TSS
                  Agreement (any such extended Initial Effective Period shall
                  hereinafter be referred to as the "Renewal Effective Period").
                  As used herein, "Effective Period" shall be a collective term
                  meaning Initial Effective Period and if applicable, any
                  Renewal Effective Period(s).

         2.2.     At the end of any Effective Period, the parties shall
                  negotiate the renewal period. During each such Renewal
                  Effective Period, all terms and conditions of this TSS
                  Agreement shall remain in full force and effect, except for
                  the applicable Translations Support Charges, which shall be
                  adjusted annually as set forth in Section 5.2.

3.       ORDERING

         3.1.     ORDER ACCEPTANCE AND REJECTION

                  Nortel Networks shall have the right to accept or reject any
                  Order submitted under this TSS Agreement by Buyer, provided
                  that Nortel Networks shall not unreasonably reject any Order.
                  Nortel Networks agrees to: (a) notify Buyer in writing of the
                  rejection of any Order within thirty (30) days of Nortel
                  Networks' receipt of such Order, and (b) propose any
                  modifications which Nortel Networks may determine are
                  necessary in order to make such Order acceptable. Any such
                  proposed modifications shall not be binding on Buyer until
                  accepted by Buyer in writing; provided that Buyer accepts such
                  modifications within thirty (30) days from Buyer's receipt of
                  notice from Nortel Networks.

         3.2.     CONFLICT OF TERMS

                  In the event that the terms and conditions of any Order
                  conflict with the terms of this TSS Agreement, the terms and
                  conditions of this TSS Agreement shall apply unless the
                  parties expressly agree in writing to the contrary. All Orders
                  for Translations Support Services shall be deemed to be
                  pursuant to this TSS Agreement unless the parties expressly
                  agree in writing to the contrary.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 4 of 9

         3.3.     TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES ORDER CONTENTS

                  Orders for Translations Support Services issued pursuant to
                  this TSS Agreement shall contain, at a minimum, the following
                  information:
         3.3.1.   The incorporation by reference of this TSS Agreement;
         3.3.2.   The location where the invoice shall be rendered for payment;
         3.3.3.   The Site names and addresses at which Translations Support
                  Services shall be rendered;
         3.3.4.   The Site at which the System is or will be installed; and
         3.3.5.   Any special terms and conditions agreed upon by the Parties.

         3.4.     CHANGE ORDERS

                  Buyer may submit a change to Buyer's existing Order for
                  Translations Support Services (hereinafter "Translations
                  Support Services Change Order") requesting modifications to
                  the Order. A typical reason for a Change Order will be new DMS
                  TOPS switches installed in Buyer's network. Nortel Networks
                  shall either accept or reject such Translations Support
                  Services Change Order and provide notice of such acceptance or
                  rejection within thirty (30) day's receipt of such
                  Translations Support Services Change Order. In the event
                  Nortel Networks accepts such Translations Support Services
                  Change Order, the ATSC applicable to such additions or
                  modifications shall commence as of the date specified in
                  Nortel Networks' acceptance notice.

         3.5.     TERM OF AN ORDER

                  Buyer shall issue one (1) Contract Order that shall remain in
                  effect for the Effective Period of this TSS Agreement. Work
                  Orders shall be in effect for the period of time required for
                  Nortel Networks to complete the requested Translations Support
                  Service.

4.       TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT PROCEDURES AND OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

         4.1.     PROBLEM NOTIFICATION

                  Buyer shall notify the primary Nortel Networks contact(s) set
                  forth in Part B of this TSS Agreement in the event of a
                  translations problem. For any DMS switch failures, the
                  standard problem resolution process and procedure should be
                  used by contacting TAS/ETAS, as applicable.

         4.2.     PROBLEM CLASSIFICATIONS

                  Nortel Networks will not categorize translations problems as
                  product failures. Upon receipt of notice from Buyer to Nortel
                  Networks' TAS/ETAS of a DMS TOPS service requirement, Nortel
                  Networks shall categorize such failure into the applicable
                  Nortel Networks Problem Classification as set forth in
                  Appendix 2. Upon such classification, Nortel Networks shall
                  use all reasonable efforts to correct such Failure in
                  accordance with the applicable Nortel Networks Resolution
                  Target as detailed in Appendix 3.

         4.3.     SYSTEM CONFIGURATION CHANGES

                  In the event Buyer plans to makes changes to the System
                  configuration, Buyer shall, no later than five (5) days prior
                  to modifying such System configuration, notify the Nortel
                  Networks Manager contact set forth in Part B of this TSS
                  Agreement.

         4.4.     OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

                  For Translations Support Services selected by Buyer, Buyer
                  must perform the following obligations in addition to those
                  set forth in this TSS Agreement and in the applicable
                  Appendix:

                  4.4.1.   Follow and utilize Nortel Networks' alert and
                  escalation procedures as referenced in Section 13 of this
                  Agreement; and

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 5 of 9

                  4.4.2.   Maintain the DMS TOPS Software within three (3)
                  releases of the then current or "Active" Nortel Networks
                  Software Release level.

5.       PRICING

         5.1.     TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT CHARGES

                  Pricing set forth in Part A entitled "Prices" shall be
                  specific to those Translations Support Services set forth
                  therein.

         5.2.     CHANGES IN TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT CHARGES

                  5.2.1.   The ATSC shall commence as of the effective date of
                  Buyer's Contract Order (hereinafter "Order Effective Date")
                  for the applicable Translations Support Service and shall, for
                  a period of three (3) years thereafter, be invoiced as set
                  forth in Section 6. Thereafter, Nortel Networks may change the
                  ATSC at any time, no more often than once in any calendar
                  year.

                  5.2.2.   In no event shall the ATSC paid by Buyer exceed
                  Nortel Networks' then current published pricing for such ATSC.

         5.3.     TAXES

                  The prices for Translations Support Services provided under
                  this TSS Agreement are net prices and do not include federal,
                  state or local taxes, duties, fees, surcharges, excise or
                  other such charges that, where applicable, shall be added to
                  the price. Buyer shall pay (or reimburse) Nortel Networks for
                  amounts equal to all taxes, licenses, assessments and fees
                  applicable to any matter pertaining to this TSS Agreement,
                  including, but not limited to, Federal Manufacturers and
                  Retailers' Excise, State and Local Sales and Use Taxes,
                  personal property taxes, public charges, tariffs, import
                  duties or license fees, however designated, levied or based on
                  such prices or on this TSS Agreement, the Translations Support
                  Services or any action taken hereunder, exclusive, however, of
                  taxes based upon Nortel Networks' net income. Any taxes
                  assessable upon the Translations Support Services in
                  performing Translations Support Service shall be borne by
                  Buyer.

6.       INVOICING

         Charges for Translations Support Services will be invoiced one (1) year
         in advance, and are due upon the first day of the year to which they
         apply. All invoices are due and payable within thirty (30) days of the
         date of invoice.

7.       WARRANTY

         7.1.     SERVICE WARRANTY

                  Nortel Networks warrants that it will perform contracted
                  Translations Support Service in a professional and first class
                  manner, and in accordance with generally accepted industry
                  practices in effect at the time the Translations Support
                  Service is performed. If within [***] ([***]) [***] of
                  performance, such Services are found to be deficient in
                  accordance with the standard set forth above, Buyer will
                  notify Nortel Networks in writing of the deficiency and Nortel
                  Networks will re-perform such Translations Support Services
                  that are determined to be deficient, at no additional charge
                  to Buyer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 6 of 9

         7.2.     REMEDY

                  Nortel Networks' sole obligations under this warranty shall be
                  to re-perform such Translations Support Services that Buyer
                  has promptly reported to Nortel Networks as defective in
                  workmanship and upon investigation, have been determined by
                  Nortel Networks to be defective.

         7.3.     RESTRICTIONS

                  The above warranties are for the benefit of and apply only to
                  Buyer and will not apply if the defect arises out of:
                  accident; neglect; misuse; failure of electric power, air
                  conditioning, humidity control; causes other than ordinary
                  use; or causes beyond Nortel Networks' control.

         7.4.     WARRANTY LIMITATIONS

                  7.4.1.   THE FOREGOING WARRANTIES ARE IN LIEU OF ALLWARRANTIES
                  EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
                  MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS, AND ARE IN LIEU OF ALL
                  OBLIGATIONS OR LIABILITIES ON THE PART OF NORTEL NETWORKS, ITS
                  SUBCONTRACTORS, SUPPLIERS OR LICENSORS, FOR DAMAGES,
                  INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
                  CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
                  TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER OR ANY
                  DAMAGES WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR
                  PROFITS, ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THIS AGREEMENT
                  OR THE PERFORMANCE OF ANY TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES
                  HEREUNDER, WHETHER IN A CONTRACT OR TORT ACTION INCLUDING
                  NEGLIGENCE EVEN IF NORTEL NETWORKS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE
                  POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.

                  7.4.2.   THE TOTAL LIABILITY OF NORTEL NETWORKS FOR BREACH OF
                  THIS WARRANTY SHALL BE LIMITED TO A REFUND OF THE ATSC
                  APPLICABLE TO SAID DEFECTIVE TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES FOR
                  THE PERIOD SAID TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES WERE REPORTED
                  AND DETERMINED TO HAVE BEEN DEFECTIVE.

8.       DAMAGES; LIMITATION OF LIABILITY

         8.1.     EXCLUSION OF CERTAIN DAMAGES

                  Neither party, nor any of its subcontractors, suppliers or
                  licensors, shall be liable for any indirect, special or
                  consequential damages even if advised of the possibility of
                  such damages.

         8.2.     LIABILITY LIMIT

                  In addition to the limitations of liability expressly
                  disclaimed above, in no event will Nortel Networks be liable
                  to Buyer with respect to any claim in any amount that exceeds
                  the amount received by Nortel Networks hereunder during any
                  one (1) calendar year. Any action against Nortel Networks must
                  be commenced within one (1) year after the cause of such
                  action accrues.

9.       FORCE MAJEURE

                  Nortel Networks shall not be in default by reason of any
                  failure in performance of this Agreement, in accordance with
                  its terms and conditions, if such failure arises out of causes
                  beyond the control of Nortel Networks including, but not
                  restricted to, acts of God, acts of government, fires, floods,
                  epidemics, quarantine, restrictions, strikes, freight

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 7 of 9

                  embargoes, inability to secure raw materials or transportation
                  facilities, acts or omissions of carriers (hereinafter "Force
                  Majeure Condition"). In the event any Force Majeure Condition
                  results in the nonperformance of Nortel Networks of its
                  obligations pursuant to this Agreement, Nortel Networks shall
                  promptly notify Buyer of such Force Majeure Condition and
                  shall resume performance of the affected Order once such Force
                  Majeure Condition ceases to exist.

10.      DEFAULT

         Either party may terminate this TSS Agreement if the other party
         defaults by failing to perform any substantial obligation on its part
         except for the payment of monies due hereunder, provided that the
         parties follow the Dispute Resolution Procedure set forth below prior
         to termination of this TSS Agreement and such Dispute Resolution
         Process does not result in resolution of said dispute. This TSS
         Agreement shall not be terminated if the nature of the breach is such
         that it cannot reasonably be cured within the aforesaid thirty (30) day
         period so long as the offending party shall, within the thirty (30) day
         period, commence action to cure said breach or initiate the Dispute
         Resolution Procedure set forth below, and thereafter diligently pursues
         said cure or Dispute Resolution Procedure.

11.      DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCEDURE

         11.1     Escalation Procedure

                  Buyer and Nortel Networks agree to follow an alert and
                  escalation procedure as agreed upon from time to time, in
                  order to ensure that both parties are fully apprised of all
                  Translations problems/issues in a timely manner and that
                  problems/issues are handled in an expedient fashion. Any
                  issues Buyer has with respect to level of service,
                  responsiveness, or other issues associated with Nortel
                  Networks' performance of this TSS Agreement shall initially be
                  referred to the applicable Nortel Networks Manager as detailed
                  in Part B. Any issues Nortel Networks has with respect to
                  problems/issues concerning Buyer shall be initially referred
                  to the applicable Buyer Manager as detailed in Part B.

         11.2     Resolution of Disputes

                  11.2.1.   If in the opinion of either party, the other party
                  has failed to comply with the requirements of this TSS
                  Agreement, or to perform its obligations in a satisfactory
                  manner, then the dispute resolution procedure set forth in
                  this Section 11 shall be invoked.

                  11.2.2   In order to expedite the prompt resolution of any
                  disputes that may arise hereunder, Nortel Networks and Buyer
                  mutually agree that the dispute resolution procedure set forth
                  herein will be employed by both parties prior to either party
                  availing itself of any legal remedies (except for injunctive
                  relief provided hereunder) against the other party. The
                  dispute resolution procedure shall provide a course of action
                  and appropriate contacts within Nortel Networks' and Buyer's
                  respective organizations in order to successfully resolve any
                  on-going problems.

                  11.2.3   Nortel Networks and Buyer agree that the dispute
                  resolution process will begin upon either party providing the
                  other party with a dispute notice as set forth in Section 12
                  below.

         11.3     First Level Review

                  In the event a dispute arises between the parties, then the
                  aggrieved party shall initially contact the applicable person
                  as defined by the parties' escalation procedure referenced in
                  Section 13.1. In the event such procedure does not provide
                  adequate

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 8 of 9

                  resolution, the aggrieved party shall provide the other party
                  with a dispute notice, and said problem will initially be
                  referred to the "First Level" representatives of the parties
                  identified in Paragraph 13.6 below. The First Level
                  representatives agree to use all reasonable efforts to meet
                  within fifteen (15) calendar days from receipt of a dispute
                  notice, at a mutually acceptable time and place, in order to
                  effectuate a resolution to the dispute.

         11.4     Final Level Review

                  In the event a given problem has not been resolved at the
                  First Level, or a corrective plan of action has not been
                  mutually agreed upon, within thirty (30) calendar days of said
                  meeting of the First Level representatives or within
                  forty-five (45) calendar days of the giving of the dispute
                  notice, then either party shall have the option of escalating
                  the dispute to the "Final Level" representatives identified in
                  Paragraph 13.6 below, by means of a written notice of
                  escalation to the other party.

         11.5     Final Level Resolution

                  The Final Level representatives agree to use all reasonable
                  efforts to meet within thirty (30) calendar days from receipt
                  of such notice of escalation, at a mutually acceptable time
                  and place, in order to effectuate a resolution to the dispute.
                  If the dispute has not been resolved, or a corrective plan of
                  action has not been mutually agreed upon within sixty (60)
                  days of said meeting of the Final Level representatives, or
                  within ninety (90) days of date of the notice of escalation to
                  said Final Level, then either party may pursue any legal
                  remedies it may have.

         11.6     Designated Representatives as detailed in Schedule B:

                  LEVEL              FOR NORTEL NETWORKS:           FOR Buyer:

                  First              Sr. Manager

                  Final              Director

12.      NOTICES

         All notices to be given hereunder shall be in writing and be personally
         delivered, sent by facsimile or by registered or certified mail.
         Notices shall be deemed to have been given when received by the party
         to whom said notice is addressed. Either party may from time to time
         change the address to which notices to it are to be sent by giving
         notice of such change to the other party.

         If to Nortel Networks:                    If to Buyer:
         Primary Addressee:                        Primary Addressee:

         Nortel Networks Inc.
         97 Humboldt Street
         Rochester, New York  14609-7493
         Fax: (716) 654-2180
         Attn.: Contracts Management

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                  *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 9 of 9

13.      GENERAL

         13.1     Assignment

                  Any assignment of this TSS Agreement by Buyer without Nortel
                  Networks' written consent shall be void. Buyer hereby consents
                  to the assignment by Nortel Networks of its rights to receive
                  monies due or to become due hereunder.

         13.2     Choice of Law

                  This TSS Agreement shall be governed in all respects by the
                  laws of the State of New York as such laws are applied to
                  agreements between New York residents entered into and to be
                  performed within the State of New York. The courts of the
                  State of New York shall have exclusive jurisdiction concerning
                  all matters relating to this TSS Agreement.

         13.3     Severability

                  If any term, provision, covenant or condition of this TSS
                  Agreement is held invalid or unenforceable for any reason, the
                  remainder of the provisions shall continue in full force and
                  effect as if this TSS Agreement had been executed with the
                  invalid portion thereof eliminated.

         13.4     Non Exclusive Remedies

                  Unless specifically stated herein to the contrary, no right or
                  remedy conferred herein is exclusive of any other right or
                  remedy conferred herein or by law, but all remedies are
                  cumulative of every other right or remedy conferred hereunder
                  or at law or in equity by statute or otherwise; and may be
                  exercised concurrently or separately from time to time.

         13.5     Survival

                  Notwithstanding the expiration or termination of this TSS
                  Agreement, those rights and obligations which by their nature
                  are intended to survive such expiration or earlier termination
                  shall survive without limitation.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                                  APPENDIX ONE
                TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICE TERMS AND CONDITIONS

1.0 -    TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICE DESCRIPTION

         1.1      TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES PROVIDED

                  Nortel Networks shall provide the following remote telephone
                  Translations Support Services during the PPM upon the Order
                  for such Translations Support Services and the subsequent
                  payment for such Translations Support Services for Nortel
                  Networks DMS TOPS:

         A.       Buyer's Authorized Callers shall receive priority access (over
                  other telephone callers who have not entered into an agreement
                  for Translations Support Service) to Nortel Networks'
                  Translations Engineers for the following:

                  1)       Requests for Translations Services during the PPM
                  2)       Buyer and Nortel Networks jointly planned
                           Translations Support Service activities, including
                           but not limited to System and Software upgrades on a
                           twenty-four (24) hours per day, seven (7) days per
                           week basis upon a minimum twenty-four (24) hour
                           notice to Nortel Networks prior to any such activity
                           and subject to the availability of Nortel Networks
                           personnel.

         B.       The designation by Buyer of up to six (6) Authorized Callers;

         C.       Remote DMS TOPS Translations from Nortel Networks utilizing
                  Remote Dial-In Capability;

         D.       Translations Support Services for a maximum of 1 DMS TOPS
                  switches,

         E.       Nortel Networks' assistance in the planning of joint
                  Translations Support Service activities.

         F.       Remote translations assistance from Nortel Networks utilizing
                  telephone support for any IWS Terminal translations. This
                  support is limited to the remote support of a Buyer's or
                  Nortel Networks' Technician actually performing the IWS
                  Terminal translations on-site.

         1.2      ADDITIONAL CHARGES FOR TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES

                  Certain Translations Support Services may be provided by
                  Nortel Networks to Buyer which incur Hourly Service Charges as
                  a result of such Translations Support Services being outside
                  the scope of Translations Support Services as set forth in
                  Section 1.1 of this Appendix One. All Translations Support
                  Services which require Nortel Networks to perform such
                  Translations Support Services physically located at a Site are
                  provided on an "as available" basis and are chargeable at
                  Nortel Networks' then current rates and charges, plus any
                  applicable travel and living expenses.

2.0      OBLIGATIONS OF BUYER

         2.1      PERSONNEL AND FACILITIES

                  In addition to the obligations of Buyer set forth in the body
                  of this Agreement, Buyer understands and agrees that it is
                  Buyer's sole responsibility to perform the following:

                  A.       Installation of all DMS TOPS patches;

                  B.       Utilize the Translations Support Service telephone
                           number for notification and requests for Translations
                           Support Services as set forth in Schedule C of this
                           Agreement;

                  C.       Report any DMS TOPS translations problems to Nortel
                           Networks TAS / ETAS utilizing established procedures;

                  D.       Provide Nortel Networks local and/or remote
                           Translations Support and diagnostic access (remote
                           modem access) to the Systems in order to facilitate
                           System investigation and translations updates;

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 2 of 3

                  E.       Follow the procedures set forth in this TSS Agreement
                           in order to ensure that Nortel Networks is fully
                           apprised of all System problems/issues in a timely
                           manner; and

                  F.       Permit Nortel Networks to perform Translations
                           Support Services and installation related Site audits
                           at Nortel Networks' requested times provided that
                           Nortel Networks notifies Buyer at least twenty-four
                           (24) hours prior to performing such activities. All
                           such activities will be performed on a mutually
                           agreed to schedule, provided such activities are
                           performed within 30 days of Nortel Networks' request.

         2.2      EXPENSES

                  All expenses incurred by Buyer relating to the provision of
                  Translations Support services will be borne by Buyer, except
                  as expressly provided herein.

         2.3      REMEDIES

                  In the event that Buyer does not perform the obligations as
                  set forth above, Nortel Networks may, at its sole discretion;
                  (i) perform such Buyer obligations and charge Buyer for such
                  activities in accordance with the applicable Hourly Service
                  Charges; (ii) defer performing Translations Support Services
                  until such obligations have been completed by Buyer; or (iii)
                  pursue any other remedies available to it.

3.0 -    TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT CRITERIA

         3.1      DMS TOPS TRANSLATIONS

                  For the purposes of this contract, TOPS Translations Services
                  consist of the TOPS functional Software datafill required for
                  Operator Services for up to 1 DMS TOPS switches. The Software
                  supported includes and is limited to the Software loaded on a
                  DMS TOPS switch. The supported TOPS Software functional groups
                  are Operator Services Basic (OSB), Alternate Billing Services
                  (ABS), Advanced Queuing (ADVQ), Enhanced Services (ENSV),
                  Enhanced Workstation Software (EWSS), Operator Services
                  Directory Assistance (OSDA), Operator Services Equal Access
                  (OSEA), Global Operator Services, Unbundling (UNBN), Operator
                  Services System AIN (OSAN). TOPS Translations Services include
                  the updating of EWSS tables for any terminal expansions.

         3.2      EXCLUSIONS

                  The following services and datafill requirements are not
                  included in TOPS Translations Services:

                  A.       Incoming translations to the DMS TOPS switch for
                           trunking, routing or screening.

                  B.       Outgoing translations from the DMS TOPS switch for
                           trunking, routing or screening.

         3.3      NOTIFICATION

                  Nortel Networks shall remotely support Buyer's performance of
                  Translations Services after Buyer notifies Nortel Networks of
                  a translations requirement. Nortel Networks shall provide
                  Buyer with designated point(s) of contact and applicable
                  telephone number(s) to enable Buyer to give such notification.

         3.4      SERVICE CONTINUATION PERIOD

                  Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary,
                  Buyer shall be entitled to a one (1) hour Translations Support
                  continuation period in which Remedial Translations Support
                  which was initiated during the PPM will continue to be
                  supported beyond the end of the PPM for up to one (1) hour at
                  no additional cost to Buyer (hereinafter "Service Continuation
                  Period"). If Buyer requests that such Translations Support
                  continue beyond the Service Continuation Period, Buyer shall
                  be charged pursuant to Nortel Networks' Hourly Service Policy
                  for actual time spent performing such Service beyond the
                  Service

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                    Appendix One
                                                                     Page 3 of 3

                  Continuation Period, provided that no minimum hourly charges
                  shall be invoiced for such Translations Support Service after
                  the expiration of the Service Continuation Period.

         3.5      RESPONSE TIME

                  A Nortel Networks Engineer will respond to Buyer's requests
                  for Translations Support Service within twenty-four (24) hours
                  of any support call to the Nortel Networks Translations
                  Support telephone number, identified in Part B.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                    Appendix Two
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                  APPENDIX TWO
                    NORTEL NETWORKS PROBLEM CLASSIFICATIONS/
                         PRODUCT FAILURE CLASSIFICATIONS

In order to classify errors and problems, the following
categories/classifications will apply. Buyer agrees to utilize the below
classifications for all trouble reports and requests for service.

CRITICAL
The problem is very CRITICAL in nature. The problem has created a system-outage.
No known work-around exists or a work-around has not been implemented. This
problem should be worked continuously until resolved. All E1 and E2 conditions.
This classification is always considered an Emergency Condition.

MAJOR
The problem is of MAJOR severity. The problem could be service affecting,
intermittently service-affecting or has the potential for service degradation or
outage. This problem needs to be resolved quickly, but not necessarily worked
continuously. All E3, S1, S2 and B1 conditions.

MINOR
The problem is of MINOR severity. This problem is not service affecting. Any
problems that create inconsistencies or irregularities. This problem needs to be
resolved, but is not of major concern at this time. All E4 and NS conditions.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 1 of 3

                                 APPENDIX THREE
                           PROBLEM RESOLUTION TARGETS

E1       SERVICE OUTAGE OR SERVICE DEGRADATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E1 degradation and/or outage.

         o        Loss of service capability (call processing originations or
                  terminations) for more than 30 seconds
         o        Any manual or system initiated restart (warm, cold, reload or
                  image reload) which causes a loss of service capability for a
                  period in excess of 30 seconds
         o        Services degraded for reasons such as, but not limited to:
                  1.       All incoming, outgoing and/or two-way trunks are
                           lost.
                  2.       A 100% link failure disrupting connections between
                           any two points in the network, where the disrupted
                           traffic demand exceeds the alternate routing
                           capability.
                  3.       A percentage of the total numbers of audio ports are
                           out-of-service, causing the disrupted traffic demand
                           to exceed the alternate audio traffic capability.
                  4.       Consistently slow dial tone (8 second delay or
                           greater).

         E1 Resolution Objective: IMMEDIATE and continuous effort until the
         service level is restored to pre-incident operation. Continuous effort
         must be maintained until the problem is resolved or a work-around is
         implemented. If a work around is implemented, the condition will be
         downgraded to E3.

E2       POTENTIAL SERVICE OUTAGE OR SERVICE DEGRADATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E2 potential degradation and/or outage.

         o        Loss of the duplex function for any equipment that is
                  duplicated
         o        Loss of greater than 10% (but less than 100%) of terminals
                  unable to login within a given bureau
         o        More than 50% (but less than 100%) loss of hardware facilities
                  in any area of the system that would not create a loss of
                  service, but a degradation (limited) of service with no data
                  loss through the node (e.g., slow search response)
         o        Inability to perform critical Translations Support procedures

         E2 Resolution Objective: IMMEDIATE and continuous effort until the
         service level is restored to pre-incident operation. Continuous effort
         must be maintained until the problem is resolved or a work-around is
         implemented. If a work around is implemented, the condition will be
         downgraded to E4.

E3       OUTAGE FOLLOW-UP SR CLASSIFICATION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E3 outage follow-up.

         o        Generated by the Nortel Networks Technical Support prime
                  following resolution and closing of an E1 (outage) call report
         o        Generated when a final fix must be implemented in response to
                  an E1 work-around condition.
         o        Problem and action text copied over from the E1 call reports
                  to the E3 call report when opened
         o        Used to document further investigations and analysis to
                  determine the cause of the outage and steps taken to prevent
                  the same problem in the future

         E3 Resolution objective: 30 DAYS; Upon the completion of the
         investigation, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a future
         standard Software, hardware, or documentation update or revision.

E4       SERVICE DEGRADATION FOLLOW-UP SR CLASSIFICATION

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 2 of 3

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the E4 service degradation follow-up.

         o        Generated by the Nortel Networks Technical Support prime
                  following resolution and closing of an E2 (service
                  degradation) call report
         o        As an option, opened following closure of an E2 call report at
                  the discretion of the Nortel Networks Technical Support prime
         o        Generated when a final fix must be implemented in response to
                  an E2 work-around condition.
         o        Problem and action text copied over from the E2 call reports
                  to the E4 call report when opened
         o        Used to document further investigations and analysis to
                  determine the cause of the outage and steps taken to prevent
                  the same problem in the future

         E4 Resolution objective: 30 DAYS; Upon the completion of the
         investigation, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a future
         standard Software, hardware, or documentation update or revision.

S1       CONTINUOUSLY SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the S1 service-affecting problems.

         o        Software errors or hardware troubles directly and continuously
                  affecting any subscriber's service or the operating company's
                  ability to collect revenue
         o        System or process core dumps (more than twice a day)
         o        Loss of operator statistics collection
         o        Any peripheral module out of service

         S1 Resolution objective: 30 DAYS; status response in two weeks, with a
         fix or work-around solution applied within four weeks. If a work around
         is implemented, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a future
         standard Software, hardware, or documentation update or revision.

S2       INTERMITTENTLY SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the S2 intermittently service-affecting
         problems.

o        Software or hardware faults that only intermittently affect service to
         one or more classes of subscribers
o        System related documentation errors which categorically result in, or
         lead to, service impairment
o        Problems where the operating company can show significant impact on
         plant and traffic operations and upon its ability to plan office
         extensions
o        Office alarm unit out-of-service
o        Core equipment diagnostic failures (less than two per day)

         S2 Resolution Objective: 30 DAYS; status response in four weeks, with a
         fix or work-around solution applied within eight weeks. If a work
         around is implemented, a fix, if applicable, will be scheduled for a
         future standard Software, hardware, or documentation update or
         revision.

NS       NON SERVICE AFFECTING CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the NS (non-service) affecting problems.

         o        Service analysis, operational measurements, Translations
                  Support program or network management problems, or system
                  related documentation inaccuracies, which do not affect call
                  processing
         o        Non-service affecting Software inconsistencies
         o        Peripheral equipment diagnostic failures, not already defined
                  above, which cannot be corrected by the customer's Engineers
         o        System failures which do not result in an E1 or E2 condition

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                  Appendix Three
                                                                     Page 3 of 3

         o        Undefined system alarms

         NS Resolution Objective: 182 DAYS, Status response in six weeks. Upon
         the completion of the investigation, a fix, if applicable, will be
         scheduled for a future standard Software, hardware, or documentation
         update or revision.

B1       BUSINESS CRITICAL CONDITION

         The following criteria provide guidelines used to establish the
         priority classification for the B1 non-service affecting problems.

         o        Any problem that would create a service effecting condition if
                  the system was live and in-service. B1 conditions are used
                  only for pre-launch problems.
         o        A problem that will seriously affect subscriber service, at
                  in-service (IS) date

         B1 Resolution Objective: 30 DAYS, Status response in two weeks or daily
         if the service

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***
<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                 Part A - Prices
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                 PART A - PRICES

                       COMPUTING PLATFORM SUPPORT PRICING

                          TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT SERVICES

                   TSC: 3 YEAR CONTRACT FOR DMS TOPS SYSTEM

     ------------------------------------------------------
     TOPS Translations Support
     ------------------------------------------------------
     Annually                                 $[***]
     ------------------------------------------------------

NOTES:
         1.       All rates are in US dollars.
         2.       A product credit for NIS software will be granted in the event
                  an order for the three years of DMS TOPS Translations Support
                  is received on or before [***] (total credit, $[***])

                           1999 STANDARD RATE SCHEDULE

                           ----------------------------------------
                                Non-                  Translations
                              Contract                   Support
-------------------------------------------------------------------
8 AM to 5 PM               $[***]/hour 1,2         $[***]/hour 1,2
Mon - Fri.
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Overtime                   $[***]/hour 1,2         $[***]/hour 1,2
-------------------------------------------------------------------
Daily rate                  $[***] per                $[***] per
8 business hours            8 hours 3                 8 hours 3
-------------------------------------------------------------------

NOTES:
         1.       Minimum 2 hour billing plus mileage at $.31/mile.
         2.       All billing is based on a portal-to-portal basis.
         3.       Does not include travel and living expenses ("T&L"). Buyer
                  shall be charged any such additional T&L expenses on the
                  applicable invoice associated with such Order.
         4.       All rates are in US dollars.
         5.       For all billings, time beyond 8 hours per day, and contiguous
                  to the 8-hour day, will be billed at the overtime rate without
                  a minimum-billing requirement.
         6.       Rate schedule billings will be applied for services rendered
                  outside the scope of the individual Buyer contract and stated
                  warranty.
         7.       All rates are based on per Nortel Networks' Engineer.

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                       Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA
                                                    Switching Product Attachment
                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule F
                                                                     Page 1 of 1

                                PART B - CONTACTS

          NORTEL NETWORKS AND BUYER TOPS TRANSLATIONS SUPPORT CONTACTS

1.  -    FOR NORTEL NETWORKS

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title                  Name             Phone Number        Address
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Primary Contact        TBD              TBD                 TBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manager                Bob Summers      919-991-2583        Nortel Networks
                                                            35 Davis Drive
                                        fax 919-991-8505    RTP, North Carolina
                                                            27709
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Senior Manager         Troy Toney       919-991-2050        Nortel Networks
                                                            35 Davis Drive
                                        fax 919-991-8505    RTP, North Carolina
                                                            27709
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Director               Joe Arnone       919-991-7701        Nortel Networks
                                                            35 Davis Drive
                                        fax 919-991-8505    RTP, North Carolina
                                                            27709
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

2.  -    FOR BUYER

--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Title                  Name             Phone Number        Address
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
System                 TBD              TBD                 TBD
Administrator
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Manager                TBD              TBD                 TBD
Operations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Senior Manager         TBD              TBD                 TBD
Operations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Director Network       TBD              TBD                 TBD
Operations
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                       TBD              TBD                 TBD
--------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                    CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY INFORMATION

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTMENT ***

<PAGE>

                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule G
                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

                         TECHNICAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

                                     BETWEEN

                              NORTEL NETWORKS INC.

                                       AND

                      ITC/\ DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS INC.

                                       1
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

SECTION                                                       PAGE

          1     Definitions                                     3

          2     Grant of Rights                                 3

          3     Term                                            4

          4     Furnishing of Information and Training          4

          5     Payment and Remittance                          4

          6     Confidentiality                                 4

          7     Liability                                       5

          8     Termination                                     5

          9     General                                         5

                                       2
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                           Exhibit N, Schedule G
                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

                         TECHNICAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT

         This TECHNICAL INFORMATION AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made by and
between ITC/\ DeltaCom Communications Inc. (hereinafter "Licensee"), a Delaware
corporation with offices located at 1530 DeltaCom Drive, Anniston, Al.
36202-0787, and Nortel Networks Inc. (hereinafter "Nortel Networks"), a Delaware
corporation with offices located at 5405 Windward Parkway, Alpharetta, Georgia
30004, and is effective as of the date last executed by a party below (the
"Effective Date").

         In consideration of the mutual covenants and promises contained herein,
and for other good and valuable consideration, receipt and sufficiency of which
is hereby acknowledged, the parties hereto agree as follows:

1.       DEFINITIONS. As used in this Agreement:

         a. "DMS-500 System" shall mean Nortel's DMS-500 Digital Switching
         System, consisting of hardware and software, which Licensee acquired or
         will acquire from Nortel and which is or which upon such acquisition
         will be operated by, and under the control of, Licensee.

         b. Intentionally omitted.

         c. "System" shall mean, as the context requires, a DMS-100 System,
         DMS-250 System, or DMS-500 System.

         d. Intentionally omitted.

         e. "Technical Information" or "Information" shall mean, individually or
         collectively, as the context requires, the PROTEL source code relating
         to the System that is listed on the Software Navigation System and made
         available to Licensee pursuant to this Agreement.

         f. "Training" shall mean any training course with respect to which, in
         Nortel's determination, a current, executed technical information
         agreement, in substantially the form hereof, is a prerequisite for
         enrollment in such training course, including, without limitation, the
         training courses listed in Exhibit A hereto.

         g. "Updates" shall mean documentation covering significant changes in
         the Information, or a portion thereof, which Nortel elects to make
         available to its licensees of such Information.

                                       3
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

2.       GRANT OF RIGHTS. Effective upon, and subject to, the commencement of
the Term, Nortel Networks hereby grants to Licensee, subject to the terms and
conditions of this Agreement, a personal, nontransferable, nonassignable,
indivisible, non-exclusive right to use the Technical Information furnished or
made available to Licensee hereunder solely for Licensee's internal use and
solely for the purpose of allowing Licensee's network operations center to
understand the [DMS-500] System for the purpose of providing diagnostic support
for the operation, maintenance and use of the [DMS-500] System operated by and
under the control of Licensee. All rights granted to Licensee hereunder shall
automatically expire upon the expiration of the Term. Nothing contained herein
shall be deemed to confer upon Licensee or any third party any right to perform
installation services at any time with respect to any System or any component
thereof.

3.       TERM. This Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date and shall
continue for a period of twelve (12) months ("Term").

4.       FURNISHING OF TECHNICAL INFORMATION AND TRAINING. Licensee shall be
entitled to (i) enroll one (1) of Licensee's employees to attend Nortel
Networks' training course number 1901, at no additional charge to Licensee; and
(iii) receive or participate in additional Training, subject to course and class
availability, at Nortel Networks' then-current prices therefor.

         The Technical Information supplied hereunder, or any portion thereof,
shall be furnished or made available to Licensee in the form and content which
Nortel Networks elects to furnish or make such Information available. Nortel
Networks shall not be obligated to develop any new or unavailable information,
or to modify the form or content of any Technical Information to be furnished or
made available to Licensee hereunder.

5.       Intentionally omitted.

6.       CONFIDENTIALITY. Licensee acknowledges that the Technical Information
furnished or made available to Licensee hereunder is and shall continue to be
the exclusive property of Nortel Networks and/or Nortel Networks Limited
("NNL"), as the case may be, and is proprietary to and constitutes a trade
secret of Nortel Networks and/or NNL, as the case may be. Licensee shall protect
and hold the Information in the strictest confidence for the Term of this
Agreement and for the lesser of (a) a period of fifteen (15) years thereafter or
(b) the period that the Information is deemed a trade secret under Georgia law,
and may use the Technical Information only as permitted hereunder.

                                       4
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

         Licensee shall not disclose any portion of the Information to any party
except to those employees of Licensee who have a "need-to-know" in order to
exercise the rights granted in Section 2 hereof, and then only under procedures
that meet the highest level of confidentiality as practiced by Licensee, but no
less stringent than those used by Licensee to protect Licensee's own proprietary
information of a similar nature or reasonable care.

         Licensee shall safeguard the Information in Licensee's network
operations center at all times and not remove it without Nortel Networks'
written consent. Licensee shall not sell, license, modify, copy or reproduce the
Information without the written permission of Nortel Networks, and shall
promptly return all copies of the Information that Licensee no longer requires
to Nortel Networks.

7.       LIABILITY. THE INFORMATION IS FURNISHED "AS IS." NEITHER NORTEL
NETWORKS NOR NNL MAKES ANY REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES OF ANY NATURE
WHATSOEVER WITH RESPECT TO ANY INFORMATION OR TRAINING FURNISHED OR MADE
AVAILABLE TO LICENSEE HEREUNDER, INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTIES
OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE OR AGAINST INFRINGEMENT.
NEITHER NORTEL NETWORKS NOR NNL SHALL BE LIABLE TO OR THROUGH LICENSEE FOR ANY
INDIRECT, SPECIAL, PUNITIVE, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES WHATSOEVER OR
FOR ANY REASON, ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT.

         Neither Nortel Networks nor NNL shall have any liability for damages,
losses, expenses or costs arising out of the furnishing or receipt of any
Technical Information or Training pursuant to this Agreement, and Licensee
hereby waives any claims that Licensee might have or might claim to have against
Nortel Networks and/or NNL, their employees and agents, as well as those of
their subsidiaries and affiliates, for or arising from the provision of such
Information and Training.

8.       TERMINATION. Either party may, by giving written notice to the other
party, terminate this Agreement prior to the expiration of the Term:

         a.    in the event of a material breach by the other party of any of
         the terms and conditions of this Agreement; provided that (i) the
         non-defaulting party has advised the defaulting party in writing of the
         event of alleged default and (ii) the defaulting party has not remedied
         the alleged default within thirty (30) days after written notice
         thereof; or

         b.    if any part of this Agreement, without which such party would not
         have entered into this Agreement, is declared invalid by, or as a
         result of, an enforceable decision or directive of a court, tribunal or
         government agency having jurisdiction.

         Any terms of this Agreement which by their nature are intended to
survive, including but not limited to the terms of Section 6 hereof related to
confidentiality and Section 7 hereof related to liability, shall survive the
expiration or termination of this Agreement. Upon the expiration or termination
of this Agreement, Licensee shall promptly return all Technical Information in
tangible form to Nortel Networks or destroy such Technical Information and
provide written confirmation that all such actions have been taken to return or
destroy all such Technical Information.

9.       GENERAL. This Agreement shall benefit and be binding upon the parties
hereto and their permitted successors and assigns; and other than as explicitly
stated below, neither party may sell,

                                       5
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

assign, or otherwise transfer this Agreement or any of its rights hereunder,
provided, however, that Nortel Networks may assign or transfer any or all of its
rights or obligations to NNL or to any parent, subsidiary or affiliate of NNL.

         Nothing in this Agreement shall require Nortel Networks or NNL to
furnish, make available or disclose any information which it does not own, to
grant any rights, or to render any technical assistance or training which would
violate any license agreements, confidentiality undertakings, or other
obligations which Nortel or NNL, or any of their affiliates or subsidiaries, has
to any third party, or which would violate a present or future law or decree of
any government or governmental office or agency.

         The validity, construction and performance of this Agreement shall be
governed by and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Georgia,
except for its rules with regard to the conflict of laws.

         Licensee shall not export any Technical Information or the direct
product thereof received from Nortel Networks pursuant to this Agreement, or
release any such Technical Information or the direct product thereof with the
knowledge or intent that such will be exported or transmitted to any country or
to foreign nationals of any country, except in accordance with applicable U.S.
laws and regulations concerning the exporting and with written consent of Nortel
Networks. Licensee shall obtain all government authorizations, in accordance
with applicable law, prior to exporting or transmitting any such Information or
the direct product thereof.

         All notices required or permitted to be given hereunder shall be in
writing and shall be deemed given when delivered (i) by hand, or (ii) by
facsimile transmission (confirming the same by mail), or (iii) by certified or
next-day mail addressed as follows:

         If to Licensee:
                               ITC/\DeltaCom Communications Inc.
                               --------------------------------
                               1530 DeltaCom Drive
                               --------------------------------
                               Anniston, Alabama
                               --------------------------------
                                          36202-0787
                               --------------------------------
                               Attention: Sr. Vice President, Network Services
                                          ------------------------------------
                               Facsimile:  (256) 241-4294
                                          ------------------------------------

         If to Nortel Networks:
                                        Nortel Networks Inc.
                               ---------------------------------------
                                        5405 Windward Parkway
                               ---------------------------------------
                                        Alpharetta, Ga. 30004
                               ---------------------------------------
                               Attention: S.E. Regional Vice President
                                          ------------------------------------
                               Facsimile: (770) 708-5899
                                          ------------------------------------

PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

Either party hereto may change its address by a notice given to the other party
hereto in the manner set forth above.

         This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement of the parties with
respect to its subject matter hereof and supersedes all previous negotiations,
proposals, commitments, publications and understandings of any nature
whatsoever.

                          PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                   *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                                                       [Company]
                                                                             TIA

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed
by their duly authorized representatives.

    ITC/\DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.              NORTEL NETWORKS INC.

By: /s/ DAVID L. HILL                     By: /s/ PAUL KNUDSEN
    ---------------------------------         ----------------------------------
            (Signature)                                  (Signature)

Name:       David L. Hill                 Name:         Paul Knudsen
       ------------------------------            -------------------------------
                (Print)                                    (Print)

Title: V.P., Engineering and Planning     Title:       Senior Counsel
       ------------------------------             ------------------------------

Date:      10/12/00                       Date:          Oct. 12, 2000
       ------------------------------             ------------------------------

                                       8
PRIVILEGED AND CONFIDENTIAL

                     ***CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED***
<PAGE>

                                                                       Exhibit O

                                                       Version 6 - May 10//00 AB

                             ENDORSEMENT BRAND MARK

                           TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

THIS AGREEMENT made as of the 21st day of December, 2000

BY AND BETWEEN :

                           NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED, a corporation duly
                           incorporated under the laws of Canada, having its
                           registered offices at The World Trade Center of
                           Montreal, 380 St. Antoine Street West, 8th Floor,
                           Montreal, Quebec, Canada, H2Y 3Y4,

                           (hereinafter called "Nortel Networks")

                           - and -

                           Interstate FiberNet, Inc. a corporation duly
                           incorporated under the laws of Delaware, and its
                           wholly-owned subsidiary, ITC/\DeltaCom
                           Communications, Inc., a corporation duly incorporated
                           under the laws of Alabama, each having its
                           registered/ or executive offices at1791 O.G. Skinner
                           Drive, West Point, Georgia, U.S 31833,

                           (together, hereinafter called "Licensee")

WHEREAS Nortel Networks is the owner of the trademark SOLUTIONS BY NORTEL
NETWORKS (& globemark) Design as described more fully in Appendix A hereto (the
"Trademark");

                                  Page 1 of 1

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

WHEREAS Licensee is a valued customer of Nortel Networks having purchased the
following product/service solutions from Nortel Networks: those products and
services described in the Exhibits and Schedules to the Network Product Purchase
Agreement No. ITC2000NPPA with an effective date of November 8, 2000 ("Purchase
Agreement", between Nortel Networks, Inc. and Licensee (the "Networking
Solution").

WHEREAS Licensee desires to obtain a license to use the Trademark in the United
States of America (the "Territory") in the manner and subject to the terms and
conditions hereinafter set forth.

NOW, THEREFORE, IN CONSIDERATION OF THE MUTUAL PROMISES HEREINAFTER SET FORTH,
THE PARTIES AGREE AS FOLLOWS :

1.       Nortel Networks hereby grants to Licensee a free, personal,
         non-transferable, non-assignable, non-exclusive right to use the
         Trademark in the Territory solely in association with Licensee's
         products or marketing materials, including but not limited to,
         advertising and collateral materials, that identify Nortel Networks as
         the source of the Networking Solution, in such a manner as not to
         jeopardize the validity of the Trademark or to damage or detract from
         Nortel Networks' goodwill or interest in the Trademark. Without
         limiting the generality of the foregoing, Licensee shall not use the
         Trademark in association with any other trademark so as to create a
         composite mark of any kind.

2.       Licensee shall comply with Nortel Networks' instructions as to the form
         and manner in which the Trademark will be used pursuant hereto and
         shall not, in any way, prejudice the rights of Nortel Networks with
         respect to the Trademark. Licensee shall submit to Nortel Networks for
         prior approval, in the manner in which Nortel Networks shall direct,
         all advertising and other material on which the Trademark appears or is
         intended to be used.

3.       Nortel Networks reserves the right to withhold any such approval or to
         withdraw the Trademark from any product or material at any time at its
         discretion. Nortel Networks further reserves the right to withdraw the
         Trademark from any product, print or electronic materials or
         publications at any time at its discretion. Nortel

                                  Page 2 of 2

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

         Networks shall not exercise its rights under this Section 3 so as to
         preclude Licensee from obtaining the benefits to which it is entitled
         under Section 19.3 through 19.3.3 of the Purchase Agreement.

         Any prior approval relative to Trademark placement does not constitute
         an endorsement or approval of the advertisement's content or
         co-advertisers / endorsers, including but not limited to, product or
         service performance or technology claims made or implied by the
         advertisement.

         Prior to the use or authorization of the Trademark in any advertising,
         promotional, and/or merchandising media, Licensee shall send a soft
         copy of completed material, along with a description of proposed use
         and placement, a minimum of two (2) business days prior to the intended
         date of production to Nortel Networks. If the completed material is
         approved for the requested use and/or placement, Licensee will receive
         said approval in writing from Nortel Networks.

4.       Nortel Networks and Licensee shall execute such further agreements or
         instruments as may be considered appropriate to record the rights
         granted hereunder. Licensee shall cooperate with Nortel Networks in
         respect of any trademark registration activity Nortel Networks
         undertakes and as needed, shall provide Nortel Networks with
         information, samples and documents to evidence Licensee's use of the
         Trademark.

5.       Licensee acknowledges that the Trademark and all goodwill associated
         therewith are, and shall remain, the sole property of Nortel Networks
         and no rights are

         conferred upon Licensee with respect to the Trademark
         except as specifically set forth herein.

6.       Licensee shall take all reasonable precautions to protect the Trademark
         from infringement and shall advise Nortel Networks of any infringement
         or apparent infringement as soon as it becomes known to Licensee.
         Nortel Networks shall have sole control to take proceedings, as it
         deems appropriate, for infringement of the Trademark and Licensee shall
         cooperate fully with Nortel Networks in respect of any such proceedings
         (at the sole cost of Licensor).

                                  Page 3 of 3

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

         Nortel Networks hereby represents and warrants that it is the owner of
         the Trademark and has the right to license Licensee to use the
         Trademark as granted herein. Nortel Networks shall indemnify and save
         Licensee harmless from any and all claims made by unrelated third
         parties for damages, losses, expenses or costs (including counsel fees
         and expenses) arising out of any infringement or alleged infringement
         of any mark by the Trademark, and from any third party challenges in
         respect of Nortel Network's rights in the Trademark or Licensee's right
         to use the Trademark in the Territory pursuant to the license grant
         provided herein

         Licensee shall indemnify and save Nortel Networks harmless from any all
         claims made by unrelated third parties for damages, losses, expenses or
         costs (including counsel fees and expenses) arising out of any
         infringement or alleged infringement of any other trademark by the
         Licensee's use of the Trademark in connection with any other mark and
         such infringement claim could not be made but for Licensee's use of
         such other mark, as well as any and all claims and liabilities arising
         out of any faulty, or allegedly faulty, products manufactured, used or
         sold by Licensee that are not supplied by Nortel and in respect of
         which the Trademark is used.

7.       Licensee shall have the right to use the Trademark, as herein provided,
         commencing from the date of this Agreement and continuing for the
         period of two (2) years thereafter unless this Agreement is terminated
         earlier as herein provided. Subject to the written consent of Nortel
         Networks, which consent will not be unreasonably withheld, Licensee
         shall have the right to extend the term of this Agreement for
         additional terms of two (2) years each upon written notification to
         Nortel Networks to that effect on or before the expiration of this
         Agreement or any extension thereof, provided Licensee is not in default
         hereunder. Notwithstanding anything else contained herein, this
         Agreement shall terminate forthwith if Licensee discontinues the use of
         the Networking Solution.

8.       In the event Licensee is in default of this Agreement or fails to
perform one or more of its material obligations hereunder, Nortel Networks may,
by written notice to

                                  Page 4 of 4

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

Licensee, require the remedy of the default or the performance of the
obligation, and if Licensee fails to remedy or perform within thirty (30) days
of the forwarding of such notice, Nortel Networks may, by written notice,
terminate this Agreement forthwith.

9.       In the event Licensee becomes insolvent or is the object of bankruptcy
         or insolvency proceedings, or makes assignment for the benefit of its
         creditors, or is placed in receivership or liquidation, or fails to
         satisfy any final judgment rendered against it within the period so
         permitted, Nortel Networks may, without any delay, by written notice,
         terminate this Agreement.

10.      Upon termination or expiration of this Agreement, Licensee shall
         forthwith discontinue the exercise of the rights granted hereunder, and
         all rights conferred upon Licensee hereunder to the Trademark shall
         revert to Nortel Networks. Licensee shall not make any use of a word,
         trademark or trade name similar to the Trademark in association with
         any products, services, packaging or general advertising.

11.      Any and all notices or other information to be given by one of the
         Parties to the

         other shall be deemed sufficiently given when forwarded by prepaid
         registered or certified first class air mail or by facsimile, telegram,
         telex or hand delivery to the other Party at the following address:

If to Licensee:
         ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc.
         4092 S. Memorial Parkway
         Huntsville, Alabama 35802
         Attn:    Vice President of Marketing
         Telephone:    (256) 382-3851
         Facsimile:    (256) 382-2294

With a copy to: (legal counsel address)

         ITC/\DeltaCom Communications, Inc.
         4092 S. Memorial Parkway
         Huntsville, Alabama 35802
         Attn:    Assistant General Counsel
         Telephone:    (256) 382-3846
         Facsimile:    (256) 382-3936

If to Nortel Networks:

         Nortel Networks Limited

                                  Page 5 of 5

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

         8200 Dixie Road
         Suite 100
         Brampton, Ontario
         Canada    L6T 5P6
         Attention:  The Secretary

With a copy to go to:

         and such notices shall be deemed to have been received ten (10)
         business days after mailing if forwarded by mail, and the following
         business day if forwarded by facsimile transmission or hand.

         The aforementioned address of either Party may be changed to any time
         by giving fifteen (15) days prior notice to the other Party in
         accordance with the foregoing. In the event of a generally-prevailing
         labour dispute or other situation which will delay or impede the giving
         of notice by any such means, in either the country of origin or of
         destination, the notice shall be given by such specified mode as will
         be most reliable and expeditious and least affected by such dispute or
         situation.

12.      This Agreement shall not be assigned or transferred by either Party
         except in connection with any assignment permitted under Section 23.4
         of the Purchase Agreement.

13.      The failure of either Party to give notice to the other party of the
         breach or non-fulfillment of any term, clause, provision or condition
         of the Agreement shall not constitute a waiver thereof, nor shall the
         waiver of any breach or non-fulfillment of any term, clause, provision
         or condition of this Agreement constitute a waiver of any other breach
         or non-fulfillment of that or any other term, clause, provision or
         condition of this Agreement.

14.      This Agreement sets forth the entire agreement and understanding
         between the Parties with respect to the use of the Trademark and
         supersedes and cancels all

                                  Page 6 of 6

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

         previous negotiations, agreements, commitments and writings in respect
         to the subject matter thereof, and neither Party hereto shall be bound
         by any term, clause, provision or condition save as expressly provided
         in the Agreement or as duly set forth on or subsequent to the date
         hereof in writing, signed by duly authorized officers of the Parties.

15.      Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as establishing or
         implying any partnership between the Parties hereto, and nothing in
         this Agreement shall be deemed to constitute either of the Parties
         hereto as the agent of the other Party or

         to commit the other Party in any way whatsoever, without obtaining the
         other Party's prior written consent.

16.      Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as requiring the
         filing of any trademark application, the securing of any trademark
         registration or the maintaining in force of any trademark registration.

17.      This Agreement shall be construed in accordance with and governed by
         the laws of theState of Georgia, United States of America, without
         regard to its conflicts of laws principles.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have signed and executed this Agreement
on the date first above mentioned.

NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED                    INTERSTATE FIBERNET, INC.

Per:   /s/ MARK N. HOWARD             Per:   /s/ TOM MULLIS
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------
Name:      MARK N. HOWARD             Name:
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title: Director-Group Branding        Title
        Strategies
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------
       Note: original signature on
       file
                                        ITC/\DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Per:                                  Per:   /s/ TOM MULLIS
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------
Name:                                        Name:
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------
Title:                                       Title
       -----------------------------         ----------------------------------

                                  Page 7 of 7

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***
<PAGE>

                                   APPENDIX A

                             ENDORSEMENT BRAND MARK

                           TRADEMARK LICENSE AGREEMENT

BY AND BETWEEN NORTEL NETWORKS LIMITED AND INTERSTATE FIBERNET, INC. AND ITS
WHOLLY-OWNED SUBSIDIARY, ITC/\DELTACOM COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

The Trademark:

                                  SOLUTIONS BY

                                  NORTEL
                                  NETWORKS(TM)

                                  Page 8 of 8

                    *** CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED ***<PAGE>
                                                                 Exhibit 10.37.2

                               ITC/\DELTACOM, INC.
                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                   AS AMENDED

Last Amended July 25, 2000
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

1.  GRANT OF OPTION..............................................       1
2.  PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS........................................       1
3.  TERMS OF PLAN................................................       2
4.  OPTION PRICE.................................................       3
5.  VESTING IN OPTIONS...........................................       3
6.  TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTION..................................       3
      (a) Term...................................................       3
      (b) Option Period and Limitations on Exercise..............       3
      (c) Limitations on Exercise of Option......................       4
      (d) Method of Exercise.....................................       4
7.  TERMINATION OF THE SERVICE RELATIONSHIP......................       5
      (a) Termination of Employment or Other Relationship........       5
      (b) Rights in the Event of Death...........................       5
      (c) Rights in the Event of Disability......................       6
8.  TRANSFERABILITY..............................................       6
9.  REQUIREMENTS OF LAW..........................................       7
10. EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION..........................       7
      (a) Changes in Stock.......................................       7
      (b) Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the
            Surviving Corporation................................       8
      (c) Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets,
            Reorganization in Which the Corporation
            Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Etc. ..............       8
      (d) Adjustments............................................       9
      (e) No Limitations on Corporation..........................       9
11. DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS.........................................       9
12. FORFEITURE OF RIGHTS.........................................      10
13. CAPTIONS.....................................................      10
14. WITHHOLDING OF TAXES.........................................      10
15. SEVERABILITY.................................................      10
16. INTERPRETATION OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT................      10
17. GOVERNING LAW................................................      11
18. BINDING EFFECT...............................................      11
19. NOTICE.......................................................      11
20. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.............................................      12

                                     - i -
<PAGE>

                               ITC/\DELTACOM, INC.
                             1997 STOCK OPTION PLAN
                        INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT
                                   AS AMENDED

     This Stock Option Agreement is made as of        by and between
ITC/\DELTACOM, a Delaware corporation (the "Corporation"), and
       , an individual (the "Optionee") who is employed by, or providing
services to, the Corporation, a Subsidiary, one of its Affiliates or ITC Holding
Company, Inc.

     WHEREAS, the Board of Directors and stockholders of the Corporation have
duly adopted and approved the ITC/\DELTACOM 1997 Stock Option Plan (the "Plan"),
which Plan authorizes the Corporation to grant to eligible individuals options
for the purchase of shares of the Corporation's Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share (the "Stock"); and

     WHEREAS, the Corporation has determined that it is desirable and in its
best interests to grant to the Optionee, pursuant to the Plan, an option to
purchase a certain number of shares of Stock, in order to provide the Optionee
with an incentive to advance the interests of the Corporation, a Subsidiary, one
of its Affiliates and ITC Holding Company, Inc.;

     NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual promises and covenants
contained herein, the parties hereto do hereby agree as follows:

1.        GRANT OF OPTION

          Subject to the terms of the Plan (attached hereto as Exhibit A), the
                                                               ---------
Corporation hereby grants to the Optionee the right and option (the "Option") to
purchase from the Corporation, on the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in the Plan and in this Option Agreement,          shares of Stock.  This
Option shall constitute an incentive stock option within the meaning of Section
422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the "Code").  The date of
grant of this Option is       , the date on which the grant of the Option was
approved by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or by its Compensation
Committee (the "Committee").

2.        PARACHUTE LIMITATIONS

          Notwithstanding any other provision of this Stock Option Agreement or
of any other agreement, contract, or understanding heretofore or hereafter
entered into by the Optionee and the Corporation or any Subsidiary,
<PAGE>

except an agreement, contract, or understanding hereafter entered into that
expressly modifies or excludes application of this Section (the "Other
Agreements"), and notwithstanding any formal or informal plan or other
arrangement heretofore or hereafter adopted by the Corporation (or any
Subsidiary) for the direct or indirect compensation of the Optionee (including
groups or classes of participants or beneficiaries of which the Optionee is a
member), whether or not such compensation is deferred, is in cash, or is in the
form of a benefit to or for the Optionee (a "Benefit Arrangement"), if the
Optionee is a "disqualified individual," as defined in Section 280G(c) of the
Code, the Option and any right to receive any payment or other benefit under
this Stock Option Agreement shall not become exercisable or vested (i) to the
extent that such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit, taking into
account all other rights, payments, or benefits to or for Optionee under the
Plan, all Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements, would cause any
payment or benefit to the Optionee under this Stock Option Agreement to be
considered a "parachute payment" within the meaning of Section 280G(b)(2) of the
Code as then in effect (a "Parachute Payment") and (ii) if, as a result of
                                               ---
receiving a Parachute Payment, the aggregate after-tax amounts received by the
Optionee from the Corporation under this Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, all
Other Agreements, and all Benefit Arrangements would be less than the maximum
after-tax amount that could be received by Optionee without causing any such
payment or benefit to be considered a Parachute Payment. In the event that the
receipt of any such right to exercise, vesting, payment, or benefit under this
Stock Option Agreement, in conjunction with all other rights, payments, or
benefits to or for the Optionee under the Plan, any Other Agreement or any
Benefit Arrangement would cause the Optionee to be considered to have received a
Parachute Payment under this Stock Option Agreement that would have the effect
of decreasing the after-tax amount received by the Optionee as described in
clause (ii) of the preceding sentence, then the Optionee shall have the right,
in the Optionee's sole discretion, to designate those rights, payments, or
benefits under this Stock Option Agreement, the Plan, any Other Agreements, and
any Benefit Arrangements that should be reduced or eliminated so as to avoid
having the payment or benefit to the Optionee under this Stock Option Agreement
be deemed to be a Parachute Payment.

3.        TERMS OF PLAN

          The Option granted pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement is granted
subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Plan.  All terms and
conditions of the Plan are hereby incorporated into this Stock Option Agreement
by reference and shall be deemed to be part of this Stock Option Agreement,
without regard to whether such terms and conditions are not otherwise set forth
in this Stock Option Agreement.  To the extent any capitalized words used in
this Stock Option Agreement are not defined, they shall have the definitions
stated for them in the Plan.  In the event that there is any inconsistency
between the

                                      -2-
<PAGE>

provisions of this Stock Option Agreement and of the Plan, the provisions of the
Plan shall govern.

4.        OPTION PRICE

          The purchase price (the "Option Price") for each share subject to the
Option granted by this Stock Option Agreement is        .

5.        VESTING IN OPTIONS

          The Option becomes vested as to 50 percent of the shares purchasable
pursuant to the Option on             (the second "Anniversary Date"), if the
Optionee has been providing services to the Corporation or any of its Affiliates
continuously from the date of grant to the Anniversary Date.  Thereafter, so
long as continuous service has not been interrupted, the Option becomes vested
as to an additional 25 percent of the shares subject to the Option after each of
the next two Anniversary Dates.  Service for this purpose includes service as an
employee, director, advisor or consultant providing bona fide services to the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates.  For purposes of this Stock Option
Agreement, termination of service would not be deemed to occur if the Optionee,
after terminating service in one capacity, continues to provide service to the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates in another capacity.  Termination of
service is sometimes also referred to herein as termination of employment or
other relationship with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

6.        TERM AND EXERCISE OF OPTION

     (a)  Term

          The Option shall terminate and all rights to purchase the shares
thereunder shall cease upon the expiration of ten years after the Grant Date,
unless terminated earlier pursuant to another provision of this Stock Option
Agreement.

     (b)  Option Period and Limitations on Exercise

          The Optionee may exercise the Option (subject to the limitations on
exercise set forth in this Stock Option Agreement and in the Plan), to the
extent the Option is vested and has not terminated.  Any limitation on the
exercise of an Option may be rescinded, modified or waived by the Committee, in
its sole discretion, at any time and from time to time after the Grant Date of
the Option, so as to accelerate the time at which the Option may be exercised.
The time at which the Option may be exercised will be accelerated and the Option
shall be exercisable, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time
prior to termination of the Option after termination of employment by reason of
death of Optionee or "permanent and total disability" (within the meaning of
Section 22(e)(3) of the Code) of the Optionee.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>

     (c)  Limitations on Exercise of Option

          Notwithstanding the foregoing Sections, in no event may the Option be
exercised:  (i) in whole or in part, after ten years following the Grant Date,
as set forth in Section 1 above, (ii) following termination of employment or
other relationship for Cause (as defined below) or (iii) following termination
of employment or other relationship except as provided in Sections 7(a), 7(b),
and 7(c) below.  For purposes of this Stock Option Agreement, "Cause" means (i)
gross negligence or willful misconduct in connection with the performance of
duties; (ii) conviction of a criminal offense (other than minor traffic
offenses); or (iii) material breach of any term of any employment, consulting or
other services, confidentiality, intellectual property or non-competition
agreements, if any, between Optionee and the Corporation or any of its
Affiliates.

     (d)  Method of Exercise

          The Option may be exercised to the extent that shares have become
exercisable hereunder by delivery to the Corporation on any business day, at its
principal office addressed to the attention of the Committee, of written notice
of exercise, which notice shall specify the number of shares for which the
Option is being exercised, and shall be accompanied by payment in full of the
Option Price of the shares for which the Option is being exercised.  Payment of
the Option Price for the shares of Stock purchased pursuant to the exercise of
the Option shall be made (i) in cash or by certified check payable to the order
of the Corporation; (ii) through the tender to the Corporation of shares of
Stock, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of determining the extent to
which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their Fair Market Value on the
date of exercise; (iii) by directing the Corporation to withhold Stock issuable
on exercise of the option, which shares shall be valued, for purposes of
determining the extent to which the Option Price has been paid thereby, at their
Fair Market Value on the date of exercise or (iv) by a combination of the
methods described in Sections 6(d)(i), 6(d)(ii) and 6(d)(iii) hereof.  If the
Stock is publicly traded, payment in full of the Option Price need not accompany
the written notice of exercise provided the notice directs that the Stock
certificate or certificates for the shares for which the Option is exercised be
delivered to a licensed broker acceptable to the Corporation as the agent for
the individual exercising the Option and, at the time such Stock certificate or
certificates are delivered, the broker tenders to the Corporation cash (or cash
equivalents acceptable to the Corporation) equal to the Option Price plus the
amount (if any) of federal and/or other taxes which the Corporation may, in its
judgment, be required to withhold with respect to the exercise of the Option.
An attempt to exercise any Option granted hereunder other than as set forth
above shall be invalid and of no force and effect.  Promptly after the exercise
of an Option and the payment in full of the Option Price of the shares of Stock
covered thereby, the Optionee shall be entitled to the issuance of a Stock
certificate or certificates evidencing such individual's ownership of such
shares.  An individual holding or

                                      -4-
<PAGE>

exercising the Option shall have none of the rights of a stockholder until the
shares of Stock covered thereby are fully paid and issued to such individual
and, except as provided in Section 10 hereof, no adjustment shall be made for
dividends or other rights for which the record date is prior to the date of such
issuance.

7.        TERMINATION OF THE SERVICE RELATIONSHIP

     (a)  Termination of Employment or Other Relationship

          The Option shall remain exercisable for thirty (30) days following a
termination of the employment or other relationship of the Optionee with the
Corporation, a Subsidiary, one of its Affiliates or ITC Holding Company, Inc.,
other than for Cause or by reason of the death or "permanent and total
disability" (within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code), to the extent
such Option was vested at the time of termination.  At the end of such thirty
(30) day period, the Option shall terminate unless notice is given exercising
such Option, and such Optionee shall have no further right to purchase shares
pursuant to such Option.  If the termination of employment or other relationship
is for Cause, the Option shall terminate on the termination of employment or
other relationship.  Whether a leave of absence or leave on military or
government service shall constitute a termination of employment or other
relationship for purposes of this Stock Option Agreement shall be determined by
the Committee, which determination shall be final and conclusive.  A termination
of employment or other relationship shall not be deemed to have occurred if, on
termination of employment or other relationship, the Optionee is employed or has
a relationship with the Corporation, a Subsidiary, one of its Affiliates or ITC
Holding Company, Inc.

     (b)  Rights in the Event of Death

          If the Optionee dies while employed by, or in the service of the
Corporation, a Subsidiary, one of its Affiliates or ITC Holding Company, Inc.,
the executors or administrators or legatees or distributees of such Optionee's
estate shall have the right at any time within one year after the date of such
Optionee's death, and prior to termination of the Option pursuant to Section
6(a) above, to exercise, in whole or in part, any Option held by such Optionee
at the date of such Optionee's death, whether or not such Option was exercisable
immediately prior to such Optionee's death.

     (c)  Rights in the Event of Disability

          If the Optionee terminates employment or other relationship with the
Corporation, a Subsidiary, one of its Affiliates or ITC Holding Company, Inc. by
reason of the "permanent and total disability" (within the meaning of Section
22(e)(3) of the Code) of the Optionee, then such Optionee shall have the right,
at any time within one year after such termination of employment or other
relationship and prior to termination of the Option pursuant to Section 6(a)
above,

                                      -5-
<PAGE>

to exercise, in whole or in part, the Option held by such Optionee at the date
of such termination of employment or other relationship, whether or not such
Option was exercisable immediately prior to such termination of employment or
other relationship. Whether a termination of employment or other relationship is
to be considered by reason of "permanent and total disability" for purposes of
this Stock Option Agreement shall be determined by the Committee, which
determination shall be final and conclusive.

8.        TRANSFERABILITY

          Except as provided below, during the lifetime of the Optionee, only
such Optionee (or, in the event of legal incapacity or incompetency, the
Optionee's guardian or legal representative) may exercise the Option and no
Option shall be assignable or transferable by the Optionee, other than by will
or the laws of descent and distribution.

          Notwithstanding the foregoing, an Optionee may transfer all or part of
an Option which is not an Incentive Stock Option to any Family Member (as
defined in the Plan); provided that subsequent transfers of transferred Options
are prohibited except those in accordance with this Section or by will or the
laws of descent and distribution; and provided further, that, except with the
consent of the Board or the Committee, there may be no consideration for any
transfer made pursuant to this section.  Following transfer, any such option
shall continue to be subject to the same terms and conditions as were applicable
immediately prior to transfer, provided that for purposes of this section, the
term "Optionee" shall be deemed to refer to the transferee.  The events of
termination of the service relationship set forth in this agreement or in the
Plan, shall continue to be applied with respect to the original Optionee,
following which the option shall be exercisable by the transferee only to the
extent, and for the periods set forth in Section 7, above.

9.        REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

          The Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue any securities
under the Option if the sale or issuance of such securities would constitute a
violation by the Optionee, the individual exercising the Option, or the
Corporation of any provisions of any law or regulation of any governmental
authority, including without limitation any federal or state securities laws or
regulations.  If at any time the Corporation shall determine, in its discretion,
that the listing, registration or qualification of any securities subject to the
Option upon any securities exchange or under any governmental regulatory body is
necessary or desirable as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or
purchase of securities hereunder, the Option may not be exercised in whole or in
part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall
have been effected or obtained free of any conditions not acceptable to the
Corporation, and any delay caused thereby shall in

                                      -6-
<PAGE>

no way affect the date of termination of the Option. Specifically in connection
with the 1933 Act, upon the exercise of the Option, unless a registration
statement under such act is in effect with respect to the securities covered by
the Option, the Corporation shall not be required to sell or issue such
securities unless the Committee has received evidence satisfactory to it that
the holder of such Option may acquire such securities pursuant to an exemption
from registration under such act. Any determination in this connection by the
Committee shall be final, binding, and conclusive. The Corporation may, but
shall in no event be obligated to, register any securities covered hereby
pursuant to the 1933 Act. The Corporation shall not be obligated to take any
affirmative action in order to cause the exercise of the Option or the issuance
of securities pursuant thereto to comply with any law or regulation of any
governmental authority. As to any jurisdiction that expressly imposes the
requirement that the Option shall not be exercisable until the securities
covered by such Option are registered or are exempt from registration, the
exercise of such Option (under circumstances in which the laws of such
jurisdiction apply) shall be deemed conditioned upon the effectiveness of such
registration or the availability of such an exemption.

10.       EFFECT OF CHANGES IN CAPITALIZATION

     (a)  Changes in Stock

          If the number of outstanding shares of Stock is increased or decreased
or the shares of Stock are changed into or exchanged for a different number or
kind of shares or other securities of the Corporation on account of any
recapitalization, reclassification, stock split-up, combination of shares,
exchange of shares, stock dividend or other distribution payable in capital
stock, or other increase or decrease in such shares effected without receipt of
consideration by the Corporation, occurring after the date of grant of the
Option, the number and kind of shares of Stock for which the Option was granted
shall be adjusted proportionately and accordingly so that the proportionate
interest of the Optionee immediately following such event shall, to the extent
practicable, be the same as immediately before such event.  Any such adjustment
in the Option shall not change the aggregate Option Price payable with respect
to shares that are subject to the unexercised portion of the Option but shall
include a corresponding proportionate adjustment in the Option Price per share.

     (b)  Reorganization in Which the Corporation Is the Surviving
          Corporation

          Subject to Subsection 10(c) hereof, if the Corporation shall be the
surviving corporation in any reorganization, merger, or consolidation of the
Corporation with one or more other corporations, the Option shall pertain to and
apply to the securities to which a holder of the number of shares of Stock
subject to

                                      -7-
<PAGE>

the Option would have been entitled immediately following such reorganization,
merger, or consolidation, with a corresponding proportionate adjustment of the
Option Price per share so that the aggregate Option Price thereafter shall be
the same as the aggregate Option Price of the shares remaining subject to the
Option immediately prior to such reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

     (c)  Dissolution, Liquidation, Sale of Assets, Reorganization in Which
          the Corporation Is Not the Surviving Corporation, Etc.

          The Option shall terminate (i) upon the dissolution or liquidation of
the Corporation, or (ii) upon a merger, consolidation, or reorganization of the
Corporation with one or more other corporations in which the Corporation is not
the surviving corporation, or (iii) upon a sale of substantially all of the
assets of the Corporation to another person or entity, or (iv) upon any
transaction (including, without limitation, a merger, consolidation or
reorganization in which the Corporation is the surviving corporation) that is
approved by the Board and that results in any person or entity (other than
persons who are holders of Stock of the Corporation at the time the Plan is
approved by the stockholders and other than an Affiliate) owning 80 percent or
more of the combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Corporation,
except to the extent provision is made in writing in connection with any such
transaction covered by clauses (i) through (iv) for the assumption of the Option
or for the substitution for the Option of a new option(s) covering the stock of
a successor entity, or a parent or subsidiary thereof, with appropriate
adjustments as to the number and kind of shares and exercise prices, in which
event the Option theretofore granted shall continue in the manner and under the
terms so provided.  In the event of any such termination of the Option, the
Optionee shall have the right (subject to the general limitations on exercise
set forth in Section 6), during such period occurring before such termination as
the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine and designate, and in any
event immediately before the occurrence of such termination, to exercise such
Option in whole or in part, whether or not such Option was otherwise exercisable
at the time such termination occurs.  The Corporation shall send written notice
of a transaction or event that will result in such a termination to Optionee not
later than the time at which the Corporation gives notice thereof to its
stockholders.

     (d)  Adjustments

          Adjustments under this Section 10 related to stock or securities of
the Corporation shall be made by the Board, whose determination in that respect
shall be final, binding, and conclusive.  No fractional shares of Stock or units
of other securities shall be issued pursuant to any such adjustment, and any
fractions

                                      -8-
<PAGE>

resulting from any such adjustment shall be eliminated in each case by rounding
downward to the nearest whole share or unit.

     (e)  No Limitations on Corporation

          The grant of the Option shall not affect or limit in any way the right
or power of the Corporation to make adjustments, reclassifications,
reorganizations, or changes of its capital or business structure or to merge,
consolidate, dissolve, or liquidate, or to sell or transfer all or any part of
its business or assets.

11.       DISCLAIMER OF RIGHTS

          No provision in this Stock Option Agreement shall be construed to
confer upon any individual the right to remain in the employ or service of the
Corporation or any of its Affiliates, or to interfere in any way with any
contractual or other right or authority of the Corporation or any of its
Affiliates either to increase or decrease the compensation or other payments to
any individual at any time, or to terminate any employment or other relationship
between any individual and the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.  In
addition, notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to the contrary, the
Option shall not be affected by any change of duties or position of the Optionee
(including a transfer to or from the Corporation or any of its Affiliates), so
long as such Optionee continues to be an employee of, or otherwise in the
service of, the Corporation or any of its Affiliates.

12.       FORFEITURE OF RIGHTS

          The Corporation at any time shall have the right to cause a forfeiture
of the rights of the Optionee on account of the Optionee taking actions in
competition with the Corporation.  Unless otherwise specified in an employment
or other agreement between the Corporation and the Optionee, the Optionee takes
actions in competition with the Corporation if he or she directly or indirectly
owns any interest in, operates, joins, controls or participates as a partner,
director, principal, officer, or agent of, enters into the employment of, acts
as a consultant to, or performs any services for, any entity which has material
operations which compete with any business in which the Corporation or any of
its Subsidiaries is engaged during the Optionee's employment or other
relationship with the Corporation or any of its Affiliates or at the time of the
Optionee's termination of employment or other relationship.

13.       CAPTIONS

          The use of captions in this Stock Option Agreement is for the
convenience of reference only and shall not affect the meaning of any provision
of such Stock Option Agreement.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>

14.       WITHHOLDING OF TAXES

          The Corporation shall have the right to deduct from payments of any
kind otherwise due to an Optionee any federal, state, or local taxes of any kind
required by law to be withheld with respect to any payments, distributions and
property transferred under this Stock Option Agreement.  At the time of
exercise, the Optionee shall pay to the Corporation any amount that the
Corporation may reasonably determine to be necessary to satisfy such withholding
obligation.

15.       SEVERABILITY

          If any provision of the Plan or this Stock Option Agreement shall be
determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any
jurisdiction, the remaining provisions thereof and hereof shall be severable and
enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain
enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

16.       INTERPRETATION OF THIS STOCK OPTION AGREEMENT

          All decisions and interpretations made by the Corporation or the
Committee with regard to any question arising under the Plan or this Stock
Option Agreement shall be final, binding and conclusive on the Corporation and
the Optionee and any other person entitled to exercise the Option as provided
for herein.

17.       GOVERNING LAW

          The validity and construction of this Stock Option Agreement shall be
governed by the laws of the State of Delaware but not including the choice of
law rules thereof.

18.       BINDING EFFECT

          Subject to all restrictions provided for in this Stock Option
Agreement, the Plan and by applicable law limiting assignment and transfer of
this Stock Option Agreement and the Option provided for herein, this Stock
Option Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties
hereto and their respective heirs, executors, administrators, successors, and
assigns.

19.       NOTICE

          All notices or other communications which may be or are required to be
given by any party to any other party pursuant to this Stock Option Agreement
shall be in writing and shall be mailed by first-class, registered or certified
mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid, or transmitted by hand delivery
or telecopier (fax), addressed as follows:

                                      -10-
<PAGE>

                    If to the Corporation:

                    ITC/\DELTACOM, Inc.
                    1791 O. G. Skinner Drive
                    P. O. Box 510
                    West Point, GA 31833
                    Attention:  Compensation Committee

                    Telecopy:  (706) 385-8807

                    If to Optionee:

                    At the address set forth below under Optionee's name at the
                    foot of this Agreement.

Each party may designate by notice in writing a new address to which any notice
or other communication may thereafter be so given.  Each notice or other
communication which shall be mailed, delivered or transmitted in the manner
described above, shall be deemed sufficiently given for all purposes at such
time as it is delivered to the addressee with the return receipt, the delivery
receipt, the affidavit of personal courier or, with respect to a telecopy, upon
acknowledgment of receipt thereof and in all cases at such time as delivery is
refused by the addressee upon presentation.

20.       ENTIRE AGREEMENT

          This Stock Option Agreement and the Plan together constitute the
entire agreement between the parties hereto with respect to the subject matter
hereof.  Neither this Stock Option Agreement nor any term hereof may be amended,
waived, discharged or terminated except by a written instrument signed by the
Corporation and the Optionee; provided, however, that the Corporation
                              --------  -------
unilaterally may waive any provision hereof in writing to the extent that such
waiver does not adversely affect the interests of the Optionee hereunder, but no
such waiver shall operate as or be construed to be a subsequent waiver of the
same provision or a waiver of any other provision hereof.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed and
delivered this Stock Option Agreement, or caused this Stock Option Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered in their name and on their behalf, as of the day
and year first above written.

                              ITC/\DELTACOM, Inc.
                              By:

                                      -11-
<PAGE>

                              OPTIONEE:

                              -----------------------

                              ADDRESS FOR NOTICE TO
                              OPTIONEE:

Exhibit A: ITC/\DELTACOM 1997 Stock Option Plan (Amended and Restated)
---------

                                      -12-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00023-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00023-of-00352.parquet"}]]